ML17095A914: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 11/16/2016
| issue date = 11/16/2016
| title = 2016 LaSalle County Station Initial License Examination Administered JPMs
| title = 2016 LaSalle County Station Initial License Examination Administered JPMs
| author name = Zoia C D
| author name = Zoia C
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-III/DRS/OLB
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-III/DRS/OLB
| addressee name =  
| addressee name =  
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
{{#Wiki_filter:Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Interpret Core Thermal Limits JPM Number: A-RO-06 Revision Number: 04 Date: 8 / 3 / 2016 Developed By:                    Colin Betken            8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                  Polega / Quinn            8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                      Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)             Page 1 of 10
Page 1 of 10 Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Interpret Core Thermal Limits


JPM Number:
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
A-RO-06  Revision Number:
04  Date: 8 / 3 / 2016 Developed By:
Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
Polega / Quinn  8 / 6 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:
Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date 
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 10  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________     1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
________     2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________     3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________     4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________     5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________     6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________     7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________     8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________     9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOP-CX-01 Rev: 18 Procedure LOS-AA-S101 Rev: 93 Procedure Rev:   ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
Procedure LOP-CX-01                     Rev: 18 Procedure LOS-AA-S101                   Rev: 93 Procedure                               Rev:
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________     10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
________     11. Verify performance time is accurate
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date  
________     12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
{A-RO-06} - rev 04  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
________     13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary)
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)               Page 2 of 10
Revision 00, New JPM. Revision 01, Updated for PowerPlex III, Tech. Specs.
and Procedure changes (LOP-CX-01 Rev. 5) Revision 02, Updated for current revision s of referenced procedures Revision 03, Updated for current JPM template and current revisions of procedures.
Updated Initiating Cue based on current terminology.
Updated OD
-20 information based on current printouts. Revision 04, Revised for ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam and current OD-20 format.


{A-RO-06} - rev 04 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 Revision Record (Summary)
Page 4 of 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
Revision 00,    New JPM.
: 1. Any rated power IC can be used for this JPM. Materials 1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
Revision 01,    Updated for PowerPlex III, Tech. Specs. and Procedure changes (LOP-CX-01 Rev. 5)
One copy of Core Performance Log - Long Edit (OD20) printout when directed by CUE.
Revision 02,     Updated for current revisions of referenced procedures Revision 03,    Updated for current JPM template and current revisions of procedures.
The printout should have MFLPD value greater than 1 (outside thermal limits). 2. The following material may be located and utilized by the examinee:
Updated Initiating Cue based on current terminology. Updated OD-20 information based on current printouts.
LOP-CX-01, "On Demand Functions of the Plant Process Computer"; Section E.3 , "OD-20 (Long Edit), Core Power Distribution Calculation" LOS-AA-S101, Unit 1 Shiftly Surveillance
Revision 04,     Revised for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam and current OD-20 format.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)         Page 3 of 10


{A-RO-06} - rev 04 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 NSO. Unit 1 is at rated conditions and stable.
: 1. Any rated power IC can be used for this JPM.
INITIATING CUE Using the Plant Process Computer, demand a Core Power Distribution Calculation for the current plant conditions.. Review the results and Review the results and i inform the Unit Supervisor of acceptability. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Materials
Information For Evaluator's Use:
: 1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
* One copy of Core Performance Log - Long Edit (OD20) printout when directed by CUE.
The printout should have MFLPD value greater than 1 (outside thermal limits).
: 2. The following material may be located and utilized by the examinee:
* LOP-CX-01, On Demand Functions of the Plant Process Computer; Section E.3, OD-20 (Long Edit), Core Power Distribution Calculation
* LOS-AA-S101, Unit 1 Shiftly Surveillance SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)         Page 4 of 10
 
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 INITIAL CONDITIONS
* You are the Unit 1 NSO.
* Unit 1 is at rated conditions and stable.
INITIATING CUE Using the Plant Process Computer, demand a Core Power Distribution Calculation for the current plant conditions..
Review the results and Review the results and iinform the Unit Supervisor of acceptability.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)            Page 5 of 10


{A-RO-06} - rev 04 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 JPM Start Time:
Page 6 of 10  JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: The examinee may obtain LOP-CX-01 to perform the next step.
Comment SAT      UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number NOTE:           The examinee may obtain LOP-CX-01 to perform the next step.
*1. Demands Core Power Distribution Calculation.
  *1. Demands Core Power                         Examinee                            ___    ___      ___
Examinee  Select "Operator Demandable" from the PPC "Main Menu."
Distribution Calculation.
Select "CMS Functions" from the "Operator Demandable" menu.
* Select Operator Demandable from the PPC Main Menu.
Select "Run Case (OD
* Select CMS Functions from the Operator Demandable menu.
-20)" from the 3D Monicore Interface. CHECK that the OD 20 data has printed on the NSO printer. ___ ___ ___ CUE After examinee has completed Step 1, give him/her the preprinted OD
* Select Run Case (OD-20) from the 3D Monicore Interface.
-20 Core Performance Log - Long Edit. NOTE: The examinee may obtain LOS-AA-S101 to perform the next step. *2. Reviews the Core Performance  
* CHECK that the OD 20 data has printed on the NSO printer.
CUE     After examinee has completed Step 1, give him/her the preprinted OD-20 Core Performance Log - Long Edit.
NOTE:           The examinee may obtain LOS-AA-S101 to perform the next step.
  *2. Reviews the Core Performance               Examinee reviews data and          ___    ___      ___
Log.                                      identifies the MFLPD is greater than 1.000 for location 33-44-4.
: 3. Inform Unit Supervisor MFLPD              Examinee informs Unit              ___    ___      ___
is outside the limits.                    Supervisor that MFLPD is outside the limits for location 33-44-4.
CUE      As Unit Supervisor, acknowledge information This JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)                        Page 6 of 10


Log. Examinee reviews data and identifies the MFLPD is greater than 1.000 for location 33 4. ___ ___ ___ 3. Inform Unit Supervisor MFLPD is outside the limits. Examinee informs Unit Supervisor that MFLPD is outside the limits for location 33-44-4. ___ ___ ___ CUE As Unit Supervisor, acknowledge information This JPM is complete.
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 JPM  
JPM Stop Time:   
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 10 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Job Title:  EO  RO SRO  FS  STA/IA  SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Job
Interpret Core Thermal Limits JPM Number: A-RO-06 Revision Number:
04 Task Number and Title:
Task Number 656.010:  Perform the NSO Shiftly Surveillance K/A Number and Importance:
Generic 2.1.19, Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status. RO 3.9
-- SRO 3.8 Suggested Testing Environment:
Simulator Alternate Path:
Yes  No SRO Only:  Yes  No Time Critical:
Yes  No Reference(s):
LOP-CX-01, Rev. 18; LOS
-AA-S101, Rev. 93 Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator  Control Room In-Plant  Other Testing Method:
Simulate  Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
10 minutes Actual Time Used:  minutes EVALUATION


==SUMMARY==
==Title:==
:
EO        RO    SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Yes  No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                        Evaluator's Name:  (Print) Evaluator's Signature:  Date:   
{A-RO-06} - rev 04  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 10                                                                      PAGE  1 LaSalle-1 Cycle 17    SEQUENCE NO  14


CORE PARAMETERS            3DM V6.59.03/P11E10    X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 CALCULATED
==Title:==
Interpret Core Thermal Limits JPM Number: A-RO-06                                  Revision Number: 04 Task Number and


POWER  MWT       3535.9  PERIODIC LOG           X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 PRINTED
==Title:==
Task Number 656.010: Perform the NSO Shiftly Surveillance K/A Number and Importance: Generic 2.1.19, Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status. RO 3.9 -- SRO 3.8 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes       No SRO Only:              Yes        No    Time Critical: Yes        No Reference(s): LOP-CX-01, Rev. 18; LOS-AA-S101, Rev. 93 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room           In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                        Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION


POWER  MWE        1174.7   AUTOMATIC            CASE ID FMLD1130708080003
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes              No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)                        Page 7 of 10


FLOW   MLB/HR   102.795   CALC RESULTS         RESTART FMLD1130708070002  
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 PAGE  1 LaSalle-1 Cycle 17            SEQUENCE NO 14 CORE PARAMETERS                        3DM V6.59.03/P11E10            X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 CALCULATED POWER MWT                3535.9      PERIODIC LOG                  X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 PRINTED POWER MWE                1174.7      AUTOMATIC                    CASE ID FMLD1130708080003 FLOW     MLB/HR         102.795       CALC RESULTS                 RESTART FMLD1130708070002 FPAPDR                     0.720                                     LPRM SHAPE - FULL CORE SUBC     BTU/LB           19.82       Keff             1.0015 PR       PSIa           1016.48       XE WORTH %       -2.36       LOAD LINE  
 
FPAPDR             0.720                         LPRM SHAPE - FULL CORE  
 
SUBC   BTU/LB     19.82   Keff         1.0015  
 
PR     PSIa     1016.48   XE WORTH % -2.36     LOAD LINE  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


CORE   MWD/sT   25697.1   XE/RATED   1.057     CORE POWER       99.7%  
CORE     MWD/sT         25697.1       XE/RATED         1.057       CORE POWER           99.7%
 
CYCLE MWD/sT             11023.1       AVE VF           0.437       CORE FLOW           94.7%
CYCLE MWD/sT   11023.1   AVE VF       0.437   CORE FLOW         94.7%  
MCPR                       1.815                                     LOAD LINE           103.3%
 
ALTERNATE INPUT : LS1_BASE_DLO_OPTB_TCVIS.INP CORRECTION FACTORS: MFLCPR= 1.001 MFLPD= 0.999 MAPRAT= 1.000 OPTION: ARTS                   2 LOOPS ON         MANUAL FLOW       MCPRLIM= 1.520 MOST LIMITING LOCATIONS (NON-SYMMETRIC)
MCPR               1.815                         LOAD LINE       103.3%  
MFLCPR       LOC       MFLPD       LOC           MAPRAT       LOC       PCMARG       LOC 0.839     33-44       1.002     33 4         0.647     11 5       -0.40   11 8 0.835     39-46       0.715     39 4         0.644       9 6     -0.48   33 8 0.834     21-16       0.711     35 4         0.644     13 8       -0.52   13 8 0.827     43-26       0.703     23 4         0.642     29 6       -0.58   31 9 0.827     27-20       0.701     43 4         0.637       9 6     -0.66   23-38-11 0.823     19-36       0.701     21 4         0.636     29 8       -0.68     9 9 0.823     47-24       0.700     33 4         0.635     33 6       -0.69   31 9 0.822     23-46       0.694     27 4         0.632     13 8       -0.70   13 8 0.822     13-38       0.694     37 4         0.632     35 6       -0.70   21-40-11 SEQ. A-2           C=MFLCPR D=MFLPD M=MAPRAT P=PCRAT *=MULTIPLE                   CORE AVE AXIAL NOTCH REL PW LOC 0.188     25 00   0.340     24 59                                                                             02   0.557     23 L                                                                           04   0.702     22 55                                                                             06   0.805     21 51                                                                             08   0.889     20 L                                                                           10   0.943     19 47                       00
 
* 00                                   12   0.973     18 43                                                                             14   1.025     17 L                                                                           16   1.112     16 39               00               08               00                           18   1.166     15 35       p                                                                     20   1.202     14 L                                                                           22   1.249     13 31                       08               08                                   24   1.298     12 27               M                                                             26   1.318     11 L                                                                           28   1.310     10 23               00               08           00 20                           30   1.338     09 19                                                                             32   1.335     08 L                                                                           34   1.311     07 15                       00               00                                   36   1.304     06 11                                                                             38   1.274     05 L                                                                            40    1.204    04 07                                                                              42    1.074    03 03                                        00                                  44    0.779    02 L        L        L      L        L      L      L                46    0.304    01 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 CORE AVERAGE RADIAL POWER DISTRIBUTION RING #                1        2        3        4        5        6      7        8 A. REL PW                1.176 1.232 1.079 1.199 1.092 1.252 1.139 0.499 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)                                Page 8 of 10
ALTERNATE INPUT : LS1_BASE_DLO_OPTB_TCVIS.INP CORRECTION FACTORS: MFLCPR= 1.001 MFLPD= 0.999 MAPRAT= 1.000  
 
OPTION: ARTS       2 LOOPS ON   MANUAL FLOW   MCPRLIM= 1.520  
 
MOST LIMITING LOCATIONS (NON-SYMMETRIC)  
 
MFLCPR   LOC   MFLPD     LOC       MAPRAT   LOC      PCMARG    LOC  
 
0.839   33-44   1.002   33 4   0.647   11 5     -0.40 11 8  
 
0.835   39-46   0.715   39 4   0.644   9 6     -0.48 33 8  
 
0.834   21-16   0.711   35 4   0.644   13 8     -0.52 13 8  
 
0.827   43-26   0.703   23 4   0.642   29 6     -0.58 31 9  
 
0.827   27-20   0.701   43 4   0.637   9 6     -0.66 23-38-11  
 
0.823   19-36   0.701   21 4   0.636   29 8     -0.68   9 9  
 
0.823   47-24   0.700   33 4   0.635   33 6     -0.69 31 9  
 
0.822   23-46   0.694   27 4   0.632   13 8     -0.70 13 8  
 
0.822   13-38   0.694   37 4   0.632   35 6     -0.70 21-40-11  
 
SEQ. A-2     C=MFLCPR D=MFLPD M=MAPRAT P=PCRAT *=MULTIPLE   CORE AVE AXIAL  
 
NOTCH REL PW LOC  
 
0.188   25  
 
00   0.340   24  
 
59                                                         02   0.557   23 L                                                       04   0.702   22 55                                                         06   0.805   21 51                                                         08   0.889   20  
 
L                                                       10   0.943   19  
 
47               00
* 00                           12   0.973   18 43                                                         14   1.025   17 L                                                       16   1.112   16  
 
39         00         08         00                     18   1.166   15  
 
35     p                                                   20   1.202   14  
 
L                                                       22   1.249   13  
 
31               08         08                           24   1.298   12  
 
27         M                                             26   1.318   11  
 
L                                                       28   1.310   10  
 
23         00         08       00 20                     30   1.338   09  
 
19                                                         32   1.335   08  
 
L                                                       34   1.311   07  
 
15               00         00                           36   1.304   06  
 
11                                                         38   1.274   05  


L                                                        40  1.204  04
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 PAGE   2 LaSalle-1 Cycle 17     INSTRUMENT READINGS/STATUS           SEQUENCE NO 8 CALIBRATED LPRM READINGS             X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 CALCULATED X-XXX-XXXX08:00 PRINTED 57D         17.6   23.7   23.6   21.8                       CASE ID FMLD1130708080003 C         0.0   33.0   33.5   31.0                       LPRM SHAPE - FULL CORE B         23.8   35.9   36.2   34.3 A         16.6   25.3   25.5   25.6                           # OF TIPS NOT SCANNED: 13 49D   19.3  0.0   27.2   29.9   27.4   26.1                   FAILED SENSORS:
 
C   25.5  44.9   42.3   46.5   42.4   38.8                   NONE B   27.8  55.2   50.3   55.9   50.8   47.1 A   20.6  49.6   39.9   49.1   40.2   42.1 41D   27.0 26.4   32.3   34.7   31.1   27.3     21.7 C   42.3  0.0   46.7   43.0   46.5   42.1     30.7 B   51.0P 49.6   52.9   47.5   53.4   49.7     34.3 A   47.9 38.4   41.2   33.1   42.4   41.3     25.8           SUB RODS NONE 33D   29.0  31.1   35.0   34.9   34.5   30.7     24.1 C   45.6  46.1   43.7   45.9   43.4   47.0     33.7           T = TIP RUN RECOMMENDED B   54.4  53.1   48.5   51.9   46.1   54.8     36.1           C = MFLCPR LOCATION A   50.1* 43.4   35.0   42.2   32.4   48.8     25.5           M = MAPRAT LOCATION D = MFLPD LOCATION 25D   28.0  28.6   34.7   36.2   29.9   33.8C   25.7           P = PCRAT LOCATION C   43.6  44.0   47.3   43.3   41.4   48.7     34.7           * = MULTIPLE LIMIT B   53.2  51.0   53.5   46.1   44.1   47.4     35.7 A   50.6  37.6   40.2   32.0   32.1   39.2     26.5 17D   25.5  28.6   27.4   30.9   26.4   31.4       0.0 C   37.3  44.2   42.8   45.4   39.9   46.0     24.2 B   45.6  52.9   50.7   52.6   45.7   52.0     23.6 A   39.6  46.1   38.9   41.7   34.3   49.4     16.7 09D         25.3   0.0   27.9   26.2   19.4 C         37.3   43.5   43.7   40.9     0.0 B         45.3   53.1   53.0   49.8   27.2 A         39.4   49.3   49.3   45.8   20.2 08    16     24     32     40     48       56 CORE  
07                                                        42  1.074  03
 
03                            00                          44  0.779  02
 
L    L    L    L    L    L    L              46  0.304  01
 
02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58
 
CORE AVERAGE RADIAL POWER DISTRIBUTION
 
RING #        1      2      3      4      5      6      7      8
 
A. REL PW      1.176  1.232  1.079  1.199  1.092  1.252  1.139  0.499
 
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 9 of 10                                                                      PAGE   2 LaSalle-1 Cycle 17 INSTRUMENT READINGS/STATUS   SEQUENCE NO 8  
 
CALIBRATED LPRM READINGS     X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 CALCULATED  
 
X-XXX-XXXX08:00 PRINTED  
 
57D       17.6 23.7 23.6 21.8               CASE ID FMLD1130708080003  
 
C         0.0 33.0 33.5 31.0               LPRM SHAPE - FULL CORE  
 
B       23.8 35.9 36.2 34.3  
 
A       16.6 25.3 25.5 25.6                   # OF TIPS NOT SCANNED: 13  
 
49D 19.3  0.0 27.2 29.9 27.4 26.1             FAILED SENSORS:  
 
C 25.5  44.9 42.3 46.5 42.4 38.8             NONE  
 
B 27.8  55.2 50.3 55.9 50.8 47.1              
 
A 20.6  49.6 39.9 49.1 40.2 42.1              
 
41D 27.0 26.4 32.3 34.7 31.1 27.3 21.7      
 
C 42.3  0.0 46.7 43.0 46.5 42.1 30.7  
 
B 51.0P 49.6 52.9 47.5 53.4 49.7 34.3        
 
A 47.9 38.4 41.2 33.1 42.4 41.3 25.8       SUB RODS  
 
NONE  
 
33D 29.0  31.1 35.0 34.9 34.5 30.7 24.1  
 
C 45.6  46.1 43.7 45.9 43.4 47.0 33.7       T = TIP RUN RECOMMENDED  
 
B 54.4  53.1 48.5 51.9 46.1 54.8 36.1       C = MFLCPR LOCATION  
 
A 50.1* 43.4 35.0 42.2 32.4 48.8 25.5       M = MAPRAT LOCATION  
 
D = MFLPD LOCATION  
 
25D 28.0  28.6 34.7 36.2 29.9 33.8C 25.7       P = PCRAT LOCATION  
 
C 43.6  44.0 47.3 43.3 41.4 48.7 34.7       * = MULTIPLE LIMIT  
 
B 53.2  51.0 53.5 46.1 44.1 47.4 35.7  
 
A 50.6  37.6 40.2 32.0 32.1 39.2 26.5  
 
17D 25.5  28.6 27.4 30.9 26.4 31.4   0.0  
 
C 37.3  44.2 42.8 45.4 39.9 46.0 24.2  
 
B 45.6  52.9 50.7 52.6 45.7 52.0 23.6  
 
A 39.6  46.1 38.9 41.7 34.3 49.4 16.7  
 
09D       25.3   0.0 27.9 26.2 19.4  
 
C       37.3 43.5 43.7 40.9   0.0  
 
B       45.3 53.1 53.0 49.8 27.2  
 
A       39.4 49.3 49.3 45.8 20.2  
 
08    16   24   32   40   48   56  
 
CORE  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


INER          1.082
INER           1.082 CORE POWER    99.7%    CALC SUB FLOW          94.7%      DP MEAS PSI                18.194 CORE FLOW      94.7%    OPER SUB FLOW          -0.9%      DP CALC PSI                21.248 LOAD LINE    103.3%    FLOW BASIS            MEAS      FEEDWTR FLOW MLB/HR          15.24 APRM CALIBRATION A        B        C          D      E        F READING            99.2    99.1    99.3      99.2    99.4      99.2 AGAF              1.005    1.006 1.004 1.005          1.003    1.006 APRM - %CTP        -0.5    -0.6    -0.4      -0.5    -0.3      -0.6 TIP RUNS RECOMMENDED STRINGS:         NONE DRIVE FLOW      MLB/HR        32.00 FEEDWTR TEMP Deg F            423.1 CORE AVG VOID FRACTION        0.437 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)                        Page 9 of 10


CORE POWER  99.7%  CALC SUB FLOW    94.7%  DP MEAS PSI            18.194
{A-RO-06} - rev 04 INITIAL CONDITIONS
* You are the Unit 1 NSO.
* Unit 1 is at rated conditions and stable.
INITIATING CUE Using the Plant Process Computer, demand a Core Power Distribution Calculation for the current plant conditions.
Review the results and Review the results and iinform the Unit Supervisor of acceptability.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)        Page 10 of 10


CORE FLOW    94.7%  OPER SUB FLOW    -0.9%  DP CALC PSI            21.248
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Determine Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature JPM Number: A-RO-43 Revision Number: 00 Date: 097 / 2019 / 2016 Developed By:                    Colin Betken            9 /20/ 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                    Tutich / Mulka          8 /23/ 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith            8 /23/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /23/ 2016 Developed By:                  Colin Betken              8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                  Polega / Jozwiak          8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized forBy:
operator initial Mark    Smith or continuing training) 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                      Dan Moren              8 /17/ 2016


LOAD LINE  103.3%  FLOW BASIS      MEAS    FEEDWTR FLOW MLB/HR      15.24
A-RO rev 00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
 
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
APRM CALIBRATION
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
 
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
A      B      C      D      E      F
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
 
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
READING          99.2   99.1  99.3   99.2  99.4   99.2
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
 
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
AGAF            1.005  1.006  1.004  1.005  1.003  1.006
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
 
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
APRM - %CTP      -0.5  -0.6  -0.-0.5  -0.3  -0.6
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
 
Procedure LOP-CM-03                      Rev: 13 Procedure                                Rev:
TIP RUNS RECOMMENDED
Procedure                                Rev:
 
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
STRINGS:       NONE
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
 
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
DRIVE FLOW    MLB/HR      32.00
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
 
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
FEEDWTR TEMP  Deg F      423.1
 
CORE AVG VOID FRACTION    0.437
 
{A-RO-06} - rev 04  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 10 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 NSO. Unit 1 is at rated conditions and stable.
INITIATING CUE Using the Plant Process Computer, demand a Core Power Distribution Calculation for the current plant conditions.
Review the results and Review the results and i inform the Unit Supervisor of acceptability.


A-RO rev 00 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00,    JPM written for 15-1 NRC Exam.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Determine Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature
JPM Number:
A-RO-43  Revision Number: 00  Date: 0 97 / 2019 / 2016 Developed By:
Colin Betken 9 /20/ 2016  Instructor Date Validated By:
Tutich / Mulka  8 /23/ 2016  SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:  Mark Smith 8 /23/ 2016  Operations Representative Date Approved By:  Dan Moren  8 /23/ 2016  Developed By:
Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date Validated By:
Polega / Jozwiak  8 / 6 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:
Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016 A-RO rev 00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOP-CM-03  Rev: 13  Procedure Rev:  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date A-RO rev 00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, JPM written for 15
-1 NRC Exam.


A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 (full power IC) (Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 (full power IC) (Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)
NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: ARO43r00.ssf (Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: ARO43r00.ssf (Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)
: 3. Place Simulator in 'Run.'
: 3. Place Simulator in Run. (Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)
(Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)
: 4. Verify Control Room Parameters with key provided.
: 4. Verify Control Room Parameters with key provided.
: 5. Have a copy of LOP
: 5. Have a copy of LOP-CM-03.
-CM-03. 6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 7. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 7. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO Unit 1 is at 100% power No equipment is Out of Service No mixing of the Suppression Pool has occurred recently.
* Unit 1 is at 100% power
INITIATING CUE Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has ordered you to determine Average Suppression Pool Water Temperature a nd check Suppression Chamber water temperature Instrumentation per LOP
* No equipment is Out of Service
-CM-03 and inform him when complete.
* No mixing of the Suppression Pool has occurred recently.
INITIATING CUE Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has ordered you to determine Average Suppression Pool Water Temperature and check Suppression Chamber water temperature Instrumentation per LOP-CM-03 and inform him when complete.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system. Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number Locates LOP-CM-03, Suppression 1                                                Examinee locates a copy of LOP-      ___    ___      ___
Chamber Average Water CM-03.
Temperature Determination CUE      When the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of LOP-CM-03, hand the examinee a copy of LOP-CM-03.
If Suppression Pool Level is lower 2                                        Examinee determines suppression              ___    ___      ___
than 698.11 (-12), valid pool level is above 698.11 (-12),
Suppression Chamber Average enters section E.1 Water Temperature determination can only be accomplished per Step E.2.
3      E.1.1 RECORD the Bulk average              Examinee uses 1UY-CM037 (Div        ___    ___      ___
temperature and number of RTDs            1) and 1UY-CM038 (Div 2) at used from the NUMAC Processors            1PM13J to fill out Attachment A 1UY-CM037 (Div 1) and 1UY-CM038 (Div 2) at 1PM13J for each division on Attachment A.
4      E.1.2 RECORD each RTD                      Examinee records RTD                ___    ___      ___
temperature from 1UY-CM037 and            temperatures on Attachment A.
38 on panel 1PM13J, for Division 1 and 2 on Attachment A.
5      E.1.2 CHECK that at least one              Examinee verifies no Xs displayed  ___    ___      ___
point in each of the individual wells      on 1UY-CM037 (Div 1) and 1UY-listed on Attachment A are valid          CM038 (Div 2) at 1PM13J.
(no X displayed in the window) and therefore operable 6      E.1.3 RECORD the Sup Chamber              Examinee records SPDS Supp          ___    ___      ___
Water Temp as calculated by the            Temp on Attachment A.
process computer from point I.D.
CO18 SPDS Supp Temp on Attachment A.
7      E.1.4 RECORD the values from              Examinee obtains computer points    ___    ___      ___
following computer points on              A944 and A918 and records on Attachment A.                              Attachment A.
* A944 SP WTR BULK TEMP Div 1
* A918 SP WTR BULK TEMP Div 2 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number 8      E.1.5 RECORD the values from              Examinee records values from          ___    ___      ___
temperature recorders 1TR-                1TR-CM037A and 1TR-CM038Aon CM037A and 1TR-CM038A                      Attachment A.
located at Control Room Panel 1PM13J on Attachment A.
9      E.1.6 AVERAGE the Sup Pool                Examinee records value from 1TR-      ___    ___      ___
temperatures from 1TR-CM037A              CM037A and 1TR-CM038A and and 1TR-CM038A. RECORD on                  records on Attachment A.
Attachment A.
  *10    E.1.7 SUBTRACT 2°F from the                Examinee subtracts two (2)            ___    ___      ___
above calculated average to yield          degrees from numbers recorded in Suppression Chamber Average                step E.1.6. and determines Water Temperature.                        Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature 11      E.1.8 If desired, PERFORM a                Examinee performs Instrument          ___    ___      ___
check of the Suppression                  check Chamber Water temperature instrumentation as follows:
12      E.1.8.1 CALCULATE and                      Examinee records the temperature      ___    ___      ___
RECORD the Delta Temp between              difference between elements for elements for each well on                  each well on Attachment A.
Attachment A.
  *13    E.1.8.2 CHECK elements in the              Examinee determines determines        ___    ___      ___
same well agree within 5°F (Delta          element 2 (B) for V well is not Temp less than or equal to 5).            within 5°Fall elements are within tolerance.
  *14    E1.8.3 If the elements of a given          Examinee determines that Element      ___    ___      ___
well are not within 5°F, CHECK at          1 (A) for V well is within 10°F of least one element in the well is          adjacent well.
within 10°F of an adjacent well element.
NOTE      Wells D, J, and K are adjacent to the V well.                                                      Formatted Table Formatted: Left Formatted: Font: 11 pt SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number
JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 1 Locates LOP
  *15    If an element(s) does NOT satisfy          Examinee declares element 2 (B)   ___   ___     ___
-CM-03, Suppression Chamber Average Water Temperature Determination Examinee locates a copy of LOP
either E.1.8.2 or E.1.8.3,                 for V well INOP.
-CM-03. ___ ___ ___ CUE When the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of LOP
PERFORM following:
-CM-03, hand the examinee a copy of LOP
* DECLARE the element(s)                                                                               Formatted: Indent: Left: 0", Hanging: 0.05" inoperable.
-CM-03. 2 If Suppression Pool Level is lower than 698.11" (-12"), valid Suppression Chamber Average Water Temperature determination can only be accomplished per Step E.2. Examinee determines suppression pool level is above 698.11" (-12"),  enters section E.1
* RECORD the inoperable                                                                              Formatted: Indent: Left: 0", Hanging: 0.11" element(s) in the Unit operators log.
___ ___ ___ 3 E.1.1 RECORD the Bulk average temperature and number of RTDs used from the NUMAC Processors 1UY-CM037 (Div 1) and 1UY
* INITIATE corrective action.                                                                          Formatted: Tab stops: 0.72", Left 164     Inform Unit Supervisor of status of       Examinee informs the Unit        ___    ___      ___
-CM038 (Div 2) at 1PM13J for each division on Attachment A.
LOP-CM-03.                                 Supervisor that LOP-CM-03 is complete.
Examinee uses 1UY
CUE     When the candidate reports completion of LOP-CM-03 to the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge the report as Unit Supervisor.
-CM037 (Div 1) and 1UY
-CM038 (Div 2) at 1PM13J to fill out Attachment A
___ ___ ___ 4 E.1.2 RECORD each RTD temperature from 1UY
-CM037 and 38 on panel 1PM13J, for Division 1 and 2 on Attachment A.
Examinee records RTD temperatures on Attachment A.
___ ___ ___ 5 E.1.2 CHECK that at least one point in each of the individual wells listed on Attachment A are valid (no X displayed in the window) and therefore operable Examinee verifies no X's displayed on 1UY-CM037 (Div 1) and 1UY
-CM038 (Div 2) at 1PM13J.
___ ___ ___ 6 E.1.3 RECORD the Sup Chamber Water Temp as calculated by the process computer from point I.D. CO18 SPDS Supp Temp on Attachment A.
Examinee records SPDS Supp Temp on Attachment A.
___ ___ ___ 7 E.1.4 RECORD the values from following computer points on Attachment A.
A944 SP WTR BULK TEMP Div 1 A918 SP WTR BULK TEMP Div 2 Examinee obtains computer points A944 and A918 and records on Attachment A.
___ ___ ___
A-RO rev 00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 8 E.1.5 RECORD the values from temperature recorders 1TR
-CM037A and 1TR
-CM038A located at Control Room Panel 1PM13J on Attachment A.
Examinee records values from 1TR-CM037A and 1TR
-CM038Aon Attachment A.
___ ___ ___ 9 E.1.6 AVERAGE the Sup Pool temperatures from 1TR
-CM037A and 1TR-CM038A. RECORD on Attachment A.
Examinee records value from 1TR
-
CM037A and 1TR-CM038A and records on Attachment A.
___ ___ ___ *10 E.1.7 SUBTRACT 2°F from the above calculated average to yield Suppression Chamber Average Water Temperature.
Examinee subtracts two (2) degrees from numbers recorded in step E.1.6. and determines Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature
___ ___ ___ 11 E.1.8 If desired, PERFORM a check of the Suppression Chamber Water temperature instrumentation as follows:
Examinee performs Instrument check ___ ___ ___ 12 E.1.8.1 CALCULATE and RECORD the Delta Temp between elements for each well on Attachment A.
Examinee records the temperature difference between elements for each well on Attachment A.
___ ___ ___ *13 E.1.8.2 CHECK elements in the same well agree within 5°F (Delta Temp less than or equal to 5). Examinee determines determines element 2 (B) for 'V' well is not within 5°Fall elements are within tolerance. ___ ___ ___ *14 E1.8.3 If the elements of a given well are not within 5°F, CHECK at least one element in the well is within 10°F of an adjacent well element. Examinee determines that Element 1 (A) for 'V' well is within 10°F of adjacent well.
___ ___ ___ NOTE Wells 'D', 'J', and 'K' are adjacent to the 'V' well. Formatted TableFormatted:
LeftFormatted:
Font: 11 pt A-RO rev 00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *15 If an element(s) does NOT satisfy either E.1.8.2 or E.1.8.3, PERFORM following:
inoperable.
element(s) in the Unit operators log. Examinee declares element 2 (B) for 'V' well INOP. ___ ___ ___ 164 Inform Unit Supervisor of status of LOP-CM-03. Examinee informs the Unit Supervisor that LOP
-CM-03 is complete. ___ ___ ___ CUE When the candidate reports completion of LOP
-CM-03 to the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge the report as Unit Supervisor.
TERMINATING CUE:
TERMINATING CUE:
Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete. JPM Stop Time:  Formatted:
Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete.
Indent: Left:  0", Hanging:  0.05"Formatted:
JPM Stop Time:
Indent: Left:  0", Hanging:  0.11"Formatted:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Tab stops:  0.72", Left A-RO rev 00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
KEY  ATTACHMENT A SUPPRESSION CHAMBER AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE DETERMINATION UNIT      1     


STEP DIVISION NUMAC RTDs USED BULK AVERAGE TEMPERATURE E.1.1 1 1(2)UY-CM037 14 ~78 o F    2 1(2)UY-CM038 14 ~78 o F  E.1.2 DIVISION 1  
A-RO rev 00 KEY ATTACHMENT A SUPPRESSION CHAMBER AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE DETERMINATION UNIT      1 STEP     DIVISION             NUMAC                   RTDs               BULK AVERAGE USED                TEMPERATURE E.1.1         1         1(2)UY-CM037                 14                             ~78oF 2         1(2)UY-CM038                 14                             ~78oF E.1.2             DIVISION 1 - INDIVIDUAL RTD TEMPERATURES (oF)
- INDIVIDUAL RTD TEMPERATURES (o F) Pool Quadrant 1 2 1 2 3 4 4 1(2)TE-CM057: P F V M C E A Element 1(A) 79~77 77~77 79~77 ~78 ~78 79~78 80~78 Element 2(B) 79~77 78~77 65~77 78~78 79~78 79~78 78~78 E.1.8.1 Delta Temp 0~0 ~0 1 ~0 14 0~0 1~0 ~0 2~0 E.1.2 DIVISION 2  
Pool Quadrant         1         2           1         2         3       4     4 1(2)TE-CM057:         P         F           V         M           C       E     A Element 1(A)       79~77 77~77 79~77                 ~78         ~78   79~78 80~78 Element 2(B)       79~77 78~77 65~77 78~78 79~78                       79~78 78~78 E.1.8.1 Delta Temp           0~0     ~01        ~014      0~0         1~0     ~0   2~0 E.1.2             DIVISION 2 - INDIVIDUAL RTD TEMPERATURES (oF)
- INDIVIDUAL RTD TEMPERATURES (o F) Pool Quadrant 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1(2)TE-CM057: J D K N G R U Element 1(A)
Pool Quadrant         1         1           2         2         3       3     4 1(2)TE-CM057:         J         D           K         N           G       R     U Element 1(A)         ~797 78~77 7~77                  ~78       ~7877  ~7877  ~78 Element 2(B)       78~77 78~77             ~77     76~78       ~78     ~78   ~78 E.1.8.1 Delta Temp           1~0       ~0           ~0       ~20        1~0     1~0     ~0 E.1.3   SPDS Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point C018 (For Info Only)                   ~78oF E.1.4   Div 1 Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point A944 (For Info Only)                   ~77oF Div 2 Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point A918 (For Info Only)                   ~77oF E.1.5   Div 1 Average Sup Pool Temp from Recorder 1(2)TR-CM037A                       ~78oF Div 2 Average Sup Pool Temp from Recorder 1(2)TR-CM038A                       ~78oF E.1.6   Average the Sup Pool Temp from 1(2)TR-CM037A & 38A                             ~78oF E.1.7   Correction Factor (See A.2 and Reference G.7)                                   - 2o Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature                                     ~76oF
~7 9 7 78~77 7~7 7 ~78 ~78 77 ~78 77 ~78 Element 2(B) 78~77 78~77 ~77 76~78 ~78 ~78 ~78 E.1.8.1 Delta Temp 1~0 ~0 ~0 ~2 0 1~0 1~0 ~0 E.1.3 SPDS Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point C018 (For Info Only)
***Readings may be rounded.
~78 o F E.1.4 Div 1 Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point A944 (For Info Only)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
~77 o F  Div 2 Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point A918 (For Info Only)
~77 o F E.1.5 Div 1 Average Sup Pool Temp from Recorder 1(2)TR
-CM037A ~78 o F  Div 2 Average Sup Pool Temp from Recorder 1(2)TR
-CM038A ~78 o F E.1.6 Average the Sup Pool Temp from 1(2)TR
-CM037A & 38A
~78 o F E.1.7 Correction Factor (See A.2 and Reference G.7)
- 2 o  Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature
~76 o F  ***Readings may be rounded.


A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 JPM  
JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Job Title: EO RO SRO   FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:
Determine Suppression Chamber Average Water Temperature JPM Number: A-RO-43 Revision Number:
Job
00 Task Number and Title:
 
==Title:==
EO       RO     SRO         FS       STA/IA       SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Determine Suppression Chamber Average Water Temperature JPM Number: A-RO-43                                 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
92.012 - Given Unit Supervisor authorization, determine Suppression Chamber average water temperature when normal indication is not available or water level is low, IAW station procedures.
92.012 - Given Unit Supervisor authorization, determine Suppression Chamber average water temperature when normal indication is not available or water level is low, IAW station procedures.
K/A Number and Importance:2.1.20 SRO 4.6; Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
K/A Number and Importance:2.1.20 SRO 4.6; Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): LOP-CM-03, Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature Determination, Rev 13 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room         In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                         Actual Time Used:           minutes EVALUATION  
Yes No SRO Only: Yes  No Time Critical:
Yes No Reference(s):
LOP-CM-03, Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature Determination, Rev 13 Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
15 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                   Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                   Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                           (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                     Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO Unit 1 is at 100% power No equipment is Out of Service No mixing of the Suppression Pool has occurred recently.
 
INITIATING CUE Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has ordered you to determine Average Suppression Pool Water Temperature and check Suppression Chamber water temperature Instrumentation per LOP
A-RO rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO
-CM-03 and inform him when complete.
* Unit 1 is at 100% power
* No equipment is Out of Service
* No mixing of the Suppression Pool has occurred recently.
INITIATING CUE Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has ordered you to determine Average Suppression Pool Water Temperature and check Suppression Chamber water temperature Instrumentation per LOP-CM-03 and inform him when complete.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform a partial LOS-CM-M1 JPM Number: A-RO-29 Revision Number: 02 Date: 7/18/2016 Developed By:                    Colin Betken            8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                  Findley / Jozwiak          8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 2 of 12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOS-CM-M1                    Rev: 45 Procedure                              Rev:
Procedure                              Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 3 of 12 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00,    This JPM was developed NEW for the ILT 11-1 NRC Exam.
Revision 01,    This JPM was developed NEW for the ILT 11-1 NRC Exam. It was revised prior to administration to use an alternate set of initial conditions.
Revision 02,    This JPM was revised for the 15-1 ILT NRC Exam.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform a partial LOS-CM-M1  JPM Number: A-RO-29  Revision Number:
02  Date: 7/18/2016 Developed By:
Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
Findley / Jozwiak  8 / 6 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:  Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:  Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 2 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOS-CM-M1  Rev: 45  Procedure Rev:  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 3 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, This JPM was developed NEW for the ILT 11-1 NRC Exam.
Revision 01, This JPM was developed NEW for the ILT 11
-1 NRC Exam.
It was revised prior to administration to use an alternate set of initial conditions.
Revision 02, This JPM was revised for the 15
-1 ILT NRC Exam. 


A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 4 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 4 of 12 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC 151 (Steps 1 through 5 are not applicable if using pictures)
: 1. Reset to IC 151 (Steps 1 through 5 are not applicable if using pictures)
: 2. Go to RUN.
: 2. Go to RUN.
: 3. Load and Run CAEP File: ARO29r02.cae
: 3. Load and Run CAEP File: ARO29r02.cae
: 4. Verify the following commands loaded: (Commands contained in CAEP File JPM ARO29 r0 2.cae) ior g8a65g2p 0.2 (At 1PMJ13J, makes Div 1 WR Suppression Pool Level read 0.2) ior g8a67g2p 0.2 (At 1PMJ13J, makes Div 2 WR Suppression Pool Level read 0.2) ior g1g55g1p -2.2 (At 1H13-P601, makes 1LI-CM0 32 WR Supp Pool Level read -1.3 ft)   ior g8a51g1p 7 10 (At 1PMJ13J, makes 1LI-CM179 Cntnmt Floodup Level read 710)   5. Verify the following:
: 4. Verify the following commands loaded: (Commands contained in CAEP File JPM ARO29r02.cae)
Simulator is in a steady state condition per Prerequisite B.2.
* ior g8a65g2p 0.2 (At 1PMJ13J, makes Div 1 WR Suppression Pool Level read 0.2)
Verify necessary indicators/recorders readings at 1H13
* ior g8a67g2p 0.2 (At 1PMJ13J, makes Div 2 WR Suppression Pool Level read 0.2)
-P601 o 1B21-R884A (RPV Pressure Recorder Div 1)     1000 o 1B21-R884A (RPV Level Recorder Div 1)     17-23 o 1B21-R884B (RPV Pressure Recorder Div 2)     1000 o 1B21-R884B (RPV Level Recorder Div 2)     17-23 o 1B21-R615 (Fuel Zone Level Recorder Div 1)     Blank (>-111) o 1B21-R610 (Fuel Zone Level Indicator Div 2)     -111 o 1B21-R887 (WR RPV Level Indicator Div 1)     +32 o 1LI-CM032 (Suppression Pool Level Indicator, Div 1)     -1.5 (Override) o 1LI-CM192 (Suppression Pool Level Indicator, Div 2)     +0.5 o 1PI-CM029 (WR DW Pressure Indicator Div 2)     0.1 o 1PI-CM031 WR (DW Pressure Indicator Div 1)     0.1 Verify necessary indicators/recorders readings at 1H13
* ior g1g55g1p -2.2 (At 1H13-P601, makes 1LI-CM032 WR Supp Pool Level read -1.3 ft)
-P603 o 1B21-R604 (WR RPV Level Indicator Div 2)     +36 Verify necessary indicators/recorders readings at 1PM13J o 1LR-CM027 Pen #1 (Suppression Pool Level Recorder, Div 2)   0.1 o 1LR-CM028 Pen #1 (Suppression Pool Level Recorder, Div 1)   -0.7 o 1LI-CM179 (Containment Floodup Level Indicator)     712 (Override) o 1TR-CM037B Pen #3 (Supp Chamber Air Temp Recorder Div 1) 77.9 o 1TR-CM038B Pen #3 (Supp Chamber Air Temp Recorder Div 2) 77.9 o 1PR-CM029 Pen #1 (DW Pressure Recorder Div 2)     0.1 o 1PR-CM029 Pen #2 (WR DW Pressure Recorder Div 2)     0.0 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #1 (DW Pressure Recorder Div 1)     0.03 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #2 (WR DW Pressure Recorder Div 1)   0.2 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #3 (Emergency Range DW Pressure Recorder)   0.2 o 1RR-CM011 (Drywell Radiation Recorder Div 1)     9 o 1RR-CM017 (Drywell Radiation Recorder Div 2)     6 Verify necessary indicators readings at 0PM14J o 1R IT-CM011 (Drywell Radiation Indication Div 1)     7 o 1R IT-CM017 (Drywell Radiation Indication Div 2)     6 6. Provide LOS-CM-M1, Pages 1-38. (All applicable Unit 1 pages)
* ior g8a51g1p 710 (At 1PMJ13J, makes 1LI-CM179 Cntnmt Floodup Level read 710)
 
: 5. Verify the following:
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 5 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
* Simulator is in a steady state condition per Prerequisite B.2.
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO. Unit 1 is at rated power in steady state conditions.
* Verify necessary indicators/recorders readings at 1H13-P601 o 1B21-R884A (RPV Pressure Recorder Div 1)                       1000 o 1B21-R884A (RPV Level Recorder Div 1)                         17-23 o 1B21-R884B (RPV Pressure Recorder Div 2)                       1000 o 1B21-R884B (RPV Level Recorder Div 2)                         17-23 o 1B21-R615 (Fuel Zone Level Recorder Div 1)                     Blank (>-111) o 1B21-R610 (Fuel Zone Level Indicator Div 2)                   -111 o 1B21-R887 (WR RPV Level Indicator Div 1)                       +32 o 1LI-CM032 (Suppression Pool Level Indicator, Div 1)             -1.5 (Override) o 1LI-CM192 (Suppression Pool Level Indicator, Div 2)             +0.5 o 1PI-CM029 (WR DW Pressure Indicator Div 2)                     0.1 o 1PI-CM031 WR (DW Pressure Indicator Div 1)                     0.1
INITIATING CUE Perform the Monthly Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, LOS
* Verify necessary indicators/recorders readings at 1H13-P603 o 1B21-R604 (WR RPV Level Indicator Div 2)                       +36
-CM-M1 Attachment 1A, Steps 3 through 6.
* Verify necessary indicators/recorders readings at 1PM13J o 1LR-CM027 Pen #1 (Suppression Pool Level Recorder, Div 2)       0.1 o 1LR-CM028 Pen #1 (Suppression Pool Level Recorder, Div 1)       -0.7 o 1LI-CM179 (Containment Floodup Level Indicator)                 712 (Override) o 1TR-CM037B Pen #3 (Supp Chamber Air Temp Recorder Div 1)       77.9 o 1TR-CM038B Pen #3 (Supp Chamber Air Temp Recorder Div 2)       77.9 o 1PR-CM029 Pen #1 (DW Pressure Recorder Div 2)                   0.1 o 1PR-CM029 Pen #2 (WR DW Pressure Recorder Div 2)               0.0 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #1 (DW Pressure Recorder Div 1)                   0.03 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #2 (WR DW Pressure Recorder Div 1)               0.2 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #3 (Emergency Range DW Pressure Recorder)         0.2 o 1RR-CM011 (Drywell Radiation Recorder Div 1)                   9 o 1RR-CM017 (Drywell Radiation Recorder Div 2)                   6
* Verify necessary indicators readings at 0PM14J o 1RIT-CM011 (Drywell Radiation Indication Div 1)               7 o 1RIT-CM017 (Drywell Radiation Indication Div 2)               6
: 6. Provide LOS-CM-M1, Pages 1-38. (All applicable Unit 1 pages)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 5 of 12 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO.
Unit 1 is at rated power in steady state conditions.
INITIATING CUE Perform the Monthly Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, LOS-CM-M1 A, Steps 3 through 6.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 6 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 6 of 12 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP (LOS-CM-M1) ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE All steps are from LOS
Comment STEP SAT      UNSAT ELEMENT                                  STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1)                                                                                                         Number NOTE       All steps are from LOS-CM-M1 Attachment 1A unless otherwise noted.
-CM-M1 Attachment 1A unless otherwise noted.
NOTE       The out of limit Suppression Pool Water Level readings in Steps 3.1 and 3.2 may be addressed per LIMITATION D.1 (Suppression Pool Water Level)
NOTE The out of limit Suppression Pool Water Level readings in Steps 3.1 and 3.2 may be addressed per LIMITATION D.1  
  *1.                                               Suppression Pool Water Levels          ___    ___      ___
*1. (3.1) (Suppression Pool Water Level) RECORD the following readings and CALCULATE the differentials Panel 1PM13J Recorder 1LR
RECORD the following readings accurately recorded from:
-CM027 pen #1 (Div 2).Water Level: ____feet Recorder 1LR
(3.1)      and CALCULATE the differentials Panel 1PM13J                           1LR-CM027 pen #1 Recorder 1LR-CM027 pen #1              1LR-CM028 pen #1 (Div 2).Water Level: ____feet           1LI-CM032 Recorder 1LR-CM028 pen #1               and (Div 1) Water Level: ____feet           1LI-CM192 Panel 1H13-P601                         Differential calculated to be greater Indicator 1LI-CM032 (Div 1).           than 1.0 feet Water Level: ____feet Indicator 1LI-CM192 (Div 2).
-CM028 pen #1 (Div 1) Water Level: ____feet Panel 1H13
Water Level:____ feet Differential Level of above 4 instruments.
-P601 Indicator 1LI
Differential Level:____ feet If an out of limit reading is
-CM032 (Div 1).
: 2.                                                Entry made in the comments              ___    ___      ___
Water Level: ____feet Indicator 1LI
obtained, and cannot be section of Attachment 1A Limitation  corrected, the surveillance (D.1)      procedure shall be completed           Entry made in the unit log noting and the remaining data                 the deficiency.
-CM192 (Div 2).
recorded.                               Shift Management (Unit Supervisor
Water Level:
* An entry shall be made in         or Shift Manager) notified that the the comments section of         differentials calculated in Step 3.1 Attachment 1A                   are out of limit.
____ feet Differential Level of above 4 instruments.
* An entry shall be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
Differential Level:
* Shift Manager shall be notified.
____ feet Suppression Pool Water Levels accurately recorded from:
CUE        ROLE PLAY as Unit NSO: An entry will be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
1LR-CM027 pen #1 1LR-CM028 pen #1 1LI-CM032 and 1LI-CM192 Differential calculated to be greater than 1.0 feet ___ ___ ___ 2. Limitation (D.1) If an out of limit reading is obtained, and cannot be corrected, the surveillance procedure shall be completed and the remaining data recorded. An entry shall be made in the comments section of Attachment 1A An entry shall be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
NOTE        Although the procedures step says Shift Manager, a NSO/ANSO would be expected to notify the Unit Supervisor who would then notify the Shift Manager.
Shift Manager shall be notified.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Entry made in the comments section of Attachment 1A Entry made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
 
Shift Management (Unit Supervisor or Shift Manager) notified that the differentials calculated in Step 3.1 are out of limit.
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 7 of 12 Comment STEP SAT      UNSAT ELEMENT                                  STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1)                                                                                                          Number CUE        ROLE PLAY as Shift Management: Acknowledge the report of the out of limit reading. Inform the candidate 1LI-CM-032 is inoperable and that you will determine the required conditions per Tech Spec and TRM. If notified as Unit Supervisor, you will notify the Shift Manager. If necessary, direct the candidate to continue the surveillance.
___ ___ ___ CUE ROLE PLAY as Unit NSO: An entry will be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
At Panel 1PM13J, COMPARE
NOTE Although the procedures step says "Shift Manager", a NSO/ANSO would be expected to notify the Unit Supervisor who would then notify the Shift Manager.  
  *3.                                              Containment Floodup Water Level        ___    ___      ___
Containment Floodup Water accurately recorded from:
(3.2)      Level Indicator, 1LI-CM179 to one of the applicable wide range        1LI-CM179 suppression pool level                  Differential calculated to be greater instruments. ( 0 = 69911)            than 7.5 feet Water Level: ____feet Wide Range Suppression Pool Level Instrument compared with:
(circle one) 1LR-CM027 1LR-CM028 1LI-CM032 1LI-CM192 Differential Level: feet (Allowable Differential: 7.5 feet)
If an out of limit reading is
: 4.                                                Entry made in the comments             ___    ___      ___
obtained, and cannot be section of Attachment 1A Limitation  corrected, the surveillance (D.1)      procedure shall be completed            Entry made in the unit log noting and the remaining data                  the deficiency.
recorded.                              Shift Management (Unit Supervisor
* An entry shall be made in        or Shift Manager) notified that the the comments section of        differentials calculated in Step 3.1 Attachment 1A                  are out of limit.
* An entry shall be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
* Shift Manager shall be notified.
CUE       ROLE PLAY as Unit NSO: An entry will be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
NOTE       Although the procedures step says Shift Manager, a NSO/ANSO would be expected to notify the Unit Supervisor who would then notify the Shift Manager.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 7 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 8 of 12 Comment STEP SAT      UNSAT ELEMENT                                  STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1)                                                                                                       Number CUE       ROLE PLAY as Shift Management: Acknowledge the report of the out of limit reading. Inform the candidate that you will determine the required conditions per Tech Spec and TRM. If notified as Unit Supervisor, you will notify the Shift Manager.
STEP (LOS-CM-M1) ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE ROLE PLAY as Shift Management
: Acknowledge the report of the out of limit reading. Inform the candidate 1LI-CM-032 is inoperable and that you will determine the required conditions per Tech Spec and TRM.
If notified as Unit Supervisor, you will notify the Shift Manager.
If necessary, direct the candidate to continue the surveillance.
If necessary, direct the candidate to continue the surveillance.
*3. (3.2) At Panel 1PM13J, COMPARE Containment Floodup Water Level Indicator, 1LI
(Supp Chamber Air Temp)
-CM179 to one of the applicable wide range suppression pool level instruments. ( 0 = 699'11")
: 5.                                               Suppression Chamber Air Temps        ___    ___      ___
Water Level: ____feet  Wide Range Suppression Pool Level Instrument compared with:
RECORD the following readings accurately recorded from:
(circle one) 1LR-CM027 1LR-CM028 1LI-CM032 1LI-CM192 Differential Level:       feet (Allowable Differential: 7.5 feet)
(4.1)     and CALCULATE the differentials Recorder 1TR-CM037B Pen #3              1TR-CM037B (Div 1). Air Temperature: ___°F          and 1TR-CM038B Recorder 1TR-CM038B Pen #3              Differential calculated to be less (Div 2). Air Temperature: ___°F          than 10 °F Differential Temperature: ___°F (Narrow Range Drywell Pressure)
Containment Floodup Water Level accurately recorded from:
: 6.                                               Narrow Range Drywell Pressures      ___    ___      ___
1LI-CM179 Differential calculated to be greater than 7.5 feet
At Panel 1PM13J, RECORD the accurately recorded from:
___ ___ ___ 4. Limitation (D.1) If an out of limit reading is obtained, and cannot be corrected, the surveillance procedure shall be completed
(5.1)    following readings and CALCULATE the differentials for          1PR-CM029 Function 4a, Narrow Range                and Pressure.                                1PR-CM031 Recorder 1PR-CM029 pen #1                Differential calculated to be less (Div 2).Drywell Pressure: ___psig        than 0.3 psig Recorder 1PR-CM031 pen #1 (Div 1).Drywell Pressure: ___psig Differential Pressure: ____psig SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


and the remaining data recorded. An entry shall be made in the comments section of Attachment 1A An entry shall be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 9 of 12 Comment STEP SAT      UNSAT ELEMENT                                  STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1)                                                                                                       Number (Wide Range Drywell Pressure)
Shift Manager shall be notified.
: 7.                                               Wide Range Drywell Pressures        ___     ___       ___
Entry made in the comments section of Attachment 1A Entry made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
RECORD the following readings accurately recorded from:
Shift Management (Unit Supervisor or Shift Manager) notified that the differentials calculated in Step 3.1 are out of limit.
(5.2)     and CALCULATE the differentials for Function 4b, Wide Range             1PR-CM029 Pressure                                 1PR-CM031 Panel 1PM13J                             1PI-CM029 Recorder 1PR-CM029 pen #2               and (Div 2). DW Pressure: ___psig            1PI-CM031 Recorder 1PR-CM031 pen #2               Differential of 4 instruments (Div 1).DW Pressure: ___ psig            calculated to be less than 5 psig Panel 1H13-P601 Indicator 1PI-CM029 (Div 2).
___ ___ ___ CUE ROLE PLAY as Unit NSO:  An entry will be made in the unit log noting the deficiency. NOTE Although the procedures step says "Shift Manager", a NSO/ANSO would be expected to notify the Unit Supervisor who would then notify the Shift Manager.
Drywell Pressure: ___psig Indicator 1PI-CM031 (Div 1).
 
Drywell Pressure: ___psig Differential Pressure of above 4 instruments.
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 8 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Differential Pressure: psig At Panel 1PM13J, COMPARE
STEP (LOS-CM-M1) ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE ROLE PLAY as Shift Management
: 8.                                                Emergency Range DW Pressure          ___    ___      ___
:  Acknowledge the report of the out of limit reading. Inform the candidate that you will determine the required conditions per Tech Spec and TRM.
Drywell Pressure Emergency accurately recorded from:
If notified as Unit Supervisor, you will notify the Shift Manager.
(5.3)     Range indication recorder, 1PR-CM031 pen #3, to one of the             1PR-CM031 pen #3 applicable Wide Range Drywell           Differential calculated to be less Pressure instruments.                   than 5 psig Drywell Pressure: ___psig Differential Pressure: ___psig Wide Range Drywell Pressure instrument compared with: (circle one) 1PR-CM029, Pen 2 1PR-CM031, Pen 2 1PI-CM029 1PI-CM031 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
If necessary, direct the candidate to continue the surveillance.
: 5. (4.1) (Supp Chamber Air Temp) RECORD the following readings and CALCULATE the differentials Recorder 1TR
-CM037B Pen #3 (Div 1). Air Temperature:
___°F  Recorder 1TR
-CM038B Pen #3 (Div 2). Air Temperature:
___°F  Differential Temperature:
___°F Suppression Chamber Air Temps accurately recorded from:
1TR-CM037B and  1TR-CM03 8 B  Differential calculated to be less than 10 °F ___ ___ ___ 6. (5.1) (Narrow Range Drywell Pressure)
At Panel 1PM13J, RECORD the following readings and CALCULATE the differentials for Function 4a, Narrow Range Pressure. Recorder 1PR
-CM029 pen #1 (Div 2).Drywell Pressure:
___psig Recorder 1PR
-CM031 pen #1 (Div 1).Drywell Pressure:
___psig Differential Pressure: ____psig  Narrow Range Drywell Pressures accurately recorded from:
1PR-CM029 and 1PR-CM0 31 Differential calculated to be less than 0.3 psig
___ ___ ___
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 9 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP (LOS-CM-M1) ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 7. (5.2) (Wide Range Drywell Pressure)  RECORD the following readings and CALCULATE the differentials for Function 4b, Wide Range Pressure Panel 1PM13J Recorder 1PR
-CM029 pen #2 (Div 2). DW Pressure:
___ps ig Recorder 1PR
-CM031 pen #2 (Div 1).DW Pressure: ___ psig Panel 1H13
-P601 Indicator 1PI
-CM029 (Div 2).
Drywell Pressure:
___psig Indicator 1PI
-CM031 (Div 1).
Drywell Pressure:
___psig Differential Pressure of above 4 instruments.
Differential Pressure: psig Wide Range Drywell Pressure s accurately recorded from:
1PR-CM029 1PR-CM0 31 1PI-CM029 and 1PI-CM0 31 Differential of 4 instruments calculated to be less than 5 psig
___ ___ ___ 8. (5.3) At Panel 1PM13J, COMPARE Drywell Pressure Emergency Range indication recorder, 1PR
-CM031 pen #3, to one of the applicable Wide Range Drywell Pressure instruments.
Drywell Pressure:
___psig Differential Pressure: ___psig Wide Range Drywell Pressure instrument compared with: (circle one) 1PR-CM029, Pen 2 1PR-CM031, Pen 2 1 PI-CM029 1PI-CM031 Emergency Range DW Pressure accurately recorded from:
1PR-CM031 pen #3 Differential calculated to be less than 5 psig
___ ___ ___
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 10 of 12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP (LOS-CM-M1) ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 9. (6.1) RECORD the following readings and CALCULATE the Ratios.
Recorder 1RR
-CM011 on 1PM13J (Div 1).
Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation:
____ R/hr Recorder 1RR
-CM017 on 1PM13J (Div 2).Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation:
____ R/hr CALCULATE Ratio of Radiation readings. High Value Low Value Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation readings accurately recorded from:
1RR-CM011 and 1 RR-CM017 Ratio of Radiation readings calculated to be less than 5 R/hr ___ ___ ___ 10. (6.2) RECORD the following readings and CALCULATE the Ratios.
Indicator 1RIT
-CM011 on 0PM14J (Div 1).Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation:
____ R/hr Indicator 1RIT
-CM017 on 0PM14J (Div 2).Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation:
____R/hr CALCULATE Ratio of Radiation readings. High Value Low Value  Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation


A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 10 of 12 Comment STEP SAT    UNSAT ELEMENT                                  STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1)                                                                                                    Number RECORD the following readings
: 9.                                                Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation        ___    ___      ___
and CALCULATE the Ratios.
readings accurately recorded from:
(6.1)    Recorder 1RR-CM011 on 1PM13J (Div 1). Drywell Gross            1RR-CM011 Gamma Radiation:____ R/hr                and Recorder 1RR-CM017 on                    1RR-CM017 1PM13J (Div 2).Drywell Gross            Ratio of Radiation readings Gamma Radiation:____ R/hr                calculated to be less than 5 R/hr CALCULATE Ratio of Radiation readings.
High Value Low Value RECORD the following readings
: 10.                                        Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation      ___            ___      ___
and CALCULATE the Ratios.
readings accurately recorded from:
readings accurately recorded from:
1R IT-CM011 and 1R IT-CM017 Ratio of Radiation readings calculated to be less than 5 R/hr ___ ___ ___ TERMINATING CUE:
(6.2)    Indicator 1RIT-CM011 on 0PM14J (Div 1).Drywell Gross      1RIT-CM011 Gamma Radiation:____ R/hr        and Indicator 1RIT-CM017 on          1RIT-CM017 0PM14J (Div 2).Drywell Gross      Ratio of Radiation readings Gamma Radiation: ____R/hr        calculated to be less than 5 R/hr CALCULATE Ratio of Radiation readings.
High Value Low Value TERMINATING CUE:
This Inform the candidate the completes this JPM.JPM is complete.
This Inform the candidate the completes this JPM.JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 11 of 12 JPM  
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 11 of 12 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:       Job Title: EO RO SRO   FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:
Perform a partial LOS-CM-M1 JPM Number:
Job
A-RO-29 Revision Number:
 
02 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
92.020 Perform the Monthly Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.44 4.2/4.4 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
EO         RO       SRO         FS           STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:
 
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
==Title:==
Yes No Reference(s): LOS-CM-M1 Monthly Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, Rev. 45 Actual Testing Environment:
Perform a partial LOS-CM-M1 JPM Number: A-RO-29                                               Revision Number: 02 Task Number and
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
 
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
==Title:==
25 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
92.020 Perform the Monthly Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.44 4.2/4.4 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:       Yes       No     Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s):
LOS-CM-M1 Monthly Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, Rev. 45 Actual Testing Environment:           Simulator         Control Room         In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate         Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 25 minutes                   Actual Time Used:           minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?             Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:             Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                     (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                               Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
 
Page 12 of 12   INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO.
Page 12 of 12 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO.
Unit 1 is at rated power in steady state conditions.
Unit 1 is at rated power in steady state conditions.
INITIATING CUE Perform the Monthly Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, LOS
INITIATING CUE Perform the Monthly Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, LOS-CM-M1 A, Steps 3 through 6.
-CM-M1 Attachment 1A , Steps 3 through 6.
 
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Calculate Stay Time and Determine if Dose Extension is required JPM Number: A-RO-44 Revision Number: 00 Date: 07 / 19 / 2016 Developed By:                      Colin Betken          8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                  Polega/Quinn              8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                      Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Calculate Stay Time and Determine if Dose Extension is required JPM Number:
A-RO-44 Revision Number: 00 Date: 07 / 19 / 2016


Developed By:  Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
A-RO rev 00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Polega/Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:
Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date Approved By:  Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________     1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________     2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
________     3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________     4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________     5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________     6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________     7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________     8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________     9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure RP-AA-203                     Rev: 03 Procedure                               Rev:
Procedure RP-AA-203 Rev: 03 Procedure Rev:   Procedure Rev:   ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
Procedure                               Rev:
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________     10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
________     11. Verify performance time is accurate
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date A-RO rev 00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
________     12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
Revision Record (Summary)
________     13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Revision 00, New for 15
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
-1 ILT NRC Exam


A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 Revision Record (Summary)
Materials 1. The following material may be located and utilized by the examinee RP-AA-203 -  Exposure Control and Authorization A calculator
Revision 00,    New for 15-1 ILT NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 Materials
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Balance of Plant.
: 1. The following material may be located and utilized by the examinee
Unit 1 is 100% reactor power Operator 'A' is required to support FIN team during the repair of 1C11
* RP-AA-203 - Exposure Control and Authorization
-F453B in the 'B' RWCU Pump Room and will be needed for 45 minutes to complete the repair.
* A calculator SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
This is a NON EMERGENCY situation.
 
Operator 'A's current annual Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is 1920 mrem and he has not received any dose extensions this year.
A-RO rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Balance of Plant.
The highest dose rate in 'B' RWCU Pump Room is 160 mrem/hr, which is near the valve. INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to calculate Operator 'A's current 'Stay Time' and if a dose extension is required to prevent exceeding LaSalle administrative limits per RP
* Unit 1 is 100% reactor power
-AA-203 and report when complete.
* Operator A is required to support FIN team during the repair of 1C11-F453B in the B RWCU Pump Room and will be needed for 45 minutes to complete the repair.
* This is a NON EMERGENCY situation.
* Operator As current annual Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is 1920 mrem and he has not received any dose extensions this year.
* The highest dose rate in B RWCU Pump Room is 160 mrem/hr, which is near the valve.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to calculate Operator As current Stay Time and if a dose extension is required to prevent exceeding LaSalle administrative limits per RP-AA-203 and report when complete.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
Stay Time = Dose Limit / Dose rate = 80 mrem / 160 mrem/hr = 0.5 hrs x 60 min. = 30 minutes Per RP-AA-203 Operator 'A's Annual administrative TEDE is 2000 mrem/yr 160 mrem/hr x (45 min. / 60 min.) = 120 mrem 1920 mrem + 120 mrem = 2040 mrem  
Stay Time = Dose Limit / Dose rate = 80 mrem / 160 mrem/hr = 0.5 hrs x 60 min. = 30 minutes Per RP-AA-203 Operator As Annual administrative TEDE is 2000 mrem/yr 160 mrem/hr x (45 min. / 60 min.) = 120 mrem 1920 mrem + 120 mrem = 2040 mrem UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
 
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE Steps 1 through 4 may be performed in any order.
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number NOTE Steps 1 through 4 may be performed in any order.
NOTE If the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of RP-AA-203, provide them with a copy of the procedure. If the examinee does not need the procedure, step 1 is marked N/A.
NOTE If the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of RP-AA-203, provide them with a copy of the procedure. If the examinee does not need the procedure, step 1 is marked N/A.
If the examinee demonstrates where to find a calculator, provide them with one.
If the examinee demonstrates where to find a calculator, provide them with one.
1 Locate a copy of RP
1     Locate a copy of RP-AA-203                 Examinee demonstrates where       ___    ___      ___
-AA-203 Examinee demonstrates where to find a copy of RP
to find a copy of RP-AA-203.
-AA-203. ___ ___ ___ *2 Determine the annual administrative TEDE limit.
  *2     Determine the annual                       Examinee determines limit is      ___    ___      ___
Examinee determines limit is 2000 mrem/yr.
administrative TEDE limit.                 2000 mrem/yr.
___ ___ ___ *3 Determine if annual TEDE administrative limit will be exceeded and if a dose extension is required.
  *3     Determine if annual TEDE                   Examinee determines annual        ___    ___      ___
Examinee determines annual TEDE will be exceeded and a dose extension will be required.
administrative limit will be              TEDE will be exceeded and a exceeded and if a dose                    dose extension will be required.
___ ___ ___ *4 Calculate Stay Time.
extension is required.
Examinee determines Stay Time is 30 minutes.
  *4     Calculate Stay Time.                       Examinee determines Stay           ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 5 Inform Unit Supervisor.
Time is 30 minutes.
The examinee reports that Operator 'A's Stay Time is 30 minutes and a dose extension will be required to the Unit Supervisor.
5     Inform Unit Supervisor.                   The examinee reports that         ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ Terminating Cue As Unit supervisor acknowledge the report. The JPM is complete.
Operator As Stay Time is 30 minutes and a dose extension will be required to the Unit Supervisor.
Terminating Cue As Unit supervisor acknowledge the report. The JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
A-RO rev 00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) JPM  
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
A-RO rev 00 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Job
A-RO-44 JPM Number:
 
Calculate Stay Time and Determine if Dose Extension is required   Revision Number:
==Title:==
00 Task Number and Title:
EO         RO   SRO       FS STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
A-RO-44 JPM Number: Calculate Stay Time and Determine if Dose Extension is required Revision Number:00 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
755.020 - During the performance of tasks, apply administrative requirements of roles and responsibilities of Shift Personnel, IAW Station Procedures.
755.020 - During the performance of tasks, apply administrative requirements of roles and responsibilities of Shift Personnel, IAW Station Procedures.
K/A Number and Importance: 2.3.4 - (3.2) Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions Suggested Testing Environment:
K/A Number and Importance: 2.3.4 - (3.2) Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): RP-AA-203, Exposure Control and Authorization, Revision 3 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
Classroom Alternate Path:
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
Yes No Reference(s):
RP-AA-203, Exposure Control and Authorization, Revision 3 Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-RO rev 00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Balance of Plant.
 
Unit 1 is 100% reactor power Operator 'A' is required to support FIN team during the repair of 1C11
A-RO rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Balance of Plant.
-F453B in the 'B' RWCU Pump Room and will be needed for 45 minutes to complete the repair.
* Unit 1 is 100% reactor power
This is a NON EMERGENCY situation.
* Operator A is required to support FIN team during the repair of 1C11-F453B in the B RWCU Pump Room and will be needed for 45 minutes to complete the repair.
Operator 'A's current annual Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is 1920 mrem and he has not received any dose extensions this year.
* This is a NON EMERGENCY situation.
The highest dose rate in 'B' RWCU Pump Room is 160 mrem/hr, which is near the valve. INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to calculate Operator 'A's current 'Stay Time' and if a dose extension is required to prevent exceeding LaSalle administrative limits per RP
* Operator As current annual Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is 1920 mrem and he has not received any dose extensions this year.
-AA-203 and report when complete.  
* The highest dose rate in B RWCU Pump Room is 160 mrem/hr, which is near the valve.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to calculate Operator As current Stay Time and if a dose extension is required to prevent exceeding LaSalle administrative limits per RP-AA-203 and report when complete.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Complete a Short Duration Timeclock Sheet JPM Number: A-SRO-19 Revision Number: 02 Date: 07/18/2016 Developed By:                    Colin Betken            8 /16/ 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                Martin / Hawkins            7 / 3 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith          8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure OP-AA-108-104 Rev: 01 Procedure LIS-WS-301                    Rev: 07 Procedure                              Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00      New JPM Revision 01      Updated for ILT Class 13-01 Cert Exam. Revised to include the latest JPM template and procedure revisions.
Revision 02      Updated for ILT Class 15-1 NRC Exam. Revised for ODCM Revision.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Complete a Short Duration Timeclock Sheet JPM Number:  A-SRO-19  Revision Number:
02  Date: 07/18/2016  Developed By:  Colin Betken  8 /16/ 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
Martin / Hawkins  7 / 3 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:  Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 2 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. ________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure OP-AA-108-104  Rev: 01  Procedure LIS-WS-301  Rev: 07  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 3 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00 New JPM Revision 0 1 Updated for ILT Class 13-01 Cert Exam. Revised to include the latest JPM template and procedure revisions. Revision 0 2 Updated for ILT Class 15-1 NRC Exam. Revised for ODCM Revision.


A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 4 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 4 of 10 SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
: 1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
A Blank copy of IM Surveillance LIS
* A Blank copy of IM Surveillance LIS-WS-301, Unit 1 Service Water Effluent Radiation Monitor Functional Test with work order cover sheet
-WS-301, Unit 1 Service Water Effluent Radiation Monitor Functional Test with work order cover sheet A Blank Copy of the Short Duration Time clock sheet, Attachment 1 of OP
* A Blank Copy of the Short Duration Time clock sheet, Attachment 1 of OP-AA-108-104 Rev 1.
-AA-108-104 Rev 1. OP-AA-108-104 Rev 1. This will be given to the student when he locates the procedure.
* OP-AA-108-104 Rev 1. This will be given to the student when he locates the procedure.
CY-LA-170-301 Rev 8.(ODCM). This will be given to the student when he locates the procedure.
* CY-LA-170-301 Rev 8.(ODCM). This will be given to the student when he locates the procedure.
 
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 5 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is near rated conditions.
You are the Unit Supervisor.
The computer system is down due to a server problem.
An Instrument Maintenance worker is ready to start LIS
-WS-301 (which is on the schedule).
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager orders you to fill out a Short Duration Timeclock sheet for this surveillance and authorize the surveillance. Inform the Shift Manger when the Short Duration time clock sheet is ready for the NSO.


A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS
* Unit 1 is near rated conditions.
* You are the Unit Supervisor.
* The computer system is down due to a server problem.
* An Instrument Maintenance worker is ready to start LIS-WS-301 (which is on the schedule).
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager orders you to fill out a Short Duration Timeclock sheet for this surveillance and authorize the surveillance.
Inform the Shift Manger when the Short Duration time clock sheet is ready for the NSO.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 6 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM Start Time:  STEP  ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE When the examinee acknowledges their initiating cue, provide them with a copy of the LIS-WS-301 with work order cover sheet and the short duration timeclock log. Note Examinee may NOT use the computer (computer is down in the initial conditions).
CUE If the examinee describes where they would get a copy ofExaminee may obtain a copy of OP-AA-108-104, provide them with a copy. CUE Examinee may obtain a copy of CY-LA-170-301 (ODCM). 1. Review details of surveillance's interface with plant provided on Attachment


B. Details of surveillance's interface with plant, provided on Attachment B, is reviewed.
A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 6 of 10 JPM Start Time:
___ ___ ___ 2. Refers to the ODCM section 12.2.1. for the timeclock: Refers to the ODCM section 12.2.1 for the timeclock.
Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT                                  STANDARD                SAT Number CUE        When the examinee acknowledges their initiating cue, provide them with a copy of the LIS-WS-301 with work order cover sheet and the short duration timeclock log.
___ ___ ___ *3. Completes the Short Duration Timeclock sheet:
Note      Examinee may NOT use the computer (computer is down in the initial conditions).
Required Actions 12.2.1 B.1, E.1 and E.2 Records the Short Duration Timeclock as continued release for 30 days provided grab samples are taken every 8 hours. ___ ___ ___ *4. Records the information on the Short Duration Timeclock sheet. Records the above timeclock information. ___ ___ ___ *5. AUTHORIZE start of surveillance.
CUE        If the examinee describes where they would get a copy ofExaminee may obtain a copy of OP-AA-108-104, provide them with a copy.
Time of authorization entered and initialed and dated.
CUE        Examinee may obtain a copy of CY-LA-170-301 (ODCM).                                                      Formatted: Font: Bold
___ ___ ___ 6. Inform Shift Manager Short Duration Timeclock sheet is completed for surveillance.
: 1.       Review details of                        Details of surveillances          ___    ___      ___
Shift Manager notified.
surveillances interface with            interface with plant, provided on plant provided on Attachment            Attachment B, is reviewed.
___ ___ ___ TERMINATING CUE:
B.
: 2.       Refers to the ODCM section               Refers to the ODCM section          ___    ___      ___
12.2.1. for the timeclock:               12.2.1 for the timeclock.
  *3.       Completes the Short Duration             Records the Short Duration          ___    ___      ___
Timeclock sheet:                         Timeclock as continued release Required Actions 12.2.1 B.1,             for 30 days provided grab E.1 and E.2                             samples are taken every 8 hours.
  *4.       Records the information on the Records the above timeclock                   ___     ___       ___
Short Duration Timeclock      information.
sheet.
  *5.       AUTHORIZE start of                       Time of authorization entered       ___    ___      ___
surveillance.                            and initialed and dated.
: 6.       Inform Shift Manager Short               Shift Manager notified.            ___    ___      ___
Duration Timeclock sheet is completed for surveillance.
TERMINATING CUE:
Acknowledge information. The JPM is considered complete at this time.
Acknowledge information. The JPM is considered complete at this time.
Formatted:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Font: Bold A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 7 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
JPM Stop Time:
A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 7 of 10 JPM Stop Time:
Page 8 of 10  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
Page 8 of 10 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:       Job Title: EO RO SRO   FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:
Complete a Short Duration Timeclock Sheet JPM Number:
Job
A-SRO-19   Revision Number: 02 Task Number and Title: 725.010 (SRO
 
-Only), Given the proper procedure, a personal computer with network access, and a filled
==Title:==
-out surveillance package, prepare a surveillance including the following: review, authorize, prepare short duration timeclock tracking sheet, and determine availability requirements IAW station procedures K/A Number and Importance:
EO         RO         SRO               FS           STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
2.1.18 SRO 3.
 
8 , Ability to make accurate, clear, and concise logs, records, status boards and reports Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator or Classroom Alternate Path:
==Title:==
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):
Complete a Short Duration Timeclock Sheet JPM Number: A-SRO-19                                     Revision Number: 02 Task Number and
OP-AA-108-104, Rev 1, Technical Specification Compliance LIS-WS-301, Rev 7, Unit 1 Service Water Effluent Radiation Monitor Functional Test Actual Testing Environment:
 
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
==Title:==
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
725.010 (SRO-Only), Given the proper procedure, a personal computer with network access, and a filled-out surveillance package, prepare a surveillance including the following: review, authorize, prepare short duration timeclock tracking sheet, and determine availability requirements IAW station procedures K/A Number and Importance: 2.1.18 SRO 3.8, Ability to make accurate, clear, and concise logs, records, status boards and reports Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator or Classroom Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:                       Yes                       No     Time Critical:           Yes       No Reference(s):
10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
OP-AA-108-104, Rev 1, Technical Specification Compliance LIS-WS-301, Rev 7, Unit 1 Service Water Effluent Radiation Monitor Functional Test Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:         Satisfactory                               Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                   Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 9 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Page 9 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


Page 10 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 10 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is near rated conditions.
* Unit 1 is near rated conditions.
You are the Unit Supervisor.
* You are the Unit Supervisor.
The computer system is down due to a server problem.
* The computer system is down due to a server problem.
An Instrument Maintenance worker is ready to start LIS
* An Instrument Maintenance worker is ready to start LIS-WS-301 (which is on the schedule).
-WS-301 (which is on the schedule).
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager orders you to fill out a Short Duration Timeclock sheet for this surveillance and authorize the surveillance.
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager orders you to fill out a Short Duration Timeclock sheet for this surveillance and authorize the surveillance.
Inform the Shift Manger when the Short Duration time clock sheet is ready for the NSO.
Inform the Shift Manger when the Short Duration time clock sheet is ready for the NSO.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BDetermine allowed EOOS Combinations JPM Number: UA-SRO-13 Revision Number: U01 Date: 07 / 25 / 2016 Developed By:                      Colin Betken          8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                  Martin / Hawkins            7/31/2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith          8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BDetermine allowed EOOS Combinations


JPM Number:
UA-SRO rev U01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
UA-SRO-13 Revision Number: U01  Date: 07 / 25 / 2016
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOA-HD-101                Rev: 035 Procedure TRM Appendix I            Rev: 016 Procedure                            Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 2 of 7


Developed By:  Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
UA-SRO rev U01 Revision Record (Summary)
Martin / Hawkins  7/31/2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:  Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
Revision 00,     New JPM Revision 01,     Revised for new format and ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 3 of 7
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date UA-SRO rev U01 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 2 of 7  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOA-HD-101  Rev: 035  Procedure TRM Appendix I Rev: 016  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date UA-SRO rev U01  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 3 of 7 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00
, New JPM Revision 01, Revised for new format and ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam


UA-SRO rev U01 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 4 of 7 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra SRO on shift.
UA-SRO rev U01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra SRO on shift.
Unit 1 was operating at rated power when a loss of feedwater heating occurred. Initial actions to reduce Reactor Power to maintain CD/CB Pump suction pressure are complete. The loss of feedwater heating is of such a nature that it will not be recovered for at least 3 hours. The crew entered LOA
Unit 1 was operating at rated power when a loss of feedwater heating occurred. Initial actions to reduce Reactor Power to maintain CD/CB Pump suction pressure are complete.
-HD-101 and is following the procedure. Unit 1 Rx power is currently 80%, and feedwater temperature is 310F following the initial power reduction. INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has assigned you to determine the Tech Spec required actions if any. Inform the Shift Manager when you have completed this task.
The loss of feedwater heating is of such a nature that it will not be recovered for at least 3 hours. The crew entered LOA-HD-101 and is following the procedure. Unit 1 Rx power is currently 80%, and feedwater temperature is 310°F following the initial power reduction.
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has assigned you to determine the Tech Spec required actions if any.
Inform the Shift Manager when you have completed this task.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use: UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to  
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
 
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 4 of 7


UA-SRO rev U01 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UA-SRO rev U01 JPM Start Time:
Page 5 of 7  JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE Examinee may obtain a copy of LOA
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number CUE     Examinee may obtain a copy of LOA-HD-101.
-HD-101. 1 Reviews LOA
1     Reviews LOA-HD-101 for                     Examinee reviews section B.1 for     ___    ___      ___
-HD-101 for applicability Examinee reviews section B.1 for Loss of Feed Water Heating
applicability                              Loss of Feed Water Heating CUE       If asked for an OD-3 or to talk to a QNE, report the QNE has been informed and will contact the shift upon arrival.
___ ___ ___ CUE If asked for an OD-3 or to talk to a QNE, report the QNE has been informed and will contact the shift upon arrival.
2     Plots the temperature on the curve         Examinee determines unit 1 is        ___    ___      ___
2 Plots the temperature on the curve for Rx Power and Temperature.
for Rx Power and Temperature.             operating in a condition not specified in the COLR (Core Operating Limits Report).
Examinee determines unit 1 is operating in a condition not specified in the COLR (Core Operating Limits Report).
3*     Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.1 for             Examine determines TS actions         ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 3* Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.1 for APLHGR Examine determines TS actions A.1 Restore APLHGR to within limits in 2 hours
APLHGR                                    A.1
___ ___ ___ 4* Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.2 for MCPR Determines TS actions A.1 Restore MCPR to within limits in 2 hours
* Restore APLHGR to within limits in 2 hours 4*     Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.2 for             Determines TS actions A.1             ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 5* Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.3 for LHGR Determines TS actions A.1 Restore LHGR to within limits in 2 hours
MCPR
___ ___ ___ 6 Informs the Shift Manager of the TS time clocks due to a non allowed combination of Equipment OOS. Informs the Shift Manager of the TS time clocks. ___ ___ ___ CUE Acknowledge the report. JPM is complete.
* Restore MCPR to within limits in 2 hours 5*     Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.3 for             Determines TS actions A.1             ___    ___      ___
LHGR
* Restore LHGR to within limits in 2 hours 6     Informs the Shift Manager of the          Informs the Shift Manager of the     ___    ___      ___
TS time clocks due to a non               TS time clocks.
allowed combination of Equipment OOS.
CUE     Acknowledge the report. JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
UA-SRO rev U01  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 7 JPM  
Page 5 of 7
 
UA-SRO rev U01 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BDetermine allowed EOOS Combinations JPM Number:
Job
A-SRO-13 Revision Number:
 
01 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
201.011 - Given a set of plant conditions, identify and prepare the Technical Specification required actions, IAW Technical Specifications K/A Number and Importance:
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
2.1.25 - 4.2 -Ability to interpret refernce materials, such as graphs, curves, tables etc.
 
Suggested Testing Environment:
==Title:==
Classroom Alternate Path:
0BDetermine allowed EOOS Combinations JPM Number: A-SRO-13                                 Revision Number: 01 Task Number and
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
 
Yes No Reference(s):
==Title:==
LOA-HD-101 rev 035, TRM Appendix I rev 016 Actual Testing Environment:
201.011 - Given a set of plant conditions, identify and prepare the Technical Specification required actions, IAW Technical Specifications K/A Number and Importance: 2.1.25 - 4.2 -Ability to interpret refernce materials, such as graphs, curves, tables etc.
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): LOA-HD-101 rev 035, TRM Appendix I rev 016 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UA-SRO rev U01  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 7 of 7 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra SRO on shift.
Page 6 of 7
Unit 1 was operating at rated power when a loss of feedwater heating occurred. Initial actions to reduce Reactor Power to maintain CD/CB Pump suction pressure are complete. The loss of feedwater heating is of such a nature that it will not be recovered for at least 3 hours. The crew entered LOA
-HD-101 and is following the procedure. Unit 1 Rx power is currently 80%, and feedwater temperature is 310F following the initial power reduction.  . INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has assigned you to determine the Tech Spec required actions if any. Inform the Shift Manager when you have completed this task. 


SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UA-SRO rev U01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra SRO on shift.
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BApply a Protected Path Using the Protect System Barrier Tracker Program JPM Number:
Unit 1 was operating at rated power when a loss of feedwater heating occurred. Initial actions to reduce Reactor Power to maintain CD/CB Pump suction pressure are complete.
UA-SRO-61 Revision Number: U00 Date: 7 / 8 / 2016 Developed By:
The loss of feedwater heating is of such a nature that it will not be recovered for at least 3 hours. The crew entered LOA-HD-101 and is following the procedure. Unit 1 Rx power is currently 80%, and feedwater temperature is 310°F following the initial power reduction.
Adam Vick 8 / 9 / 2016   Instructor Date Validated By:
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has assigned you to determine the Tech Spec required actions if any.
Polega/Tuttich 7 / 8 / 2016   SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:
Inform the Shift Manager when you have completed this task.
Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016     Operations Representative Date Approved By:
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 7 of 7
Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016   Training Department Date UA-SRO rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
 
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BApply a Protected Path Using the Protect System Barrier Tracker Program JPM Number: UA-SRO-61 Revision Number: U00 Date: 7 / 8 / 2016 Developed By:                       Adam Vick             8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor             Date Validated By:                     Polega/Tuttich         7 / 8 / 2016 SME or Instructor           Date Reviewed By:                         Mark Smith           8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative         Date Approved By:                         Dan Moren           8 /17/ 2016 Training Department           Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
 
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
UA-SRO rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________     1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________     2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________     3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________     4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________     5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________     6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
Procedure OP-LA-108-117-1000 Rev:     3 Procedure Rev:   Procedure Rev:   ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________     7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________     8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________     9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Procedure OP-LA-108-117-1000 Rev: 3 Procedure                           Rev:
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date UA-SRO rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Revision Record (Summary)
Procedure                           Rev:
Revision 00, New JPM developed for the ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.
________     10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
UA-SRO rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
________     11. Verify performance time is accurate
: 1. Login to the Simulator Center Desk computer with a generic login (i.e. "LASSTUDENT", "GEN_LASEXAM").
________     12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 2. OPEN the "Protected System Barrier Tracker" program.
________     13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                               Date SME / Instructor                               Date SME / Instructor                               Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
UA-SRO rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00,     New JPM developed for the ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
UA-SRO rev U00 SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Login to the Simulator Center Desk computer with a generic login (i.e. LASSTUDENT, GEN_LASEXAM).
: 2. OPEN the Protected System Barrier Tracker program.
: 3. VERIFY the program is NOT connected to the OPS database. Failure to do so will result in changes to the official tracking program. Perform as follows:
: 3. VERIFY the program is NOT connected to the OPS database. Failure to do so will result in changes to the official tracking program. Perform as follows:
Click on the "Setup" tab at the bottom of the Excel Spreadsheet.
* Click on the Setup tab at the bottom of the Excel Spreadsheet.
VERIFY the "System Directory Path" is "C:\Users\lasstudent\Desktop\New Protected Program". VERIFY the "Directory of Operator Turnover Files" is "C:\Users\lasstudent\Desktop\New Protected Program
* VERIFY the System Directory Path is C:\Users\lasstudent\Desktop\New Protected Program.
\Protected Equipment Position Sheets".
* VERIFY the Directory of Operator Turnover Files is C:\Users\lasstudent\Desktop\New Protected Program\Protected Equipment Position Sheets.
VERIFY the "Directory to Update Web" is "C:
* VERIFY the Directory to Update Web is C:\Users\lasstudent\Desktop\New Protected Program\Work Management Reporting.
\Users\lasstudent
: 4. The User lasstudent indicated above is a generic account. If the program is placed in another location then the paths should indicate as such. It is vital that the path is NOT K:\OPDGRP\Protected Pathways\New Protected Program\*********
\Desktop\New Protected Program\Work Management Reporting".
: 4. The User "lasstudent" indicated above is a generic account. If the program is placed in another location then the paths should indicate as such. It is vital that the path is NOT "K:\OPDGRP\Protected Pathways
\New Protected Program
\*********"
: 5. VERIFY the computer is setup to print to an acceptable printer to maintain exam security.
: 5. VERIFY the computer is setup to print to an acceptable printer to maintain exam security.
This will allow the examinee to print a checklist.
This will allow the examinee to print a checklist.
: 6. VERIFY ONLY the following systems indicate protected when the program is open:
: 6. VERIFY ONLY the following systems indicate protected when the program is open:
  "Unit 1 - Hydrogen Water Chemistry" "Unit 2 - Hydrogen Water Chemistry" "Unit 1 - FC"  "Unit 2 - FC" UA-SRO rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit Supervisor on Unit 1, - It is a Division 1 Work Week.
* Unit 1 - Hydrogen Water Chemistry
- The '0' DG is to be placed OOS for scheduled maintenance on the next shift. INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to perform the following:
* Unit 2 - Hydrogen Water Chemistry
- Generate the '0' DG Protected Paths checklist using the "Protected System Barrier Tracker". - Provide the printed '0' DG Protected Paths checklist to the WEC SRO for protected paths to be placed.
* Unit 1 - FC
- Review and process the checklist after all protected paths are placed.
* Unit 2 - FC SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
When the checklist has been processed and all protected paths are placed, print a "Protected System Barrier Report" and provide it to the Shift Manager.
 
UA-SRO rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit Supervisor on Unit 1,
    -   It is a Division 1 Work Week.
    -   The 0 DG is to be placed OOS for scheduled maintenance on the next shift.
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to perform the following:
    -   Generate the 0 DG Protected Paths checklist using the Protected System Barrier Tracker.
    -   Provide the printed 0 DG Protected Paths checklist to the WEC SRO for protected paths to be placed.
    -   Review and process the checklist after all protected paths are placed.
When the checklist has been processed and all protected paths are placed, print a Protected System Barrier Report and provide it to the Shift Manager.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


UA-SRO rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UA-SRO rev U00 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: Examinee may obtain a copy of OP-LA-108-117-1000 but is NOT REQUIRED. If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of OP
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number NOTE:           Examinee may obtain a copy of OP-LA-108-117-1000 but is NOT REQUIRED.
-LA-108-117-1000. If the Examinee does not obtain a copy of the procedure the next step may be N/A'ed. 1 OBTAIN a copy of the procedure.
If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of OP-LA-108-117-1000. If the Examinee does not obtain a copy of the procedure the next step may be N/Aed.
Examinee demonstrates where to OBTAIN a copy of OP
1     OBTAIN a copy of the                       Examinee demonstrates where         ___    ___      ___
-LA-108-117-1000. ___ ___ ___ *2 DOUBLE CLICK the "Unit 0 - 0 DG" in the "Sub
procedure.                                to OBTAIN a copy of OP-LA-108-117-1000.
-
  *2     DOUBLE CLICK the Unit 0 - 0               Examinee DOUBLE CLICKS              ___    ___      ___
systems/Pathways Protection Schemes". Examinee DOUBLE CLICKS the "Unit 0 - 0 DG" in the "Sub
DG in the Sub-                           the Unit 0 - 0 DG in the Sub-systems/Pathways Protection               systems/Pathways Protection Schemes.                                  Schemes.
-systems/Pathways Protection Schemes".
3     VERIFY the Apply Barriers for             Examinee VERIFIES the Apply        ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 3 VERIFY the "Apply Barriers for this Subsystem/Pathway" check box is CHECKED.
this Subsystem/Pathway check             Barriers for this box is CHECKED.                           Subsystem/Pathway check box is CHECKED.
Examinee VERIFIES the "Apply Barriers for this Subsystem/Pathway" check box is CHECKED.
NOTE:           In the following step the Examinee should enter a reason along the line of 0 DG OOS.
___ ___ ___ NOTE: In the following step the Examinee should enter a reason along the line of "'0' DG OOS". *4 ENTER a reason for protections in the "Reason for protecting equipment" box. Examinee ENTERS a reason for protections in the "Reason for protecting equipment" box.
  *4     ENTER a reason for protections             Examinee ENTERS a reason            ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ *5 CLICK the "Barrier Changes Pending" Icon.
in the Reason for protecting             for protections in the Reason equipment box.                            for protecting equipment box.
Examinee CLICKS the "Barrier Changes Pending" Icon.
  *5     CLICK the Barrier Changes                 Examinee CLICKS the Barrier       ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ *6 CLICK the Printer Icon next to "Click to send to default printer" to generate a checklist.
Pending Icon.                            Changes Pending Icon.
Examinee CLICKS the Printer Icon next to "Click to send to default printer" to generate a checklist.
  *6     CLICK the Printer Icon next to             Examinee CLICKS the Printer        ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ *7 PROVIDE the "Protected Equipment Log" checklist to operator for protected paths to be placed.
Click to send to default printer         Icon next to Click to send to to generate a checklist.                  default printer to generate a checklist.
Examinee PROVIDES the "Protected Equipment Log" checklist to operator for protected paths to be placed.
  *7     PROVIDE the Protected                     Examinee PROVIDES the              ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___
Equipment Log checklist to               Protected Equipment Log operator for protected paths to           checklist to operator for be placed.                                protected paths to be placed.
UA-SRO rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: After the Examinee gives the Equipment Operator a "Protected Equipment Log" checklist provide the Examinee with a completed checklist to be entered into the "Protected System Barrier Tracker" program.
CUE When the examinee prints a checklist, inform them that the checklist number matches the computer checklist number.
8 REVIEW the completed "Protected Equipment Log" checklist for completeness Examinee REVIEWS the completed "Protected Equipment Log" checklist for


completeness.
UA-SRO rev U00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number NOTE:            After the Examinee gives the Equipment Operator a Protected Equipment Log checklist provide the Examinee with a completed checklist to be entered into the Protected System Barrier Tracker program.
___ ___ ___ *9 CLICK the "Manage Checklists" Icon. Examinee CLICKS the "Manage Checklists" Icon.
CUE      When the examinee prints a checklist, inform them that the checklist number matches the computer checklist number.
___ ___ ___ *10 DOUBLE CLICK the completed checklist in the "INPROG Checklists" box.
8      REVIEW the completed                      Examinee REVIEWS the                ___   ___     ___
Examinee DOUBLE CLICKS the completed checklist in the "INPROG Checklists" box.
Protected Equipment Log                  completed Protected checklist for completeness                Equipment Log checklist for completeness.
___ ___ ___ *11 ENTER the names of persons who completed checklist and then CLICK 'OK'.
  *9     CLICK the Manage Checklists             Examinee CLICKS the Manage         ___    ___      ___
Examinee ENTERS the names of persons who completed checklist and then CLICKS  
Icon.                                      Checklists Icon.
'OK'. ___ ___ ___ NOTE: The following step requires the Examinee to perform a Unit Log Entry. Provide the Cue below so a log entry is not made.
  *10     DOUBLE CLICK the completed                 Examinee DOUBLE CLICKS              ___    ___      ___
12 SIGN the bottom of page 1 and 2 of the "Protected Equipment Log" checklist.
checklist in the INPROG                   the completed checklist in the Checklists box.                          INPROG Checklists box.
Examinee SIGNS the bottom of page 1 and 2 of the "Protected Equipment Log" checklist.
  *11     ENTER the names of persons                 Examinee ENTERS the names          ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ CUE If the Examinee attempts to make a Unit Log Entry for the completed checklist inform him that another SRO has made the log entry.
who completed checklist and               of persons who completed then CLICK OK.                           checklist and then CLICKS OK.
*13 CLICK "Protected System Barrier Report" tab at the bottom of the Excel Spreadsheet.
NOTE:           The following step requires the Examinee to perform a Unit Log Entry. Provide the Cue below so a log entry is not made.
Examinee CLICKS "Protected System Barrier Report" tab at the bottom of the Excel Spreadsheet.
12     SIGN the bottom of page 1 and             Examinee SIGNS the bottom of        ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ *14 PRINT the "Protected System Barrier Report".
2 of the Protected Equipment             page 1 and 2 of the Protected Log checklist.                            Equipment Log checklist.
Examinee PRINTS the "Protected System Barrier Report". ___ ___ ___
CUE     If the Examinee attempts to make a Unit Log Entry for the completed checklist inform him that another SRO has made the log entry.
UA-SRO rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
  *13     CLICK Protected System                   Examinee CLICKS Protected          ___    ___      ___
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: Compare the "Protected System Barrier Report" printed by the Examinee to the KEY for evaluation.
Barrier Report tab at the                 System Barrier Report tab at bottom of the Excel                        the bottom of the Excel Spreadsheet.                              Spreadsheet.
15 PROVIDE the "Protected System Barrier Report" to the Shift Manager.
  *14     PRINT the Protected System               Examinee PRINTS the                ___    ___      ___
Examinee PROVIDES the "Protected System Barrier Report" to the Shift Manager.
Barrier Report.                           Protected System Barrier Report.
___ ___ ___ CUE JPM is complete.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
UA-SRO rev U00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number NOTE:           Compare the Protected System Barrier Report printed by the Examinee to the KEY for evaluation.
15     PROVIDE the Protected                     Examinee PROVIDES the              ___    ___      ___
System Barrier Report to the             Protected System Barrier Shift Manager.                             Report to the Shift Manager.
CUE     JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
UA-SRO rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
UA-SRO rev U00 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BApply a Protected Path Using the Protect System Barrier Tracker Program JPM Number:
Job
A-SRO-61 Revision Number:
 
00 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
747.010 During the performance of tasks, apply the administrative requirements of ON
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
-LINE MAINTENANCE, IAW station procedures.
 
K/A Number and Importance:
==Title:==
2.2.14 3.6/4.3 Suggested Testing Environment:
0BApply a Protected Path Using the Protect System Barrier Tracker Program JPM Number: A-SRO-61                                 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
Simulator Alternate Path:
 
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
==Title:==
Yes No Reference(s):
747.010 During the performance of tasks, apply the administrative requirements of ON-LINE MAINTENANCE, IAW station procedures.
OP-LA-108-117-1000, LaSalle Protected Equipment Program Rev. 3 Actual Testing Environment:
K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.14 3.6/4.3 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): OP-LA-108-117-1000, LaSalle Protected Equipment Program Rev. 3 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
15 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UA-SRO rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit Supervisor on Unit 1, - It is a Division 1 Work Week.
 
- The '0' DG is to be placed OOS for scheduled maintenance on the next shift. INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to perform the following:
UA-SRO rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit Supervisor on Unit 1,
- Generate the '0' DG Protected Paths checklist using the "Protected System Barrier Tracker". - Provide the printed '0' DG Protected Paths checklist to the WEC SRO for protected paths to be placed.
  -   It is a Division 1 Work Week.
- Review and process the checklist after all protected paths are placed.
  -   The 0 DG is to be placed OOS for scheduled maintenance on the next shift.
When the checklist has been processed and all protected paths are placed, print a "Protected System Barrier Report" and provide it to the Shift Manager.
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to perform the following:
  -   Generate the 0 DG Protected Paths checklist using the Protected System Barrier Tracker.
  -   Provide the printed 0 DG Protected Paths checklist to the WEC SRO for protected paths to be placed.
  -   Review and process the checklist after all protected paths are placed.
When the checklist has been processed and all protected paths are placed, print a Protected System Barrier Report and provide it to the Shift Manager.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Identify ODCM Requirements for a Spurious Off Gas Isolation JPM Number: A-SRO-53 Revision Number: 00 Date: 07 / 18 / 2016 Developed By:                      Colin Betken          8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                  Murphy/Hawkins            7/23/2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                          Mark Smith          8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                          Dan Moren          8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure CY-LA-170-301                  Rev: 08 Procedure LOA-OG-101                    Rev: 19 Procedure                                Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00      Developed new for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Identify ODCM Requirements for a Spurious Off Gas Isolation JPM Number: A-SRO-53  Revision Number:
00  Date: 07 / 18 / 2016  Developed By:  Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
Murphy/Hawkins  7/23/2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:
Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:  Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 2 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure CY-LA-170-301  Rev: 08  Procedure LOA-OG-101  Rev: 19  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 3 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00 Developed new for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.


A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 4 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 4 of 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. No SIM setup required.
: 1. No SIM setup required.
: 2. Evaluator, be prepared to fill in a time for "5 minutes ago" on the candidates copy of the Initial Conditions.
: 2. Evaluator, be prepared to fill in a time for 5 minutes ago on the candidates copy of the Initial Conditions.
: 3. Be prepared to provide a blank Tech Spec Timeclock sheet.  
: 3. Be prepared to provide a blank Tech Spec Timeclock sheet.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 5 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor today.
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor today.
* Unit 1 is 100% power
Unit 1 is 100% power 1A Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is INOP for LIS
* 1A Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is INOP for LIS-OG-104A The following annunciator was received 5 minutes ago, at time:_______
-OG-104A The following annunciator was received 5 minutes ago, at time:_______ 1N62-P600-B207, Off Gas Post Treatment Rad Hi gh  The NSO has since reported the following:
* 1N62-P600-B207, Off Gas Post Treatment Rad High The NSO has since reported the following:
R-Point R1278 OG Post
* R-Point R1278 OG Post-Trtmt Rad Hi-Hi-Hi is in
-Trtmt Rad Hi-Hi-Hi is in 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor has it's "Upscale" light illuminated 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is pegged high Off Gas Pre Treat Rad Monitor reads 7.8 x 10 1^1 mr/hr Actions per LOA
* 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor has its Upscale light illuminated
-OG-101, Unit 1 Off Gas System Abnormal, are complete through Section B.8, Step 1.1.3 1N62-F057, Off Gas Discharge to Stack, indicates OPEN at 1N62-P601 IMD has been called in to assist in troubleshooting
* 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is pegged high
. They suspect a failed instrument.
* Off Gas Pre Treat Rad Monitor reads 7.8 x 101^1 mr/hr
* Actions per LOA-OG-101, Unit 1 Off Gas System Abnormal, are complete through Section B.8, Step 1.1.3
* 1N62-F057, Off Gas Discharge to Stack, indicates OPEN at 1N62-P601 IMD has been called in to assist in troubleshooting. They suspect a failed instrument.
INITIATING CUE For this situation:
INITIATING CUE For this situation:
Identify the Required Actions if any. Update the Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet if ne eded. Complete the necessary notifications.
* Identify the Required Actions if any.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
* Update the Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet if needed.
* Complete the necessary notifications.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 6 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 6 of 10 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP   ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: Examinee may obtain a copy of LOR-1N62-P600-B207 but is NOT REQUIRED. If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of LOR-1N62-P600-B207. NOTE: Examinee may obtain a copy of LOA
Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT                                 STANDARD                 SAT Number NOTE:           Examinee may obtain a copy of LOR-1N62-P600-B207 but is NOT REQUIRED.
-OG-101 but is NOT REQUIRED. If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of LOA
If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of LOR-1N62-P600-B207.
-OG-101. If the Examinee does not obtain a copy of the procedure the next step may be N/A'ed.
NOTE:           Examinee may obtain a copy of LOA-OG-101 but is NOT REQUIRED. If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of LOA-OG-101. If the Examinee does not obtain a copy of the procedure the next step may be N/Aed.
: 1. OBTAIN a copy of the procedure.
: 1.       OBTAIN a copy of the                   Examinee demonstrates where to     ___    ___      ___
Examinee demonstrates where to OBTAIN a copy of LOA
procedure.                            OBTAIN a copy of LOA-OG-101.
-OG-101. ___ ___ ___ 2. B.8.1.3 - Refer to ODCM 12.2.2. Examinee refers to ODCM for guidance. ___ ___ ___ NOTE: After they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with Examinee may obtain a copy of CY
: 2.       B.8.1.3 - Refer to ODCM               Examinee refers to ODCM for        ___    ___      ___
-LA-170-301(ODCM).
12.2.2.                               guidance.
: 3. OBTAIN a copy of the procedure.
NOTE:             After they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with Examinee may obtain a copy of CY-LA-170-301(ODCM).
Examinee demonstrates where to OBTAIN a copy of CY
: 3.       OBTAIN a copy of the                   Examinee demonstrates where to     ___    ___      ___
-LA-170-301(ODCM).
procedure.                            OBTAIN a copy of CY-LA-170-301(ODCM).
___ ___ ___ 4. Recognize that the Initial Conditions render that 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is inoperable 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor declared inoperable
: 4.       Recognize that the Initial             1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor   ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 5. Identify the correct CONDITION and REQUIRED ACTION:
Conditions render that 1B Off         declared inoperable Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is inoperable
Condition B: One or more required instrument channels inoperable for reasons other than condition A RA B.1: Enter the Condition referenced in Table R12.2.2
: 5.       Identify the correct CONDITION         Condition B and RA B.1 identified  ___    ___      ___
-1 for the instrument channel Condition B and RA B.1 identified
and REQUIRED ACTION:
___ ___ ___ 6. From Table R12.2.2
Condition B: One or more required instrument channels inoperable for reasons other than condition A RA B.1: Enter the Condition referenced in Table R12.2.2-1 for the instrument channel
-1 correctly identifies Condition D Condition D identified
: 6.       From Table R12.2.2-1 correctly         Condition D identified             ___     ___       ___
___ ___ ___
identifies Condition D SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 7 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP  ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *7. Correctly identifies Required Action D.1, D.2 and D.3:
RA D.1: Obtain grab samples once per 8 hours AND  RA D.2: Analyze grab samples for noble gas emitters within 24 hours of each grab sample AND RA D.3: Restore instrument channel to OPERABLE status within 30 days Required Action D.1, D.2 and D.3 identified
___ ___ ___ CUE If the candidate attempts to contact chemistry for required actions, acknowledge the report.
*8. Update the Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet.
Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet updated ___ ___ ___ CUE If not already addressed, ask the candidate the following question:
"What actions, if any, would be necessary if the 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is not returned to service within 30 days?"
: 9. ODCM Condition I  Identify the correct REQUIRED ACTION for CONDITION I.1: Explain in the next Radioactive


Effluent Release Report why the inoperability was not corrected within the time specified IAW Tech Spec 5.6.3. Condition I reporting requirement identified.
A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 7 of 10 Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT                                STANDARD                SAT Number
___ ___ ___ TERMINATING CUE:
  *7.        Correctly identifies Required          Required Action D.1, D.2 and D.3    ___    ___      ___
Action D.1, D.2 and D.3:              identified RA D.1: Obtain grab samples once per 8 hours AND RA D.2: Analyze grab samples for noble gas emitters within 24 hours of each grab sample AND RA D.3: Restore instrument channel to OPERABLE status within 30 days CUE        If the candidate attempts to contact chemistry for required actions, acknowledge the report.
  *8.        Update the Tech Spec                  Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet          ___    ___      ___
Timeclock Sheet.                      updated CUE        If not already addressed, ask the candidate the following question:
What actions, if any, would be necessary if the 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is not returned to service within 30 days?
: 9.        Identify the correct REQUIRED          Condition I reporting requirement  ___    ___      ___
ACTION for CONDITION I.1:              identified.
ODCM Condition    Explain in the next Radioactive I          Effluent Release Report why the inoperability was not corrected within the time specified IAW Tech Spec 5.6.3.
TERMINATING CUE:
Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete.
Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 8 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
KEY TS/TRM/ ODCM System/ Component Required Action REQUIRED ACTION Description (or SFDP Tracking Number/3.0.6)
 
Completion Time Expiration Date/Time ODCM 12.2.2 1A and 1B OG Post Treat Rad Monitor D.1 Obtain grab samples Once per 8 hours  ODCM 12.2.2 1A and 1B OG Post Treat Rad Monitor D.2 Analyze grab samples for noble gas emitters within 24 hours of each grab sample ODCM 12.2.2 1A and 1B OG Post Treat Rad Monitor D.3 Restore instrument channel to OPERABLE status 30 days Page 9 of 10  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 8 of 10 KEY TS/TRM/ System/ Required REQUIRED ACTION Description Completion                          Expiration ODCM Component Action (or SFDP Tracking Number/3.0.6)                       Time       Date/Time ODCM     1A and 1B       D.1           Obtain grab samples             Once per 8 12.2.2   OG Post                                                         hours Treat Rad Monitor ODCM    1A and 1B        D.2           Analyze grab samples for noble   within 24 12.2.2   OG Post                       gas emitters                    hours of each Treat Rad                                                       grab sample Monitor ODCM    1A and 1B        D.3           Restore instrument channel to   30 days OG Post                        OPERABLE status 12.2.2 Treat Rad Monitor SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
Page 9 of 10 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:       Job Title: EO RO SRO   FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title: Determine ODCM Compensatory Measures JPM Number: A-SRO-53     Revision Number:
Operators Name:
00 Task Number and Title:
Job
 
==Title:==
EO         RO         SRO               FS           STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
Determine ODCM Compensatory Measures JPM Number: A-SRO-53                                               Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
702.001 - Given an inoperable component, determine ODCM applicability and required actions, IAW station procedures.
702.001 - Given an inoperable component, determine ODCM applicability and required actions, IAW station procedures.
K/A Number and Importance:
K/A Number and Importance: 2.3.11 SRO 4.3; Ability to control radiation releases.
2.3.11 SRO 4.3; Ability to control radiation releases.
Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s):
Suggested Testing Environment:
CY-LA-170-301, Rev. 8, Offsite dose Calculation Manual, Part 1 Radiological Effluent Controls; LOA-OG-101, Rev. 19, Offgas System Abnormal Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
Classroom Alternate Path:
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
Yes No Reference(s):
CY-LA-170-301, Rev. 8, Offsite dose Calculation Manual, Part 1 Radiological Effluent Controls
; LOA-OG-101, Rev. 19, Offgas System Abnormal Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:         Satisfactory                               Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                   Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 10 of 10  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor today.
Unit 1 is 100% power 1A Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is INOP for LIS
-OG-104A  The following annunciator was received 5 minutes ago, at time:_______  1N62-P600-B207, Off Gas Post Treatment Rad Hi gh  The NSO has since reported the following:
R-Point R1278 OG Post
-Trtmt Rad Hi
-Hi-Hi is in  1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor has it's "Upscale" light  illuminated 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is pegged high Off Gas Pre Treat Rad Monitor reads 7.8 x 10 1^1 mr/hr  Actions per LOA
-OG-101, Unit 1 Off Gas System Abnormal, are complete through Section B.8, Step 1.1.3 1N62-F057, Off Gas Discharge to Stack, indicates OPEN at 1N62
-P601  IMD has been called in to assist in troubleshooting. They suspect a failed instrument.


Page 10 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor today.
* Unit 1 is 100% power
* 1A Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is INOP for LIS-OG-104A The following annunciator was received 5 minutes ago, at time:_______
* 1N62-P600-B207, Off Gas Post Treatment Rad High The NSO has since reported the following:
* R-Point R1278 OG Post-Trtmt Rad Hi-Hi-Hi is in
* 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor has its Upscale light illuminated
* 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is pegged high
* Off Gas Pre Treat Rad Monitor reads 7.8 x 101^1 mr/hr
* Actions per LOA-OG-101, Unit 1 Off Gas System Abnormal, are complete through Section B.8, Step 1.1.3
* 1N62-F057, Off Gas Discharge to Stack, indicates OPEN at 1N62-P601 IMD has been called in to assist in troubleshooting. They suspect a failed instrument.
INITIATING CUE For this situation:
INITIATING CUE For this situation:
Identify the Required Actions if any. Update the Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet if needed. Complete the necessary notifications.
* Identify the Required Actions if any.
 
* Update the Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet if needed.
* Complete the necessary notifications.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title HereDetermine PARS for an Event


JPM Number: XXYYZZXXA-SRO-54 Revision Number: 00## Date: 7 / 19 / 2016## / ## / 20##
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title HereDetermine PARS for an Event JPM Number: XXYYZZXXA-SRO-54 Revision Number: 00##
Date: 7 / 19 / 2016## / ## / 20##
Developed By:                        Colin Betken        8 / 9 / 2016 Formatted: Tab stops: 3.11", Left Instructor              Date Validated By:                Murphy / Hawkins            7/23/2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                          Mark Smith          8 /17/ 2016  Formatted: Tab stops: 3.1", Left Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                              Dan Moren      8 /17/ 2016  Formatted: Tab stops: 3.28", Left Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


Developed By:
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date Validated By:    Murphy / Hawkins  7/23/2016  SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure EP-AA-111-F-05 Rev: G Procedure EP-AA-111                      Rev: 19 Procedure EP-AA-114                      Rev: 13                                      Formatted: No underline Procedure EP-AA-1005 Add 3Rev. 01___                                                  Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.36", No bullets or numbering Formatted: Underline
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                                     Date SME / Instructor                                    Date SME / Instructor                                     Date JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST                                                            Formatted: Left, Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13",
Right + 5.25", Left + 6", Left SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date  Formatted:
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX NOTE:All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Tab stops:  3.11", LeftFormatted:
Tab stops:  3.1", LeftFormatted:
Tab stops:  3.28", Left A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST  NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure EP-AA-111-F-05  Rev: G  Procedure EP-AA-111  Rev: 19  Procedure EP-AA-114  Rev: 13  Procedure EP-AA-1005 Add 3Rev. 01___
________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST Formatted:
No underlineFormatted:
Indent: Left:  0.36",  No bullets or numberingFormatted:
UnderlineFormatted:
Left, Space Before:  6 pt, After:  6 pt, Tabstops:  1.25", Right +  1.38", Left +  4.63", Left +  5.13",Right +  5.25", Left +  6", Left A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
NOTE:All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
________ 1.Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
________ 2.Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    1.Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.                  1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
________ 3.Performance location specified. (in
5.25", Left + 6", Left
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    2.Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.                                    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
________ 4.Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    3.Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)            1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
________ 5.Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
5.25", Left + 6", Left
________ 6.Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    4.Initial setup conditions are identified.                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
________ 7.Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    5.Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.                1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
________ 8.Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
5.25", Left + 6", Left
Procedure Rev:  Procedure Rev:  Procedure Rev:  ________ 9.Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    6.Task standards identified and verified by SME review.                                    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
________ 10.Verify performance time is accurate
________    7.Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an            1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
________ 11.If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 12.When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
5.25", Left + 6", Left asterisk (*).
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date  Formatted:
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
________    8.Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:            Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
Procedure Rev:                                                                              1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
5.25", Left + 6", Left Procedure Rev:
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Procedure Rev:
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
________    9.Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.                                  5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
________    10.Verify performance time is accurate Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
________    11.If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise            5.25", Left + 6", Left the JPM.                                                                                    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Font: 10 pt
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
________    12.When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent Formatted: Font: 10 pt validations, sign and date below:
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
Formatted: Font: 10 pt Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering SME / Instructor Date Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
Font: 10 ptFormatted:
5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering SME / Instructor Date                                                                                  Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
Font: 10 ptFormatted:
1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
Font: 10 ptFormatted:
5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
SME / Instructor Date                                                                                  1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
5.25", Left + 6", Left SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
 
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX Revision Record (Summary)
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", LeftFormatted:
Revision 00,     {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}New JPM written for 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
 
Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right + 5.25", Left + 6", Left A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONSMaterials
Revision Record (Summary)
: 1. The following material is required to be provided to the Examinee.
Revision 00, {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}New JPM written for 15
* EP-AA-111-F-05, EP-AA-111, EP-AA-114, EP-AA-1005 Addendum 3 1.Reset the simulator to IC XX                                                                       Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets or numbering Formatted: Bullets and Numbering NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
-1 NRC Exam A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
2.Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)}
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONSMaterials 1. The following material is required to be provided to the Examinee.
3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g.,
EP-AA-111-F-05, EP-AA-111, EP-AA-114, EP-AA-1005 Addendum 3 1.Reset the simulator to IC XX NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}
2.Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)}
3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g., re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}
4.When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
4.When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
5.This completes the setup for this JPM. Formatted:
5.This completes the setup for this JPM.                                                             Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets or numbering SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets or numberingFormatted:
 
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an SRO in the Control Room and have been directed to assist the Shift Manager. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and the following plant conditions exist:
Bullets and NumberingFormatted:
    -     The Shift Manager has just classified FG1.
Indent: Left:  0.25",  No bullets or numbering A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
    -     All Secondary Containment parameters are normal.
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an SRO in the Control Room and have been directed to assist the Shift Manager. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and the following plant conditions exist:
    -     Plant Computer average wind speed is 12 mph from 270°
- The Shift Manager has just classified FG1. - All Secondary Containment parameters are normal.
    -     All PCIS isolations have taken place as expected.
- Plant Computer average wind speed is 12 mph from 270° - All PCIS isolations have taken place as expected.
    -     Suppression Pool Temperature is 210°F
- Suppression Pool Temperature is 210°F - Reactor Pressure is 700 psig
    -     Reactor Pressure is 700 psig
- Drywell Gross Gamma is reading 350 R/HR - The highest ARM reading 205 R/HR - SBGT is running  
    -     Drywell Gross Gamma is reading 350 R/HR
- No release has been reported
    -     The highest ARM reading 205 R/HR
- No PAR determination has been made INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to determine PARs for the event.
    -     SBGT is running
    -     No release has been reported
    -     No PAR determination has been made INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to determine PARs for the event.
You are to inform the Shift Manager when your PARs determination is complete INITIAL CONDITIONS
You are to inform the Shift Manager when your PARs determination is complete INITIAL CONDITIONS
{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}
{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}
INITIATING CUE
INITIATING CUE
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}
This is a Time Critical JPM.
This is a Time Critical JPM.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number 1*XX    Obtain copies of EP-AA-111, EP-            Examinee demonstrates where          ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt AA-111-F-05.                              copies EP-AA-111, EP-AA-111-F-05 can be obtained.Type specific Type element of task in this operator action standards in this column.
column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
CUE      Examinee may obtain a copy of EP-AA-111, EP-AA-111-F-05.Type cues to be provided by evaluator in these areas or delete row as applicable.
*2XX    Enters Page 1 of PAR                      Examinee enters Page 1 of PAR        ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt Flowchart.Type next element of            Flowchart.Type specific operator task.                                      action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
  *3      Determine if GE declared.                  Examinee confirms FG1 Has been        ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt classified.
NOTE:            PAR determination must be completed within 15 minutes of JPM start time.NOTE: Type supplemental information to be provided to evaluation before the applicable element.
*4XX    Determine if initial PAR.Type              Examinee determines this is the      ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt element of task in this column.            initial PAR.Type specific operator    ___    ___      ___
action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
  *5      Determine Loss of Primary                  Examinee determines that these        ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt Containment AND ARM reading or            are not met.                          ___    ___      ___
RG1 entered.
  *6      Determine if Hostile Action in            Examinee determines No Hostile        ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt progress.                                  Action in progress.                  ___    ___      ___
  *7. Determine if PAR being made in            Examinee determines PAR being        ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt the control room.                          made from the MCR.                                              Formatted: Font: 11 pt
  *8. Determines to Evacuate Sub Area            Examinee evacuates Sub Area 1        ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt 1                                                                                                          Formatted: Font: 11 pt Formatted: Font: 11 pt SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number
  *9. Inform the Shift Manager.                  Examinee informs the Shift            ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11 pt Manager that Sub Area 1 needs to                                Formatted: Font: 11 pt be evacuated.                                                  Formatted Table Formatted: Font: 11 pt CUE                                              TERMINATING CUE Formatted: Font: 11 pt Acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee the JPM is complete. Verify that from                          Formatted: Font: 11 pt time start to time stop is less than 15 minutes.
Formatted: Font: Bold, Underline Formatted: Centered JPM Stop Time:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX JPM  
JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 1*XX Obtain copies of EP
-AA-111, EP-AA-111-F-05. Type element of task in this column. Examinee demonstrates where copies EP-AA-111, EP-AA-111-F-05 can be obtained.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
___ ___ ___ CUE Examinee may obtain a copy of EP-AA-111, EP-AA-111-F-05.Type cues to be provided by evaluator in these areas or delete row as applicable.
*2 XX Enters Page 1 of PAR Flowchart.Type next element of task. Examinee enters Page 1 of PAR Flowchart.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
___ ___ ___ *3 Determine if GE declared.
Examinee confirms FG1 Has been classified.
___ ___ ___ NOTE: PAR determination must be completed within 15 minutes of JPM start time.NOTE:
Type supplemental information to be provided to evaluation before the applicable element.
*4 XX Determine if initial PAR.Type element of task in this column.
Examinee determines this is the initial PAR.Type specific operator action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
______ ______ ______ *5 Determine Loss of Primary Containment AND ARM reading or RG1 entered.
Examinee determines that these are not met.
______ ______ ______ *6 Determine if Hostile Action in progress. Examinee determines No Hostile Action in progress.
______ ______ ______ *7. Determine if PAR being made in the control room.
Examinee determines PAR being made from the MCR. ___ ___ ___ *8. Determines to Evacuate Sub Area 1 Examinee evacuates Sub Area 1
___ ___ ___ Formatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 pt A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *9. Inform the Shift Manager. Examinee informs the Shift Manager that Sub Area 1 need s to be evacuated.
___ ___ ___ CUE TERMINATING CUE Acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee the JPM is complete.
Verify that from time start to time stop is less than 15 minutes.
JPM Stop Time:  Formatted TableFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
Font: 11 ptFormatted:
CenteredFormatted:
Font: Bold, Underline A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Operator's Name:   Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert ________Job Title: EO RO SRO FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
 
Determine Par for an EventType JPM title here JPM Number:
Operators Name:
Type JPM number hereA-SRO-54Revision Number:
Job
00## Task Number and Title:
 
711.001 - Given postulated E
==Title:==
-plan conditions, recommend Offsite Protective Actions, IAW station procedures
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert     ________Job
.Type Task Number and Title here K/A Number and Importance:
 
2.4.44 - (4.4) - Knowledge of emergency plan protective action recommendations. Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings here.
==Title:==
Suggested Testing Environment:
Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.38", Right +
Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock
1.44", Left EO       RO                             SRO         FS STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
-up, etc.)Simulator Alternate Path:
 
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):
==Title:==
EP-AA-111-F-05, Rev G; EP-AA-111, Rev 19; EP-AA-114, Rev 13; EP-AA-1005 Addendum 3, Rev 01; Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank 'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.
Determine Par for an EventType JPM title here JPM Number: Type JPM number hereA-SRO-54Revision Number: 00##                                                 Formatted: Underline Task Number and
Actual Testing Environment:
 
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
==Title:==
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 00 minutes Actual Time Used:
711.001 - Given postulated E-plan conditions, recommend Offsite                       Formatted: Underline Protective Actions, IAW station procedures.Type Task Number and Title here K/A Number and Importance: 2.4.44 - (4.4) - Knowledge of emergency plan protective action recommendations. Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings here.
minutes EVALUATION  
Suggested Testing Environment: Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock-up, etc.)Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes                           No SRO Only:                       Yes     No Time Critical:                 Yes                         No Reference(s): EP-AA-111-F-05, Rev G; EP-AA-111, Rev 19; EP-AA-114, Rev 13; EP-AA-1005 Addendum 3, Rev 01; Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank 'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.
Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room         In-Plant         Other Testing Method:           Simulate                                     Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 1000                                            minutes Actual Time Used:       Formatted: Underline minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes             No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
 
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                      Formatted:
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Space Before:  6 pt, Tab stops:  1.38", Right + 1.44", LeftFormatted:
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
UnderlineFormatted:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UnderlineFormatted:
 
Underline A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an SRO in the Control Room and have been directed to assist the Shift Manager. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and the following plant conditions exist:
Evaluator's Name:  (Print) Evaluator's Signature:  Date:
    -   The Shift Manager has just classified FG1.
A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00 XX  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
    -   All Secondary Containment parameters are normal.
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an SRO in the Control Room and have been directed to assist the Shift Manager.
    -   Plant Computer average wind speed is 12 mph from 270°
A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and the following plant conditions exist:
    -   All PCIS isolations have taken place as expected.
- The Shift Manager has just classified FG1.
    -   Suppression Pool Temperature is 210°F
- All Secondary Containment parameters are normal.
    -   Reactor Pressure is 700 psig
- Plant Computer average wind speed is 12 mph from 270° - All PCIS isolations have taken place as expected.
    -   Drywell Gross Gamma is reading 350 R/HR
- Suppression Pool Temperature is 210°F - Reactor Pressure is 700 psig
    -   The highest ARM reading 205 R/HR
- Drywell Gross Gamma is reading 350 R/HR - The highest ARM reading 205 R/HR - SBGT is running  
    -   SBGT is running
- No release has been reported
    -   No release has been reported
- No PAR determination has been made INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to determine PARs for the event.
    -   No PAR determination has been made INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to determine PARs for the event.
You are to inform the Shift Manager when your PARs determination is complete This is a Time Critical JPM.INITIAL CONDITIONS
You are to inform the Shift Manager when your PARs determination is complete This is a Time Critical JPM.INITIAL CONDITIONS                                 Formatted: Font: Not Bold
{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g.,         Formatted: Check spelling and grammar extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
INITIATING CUE
INITIATING CUE                                           Formatted: Font: Not Bold
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task     Formatted: Check spelling and grammar clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}
Formatted:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Font: Not BoldFormatted:
 
Check spelling and grammarFormatted:
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Starting Service Water Pumps to Maintain Fire Header Pressure JPM Number: S-FP-01 Revision Number: 03 Date: 07/27/2016 Developed By:                     Colin Betken           8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor             Date Validated By:                   Polega / Quinn           8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor           Date Reviewed By:                       Mark Smith             8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative         Date Approved By:                       Dan Moren             8 /17/2016 Training Department           Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Font: Not BoldFormatted:
 
Check spelling and grammar SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 2 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Starting Service Water Pumps to Maintain Fire Header Pressure JPM Number: S-FP-01 Revision Number:
03 Date: 07/27/2016   Developed By:
Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016   Instructor Date Validated By:
Polega / Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016   SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:   Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016   Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/2016   Training Department Date S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 2 of 9 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________     1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________     2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
________     3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________     4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________     5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________     6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________     7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________     8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________     9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOA-FP-101                     Rev: 0321 Procedure LOP-WS-03                     Rev: 009 Procedure                               Rev:
Procedure LOA-FP-101 Rev: 0321 Procedure LOP-WS-03 Rev: 009 Procedure Rev:   ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________     10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________     11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________     12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
________     13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 3 of 9 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00 This is a new JPM written for the 07-01 ILT NRC Revision 0 1 Updated to current template and procedures for ILT 13
-1 NRC Exam.
Revision 0 2 Revised the task number and statement in response to NRC feedback on the ILT 13-1 NRC Exam 45 Day Submittal.
Revision 0 3 Revised for Procedure Revisions for ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam


S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 4 of 9 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 3 of 9 Revision Record (Summary)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
Revision 00      This is a new JPM written for the 07-01 ILT NRC Revision 01      Updated to current template and procedures for ILT 13-1 NRC Exam.
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC196. NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
Revision 02      Revised the task number and statement in response to NRC feedback on the ILT 13-1 NRC Exam 45 Day Submittal.
Revision 03      Revised for Procedure Revisions for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 4 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC196.
NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Line up Service Water as follows:
: 2. Line up Service Water as follows:
The following pumps running:
* The following pumps running:
1A Service Water pump Common Service Water pump 0A Service Water Jockey pump
* 1A Service Water pump
: 3. Run the CAEP for this JPM: SFP01r0 2.cae ior k7b08ib9 false (Disables the A Diesel Fire Pump START switch) ior k7b09ib9 false (Disables the B Diesel Fire Pump START switch) ior k7b22jp9 stop (Trips the 0A Jockey Fire Pump) ior k7b23jp9 stop (Trips the 0B Jockey Fire Pump) imf r1014 (1PMJ10 B101 0A DIESEL FIRE PUMP TROUBLE overridden ON) imf r1019 (1PMJ10 B102 0B DIESEL FIRE PUMP TROUBLE overridden ON) imf r1062 (1PMJ10 B302 0A FIRE JOCKEY PUMP AUTO TRIP overridden O N) imf r1061 (1PMJ10 B303 FIRE DET CONT PANEL TROUBLE overridden ON) imf r1020 (1PMJ10 B401 FIRE PROT HEADER PRESS LO overridden ON) imf r1251 (1PMJ10 B407 FP INTER JOCKEY PUMP RUNNING overridden ON) ior q7b08rr9 off (A Diesel Fire Pump ON light OFF) ior q7b09rr9 off (B Diesel Fire Pump ON light OFF) ior q7b08ma9 on (A Diesel Fire Pump TRIP light ON) ior q7b09ma9 on (B Diesel Fire Pump TRIP light ON) ior q7b08lg9 on (A Diesel Fire Pump OFF light ON) ior q7b09lg9 on (B Diesel Fire Pump OFF light ON) ior g8c99g19 100 (Overrides Fire Header Indication to 100 psig) trg 11 "ior g8c99g19 1 30 27" (Overrides the Fire Header Pressure Indication to 1 3027 psig) trg 12 "ior g8c85g14 1 30" (Overrides the WS Pump Disch Pressure Indication to 1 30 psig) trg 13 "ior g8c86g14 120" (Overrides the WS Header Pressure Indication to 120 psig) trg 14 "dmf r1020" (Clears the Fire Header Low Pressure Alarm)
* Common Service Water pump
: 4. Silence, Acknowledge and Reset the annunciators , then acknowledge the Process Computer Alarms.
* 0A Service Water Jockey pump
: 3. Run the CAEP for this JPM: SFP01r02.cae
* ior k7b08ib9 false (Disables the A Diesel Fire Pump START switch)
* ior k7b09ib9 false (Disables the B Diesel Fire Pump START switch)
* ior k7b22jp9 stop (Trips the 0A Jockey Fire Pump)
* ior k7b23jp9 stop (Trips the 0B Jockey Fire Pump)
* imf r1014 (1PMJ10 B101 0A DIESEL FIRE PUMP TROUBLE overridden ON)
* imf r1019 (1PMJ10 B102 0B DIESEL FIRE PUMP TROUBLE overridden ON)
* imf r1062 (1PMJ10 B302 0A FIRE JOCKEY PUMP AUTO TRIP overridden ON)
* imf r1061 (1PMJ10 B303 FIRE DET CONT PANEL TROUBLE overridden ON)
* imf r1020 (1PMJ10 B401 FIRE PROT HEADER PRESS LO overridden ON)
* imf r1251 (1PMJ10 B407 FP INTER JOCKEY PUMP RUNNING overridden ON)
* ior q7b08rr9 off (A Diesel Fire Pump ON light OFF)
* ior q7b09rr9 off (B Diesel Fire Pump ON light OFF)
* ior q7b08ma9 on (A Diesel Fire Pump TRIP light ON)
* ior q7b09ma9 on (B Diesel Fire Pump TRIP light ON)
* ior q7b08lg9 on (A Diesel Fire Pump OFF light ON)
* ior q7b09lg9 on (B Diesel Fire Pump OFF light ON)
* ior g8c99g19 100 (Overrides Fire Header Indication to 100 psig)
* trg 11 ior g8c99g19 13027 (Overrides the Fire Header Pressure Indication to 13027 psig)
* trg 12 ior g8c85g14 130 (Overrides the WS Pump Disch Pressure Indication to 130 psig)
* trg 13 ior g8c86g14 120 (Overrides the WS Header Pressure Indication to 120 psig)
* trg 14 dmf r1020 (Clears the Fire Header Low Pressure Alarm)
: 4. Silence, Acknowledge and Reset the annunciators, then acknowledge the Process Computer Alarms.
: 5. Clear BOTH Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) monitor screens.
: 5. Clear BOTH Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) monitor screens.
: 6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 7. The following materials will be provided to the examinee:
: 7. The following materials will be provided to the examinee:
LOA-FP-101, Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal, Attachment A
* LOA-FP-101, Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal, Attachment A
: 8. The following materials will be available to the examinee:
: 8. The following materials will be available to the examinee:
LOP-WS-03, Service Water Pump Shutdown
* LOP-WS-03, Service Water Pump Shutdown
: 9. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 9. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 5 of 9 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 5 of 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO assigned to Unit 1.
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO assigned to Unit 1.
A large fire is in progress inside the lake screen house. The fire is on the west side of the ground floor.
A large fire is in progress inside the lake screen house. The fire is on the west side of the ground floor.
Both Diesel Fire Pumps and the Jockey Fire Pumps have tripped due to the fire. The Intermediate Jockey Fire Pump remains running Normal AC power remains available to the Lake Screen House.
Both Diesel Fire Pumps and the Jockey Fire Pumps have tripped due to the fire. The Intermediate Jockey Fire Pump remains running Normal AC power remains available to the Lake Screen House.
All Service Water Pumps are available.
All Service Water Pumps are available.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to start additional Service Water pumps to maintain fire header pressure greater than or equal to 125 psig in accordance with L OA-FP-101, "Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal", Attachment A.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to start additional Service Water pumps to maintain fire header pressure greater than or equal to 125 psig in accordance with LOA-FP-101, Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal, Attachment A.
You are to INFORM the Unit Supervisor when LOA-FP-101 Attachment A is completed up to and including Step 5. Information For Evaluator's Use:
You are to INFORM the Unit Supervisor when LOA-FP-101 Attachment A is completed up to and including Step 5.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 6 of 9 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 6 of 9 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP   ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number SIMOP Call up the Analog Output Override From Screen 1PM10J-01 for Fire Pump Header Pressure (g8c99g19)
Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT                                 STANDARD               SAT Number SIMOP         Call up the Analog Output Override From Screen 1PM10J-01 for Fire Pump Header Pressure (g8c99g19)
Note Provide a copy of LOA
Note       Provide a copy of LOA-FP-101 Attachment A after the examinee has acknowledged the initiating cue.
-FP-101 Attachment A after the examinee has acknowledged the initiating cue.
: 1.         If a fire is in progress, GO TO       Determines that a fire is in       ___    ___      ___
: 1. Attachment A Step 1 If a fire is in progress, GO TO Step 3. Determines that a fire is in progress and GOES TO Step 3.
Attachment A  Step 3.                                progress and GOES TO Step 3.
___ ___ ___ *2. Attachment A Step 3 START desired Service Water Pump at 1PM09J:
Step 1
o 1WS01PA o 1WS01PB  Determines that an additional Service Water Pump must be started and STARTS the pump by taking the appropriate control switch to START.
    *2.       START desired Service Water
CUE If Candidate asks about Unit 2 WS Pumps, inform the candidate that Unit 2
* Determines that an Attachment A  Pump at 1PM09J:                           additional Service Water Step 3 o 1WS01PA                              Pump must be started and STARTS the pump by taking o 1WS01PB                              the appropriate control switch to START.
/0 WS Pumps are not available.
CUE         If Candidate asks about Unit 2 WS Pumps, inform the candidate that Unit 2/0 WS Pumps are not available.
SIMOP When the 1WS01PB pump is started, activate Manual Triggers 11, 12, 13,& 14 and verify the following:
SIMOP         When the 1WS01PB pump is started, activate Manual Triggers 11, 12, 13,& 14 and verify the following:
trg 11 "ior g8c99g19 1 30 27" (Overrides the Fire Header Pressure Indication to 130127 psig) trg 12 "ior g8c85g14 1 30" (Overrides the WS Pump Disch Pr ess Indication to 1 30 psig) trg 13 "ior g8c86g14 120" (Overrides the WS Header Pressure Indication to 120 psig) trg 14 "dmf r1020" (Clears the Low Pressure Alarm
trg 11 ior g8c99g19 13027 (Overrides the Fire Header Pressure Indication to 130127 psig) trg 12 ior g8c85g14 130 (Overrides the WS Pump Disch Press Indication to 130 psig) trg 13 ior g8c86g14 120 (Overrides the WS Header Pressure Indication to 120 psig) trg 14 dmf r1020 (Clears the Low Pressure Alarm)
) 3. Attachment A Step 4 VERIFY Service Water PMP Amps are normal at 1PM10J:
: 3.         VERIFY Service Water PMP
  < 160 amps  VERIFIES that running Service Water Pump amps are < 160 amps. ___ ___ ___ Note The CAUTION before Step 5 warns about operating the Service Water Jockey Pump with a header pressure > 115 psig.
* VERIFIES that running          ___    ___      ___
: 4. Attachment A Step 5 If a Service Water Jockey Pump is running, SHUT it down per LOP
Attachment A  Amps are normal at 1PM10J:                 Service Water Pump amps Step 4 are < 160 amps.
-WS-03 while continuing with subsequent actions. Determines that 0A Service Water Jockey Pump 0WS02PA is running and is required to be shutdown. ___ ___ ___
              *  < 160 amps Note       The CAUTION before Step 5 warns about operating the Service Water Jockey Pump with a header pressure > 115 psig.
S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 7 of 9 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
: 4.         If a Service Water Jockey             Determines that 0A Service        ___    ___      ___
STEP   ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE Provide the examinee with a copy of LOP
Attachment A  Pump is running, SHUT it               Water Jockey Pump 0WS02PA Step 5 down per LOP-WS-03 while               is running and is required to be continuing with subsequent            shutdown.
-WS-03 when it is identified that the procedure is needed and the examinee has located the procedure in the simulator.
actions.
*5. LOP-WS-03 Step E.1 On panel 1PM09J, STOP desired pump.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Examinee takes control switch 0WS02PA to Stop.
 
___ ___ ___ CUE If EO dispatched to verify Service Water Jockey Pump is not spinning backwards, report 0WS02PA shaft is stopped.
S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 7 of 9 Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT                                 STANDARD               SAT Number CUE       Provide the examinee with a copy of LOP-WS-03 when it is identified that the procedure is needed and the examinee has located the procedure in the simulator.
: 6. INFORM the Unit Supervisor when LOA-FP-101 Attachment A is completed up to and including step 5.
  *5.       On panel 1PM09J, STOP                   Examinee takes control switch     ___    ___      ___
INFORMS the Unit Supervisor that LOA-FP-101 Attachment A is completed up to and including step 5. ___ ___ ___ TERMINATING CUE:
LOP-WS-03    desired pump.                            0WS02PA to Stop.
ACKNOWLEDGE report as Unit Supervisor and INFORM the examinee that the JPM is complete. Record completion time in the block below.
Step E.1 CUE       If EO dispatched to verify Service Water Jockey Pump is not spinning backwards,                       Formatted Table report 0WS02PA shaft is stopped.                                                                     Formatted: Left
JPM Stop Time:  Formatted TableFormatted:
: 6.       INFORM the Unit Supervisor               INFORMS the Unit Supervisor        ___    ___      ___
Left Page 8 of 9  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
when LOA-FP-101 Attachment               that LOA-FP-101 Attachment A A is completed up to and                 is completed up to and including including step 5.                       step 5.
JPM  
TERMINATING CUE:
ACKNOWLEDGE report as Unit Supervisor and INFORM the examinee that the JPM is complete.
Record completion time in the block below.
JPM Stop Time:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Page 8 of 9 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:       Job Title: EO RO SRO   FS   STA/IA SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:
Starting Service Water Pumps to Maintain Fire Header Pressure JPM Number:
Job
S-FP-01     Revision Number:
 
03 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
125.006 Provided initial conditions, respond to a loss of both 0A and 0B Diesel Fire Pumps IAW station procedures K/A Number and Importance:
EO         RO         SRO               FS           STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
286000 Fire Protection Systems, A2.08 RO 3.2/SRO 3.3; Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the Fire Protection; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Failure to actuate when required Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:
 
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
==Title:==
Yes No Reference(s):
Starting Service Water Pumps to Maintain Fire Header Pressure JPM Number: S-FP-01                                                       Revision Number: 03 Task Number and
LOA-FP-101, Rev. 321; Unit 1 Fire protection System Abnormal LOP-WS-03, Rev. 9, Service Water Pump Shutdown Actual Testing Environment:
 
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
==Title:==
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
125.006 Provided initial conditions, respond to a loss of both 0A and 0B Diesel Fire Pumps IAW station procedures K/A Number and Importance: 286000 Fire Protection Systems, A2.08 RO 3.2/SRO 3.3; Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the Fire Protection; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Failure to actuate when required Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical:     Yes   No Reference(s):
15 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
LOA-FP-101, Rev. 321; Unit 1 Fire protection System Abnormal LOP-WS-03, Rev. 9, Service Water Pump Shutdown Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:         Satisfactory                               Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                   Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 9 of 9  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO assigned to Unit 1.
Page 9 of 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO assigned to Unit 1.
A large fire is in progress inside the lake screen house. The fire is on the west side of the ground floor.
A large fire is in progress inside the lake screen house. The fire is on the west side of the ground floor.
Both Diesel Fire Pumps and the Jockey Fire Pumps have tripped due to the fire. The Intermediate Jockey Fire Pump remains running Normal AC power remains available to the Lake Screen House.
Both Diesel Fire Pumps and the Jockey Fire Pumps have tripped due to the fire. The Intermediate Jockey Fire Pump remains running Normal AC power remains available to the Lake Screen House.
All Service Water Pumps are available.
All Service Water Pumps are available.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to start additional Service Water pumps to maintain fire header pressure greater than or equal to 125 psig in accordance with LOA
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to start additional Service Water pumps to maintain fire header pressure greater than or equal to 125 psig in accordance with LOA-FP-101, Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal, Attachment A.
-FP-101, "Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal", Attachment A.
You are to INFORM the Unit Supervisor when LOA-FP-101 Attachment A is completed up to and including Step 5.
You are to INFORM the Unit Supervisor when LOA-FP-101 Attachment A is completed up to and including Step 5.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BSubstitute Control Rod Position IAW LOP
-RM-02 JPM Number:
US-RM-02  Revision Number: U00  Date: 8 / 2 / 2016


Developed By:
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BSubstitute Control Rod Position IAW LOP-RM-02 JPM Number: US-RM-02 Revision Number: U00 Date: 8 / 2 / 2016 Developed By:                     Colin Betken           8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor             Date Validated By:                 Findley / Jozwiak           8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor           Date Reviewed By:                       Mark Smith           8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative         Date Approved By:                         Dan Moren           8 /17/ 2016 Training Department           Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016   Instructor Date Validated By:
 
Findley / Jozwiak 8 / 6 / 2016   SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016   Operations Representative Date Approved By:   Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016   Training Department Date US-RM rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
US-RM rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________     1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
________     2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________     3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________     4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________     5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________     6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________     7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________     8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________     9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOP-RM-02 Rev: 23 Procedure Rev:   Procedure Rev:   ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
Procedure LOP-RM-02                 Rev: 23 Procedure                           Rev:
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
Procedure                           Rev:
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________     10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
________     11. Verify performance time is accurate
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date US-RM rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Revision Record (Summary)
________     12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
Revision 00, JPM created new for ILT 15
________     13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
-1 NRC Exam.
SME / Instructor                               Date SME / Instructor                               Date SME / Instructor                               Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
US-RM rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00,     JPM created new for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-RM rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
US-RM rev U00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRM02rev00.ssf
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRM02rev00.ssf
: 3. Place Simulator in Run
: 3. Place Simulator in Run
: 4. Have a copy of LOP
: 4. Have a copy of LOP-RM-02 pages 1-11.
-RM-02 pages 1
: 5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
-11. 5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist. 6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
 
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
US-RM rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power You are the ATC NSO.


US-RM rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power You are the ATC NSO.
Rod 38-19 has lost position indication and it has been determined to be at position 48.
Rod 38-19 has lost position indication and it has been determined to be at position 48.
 
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you Substitute Control Rod Position to position 48 per LOP-RM-02 Information For Evaluators Use:
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you Substitute Control Rod Position to position 48 per LOP
-RM-02 Information For Evaluator's Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. The n annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-RM rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-RM rev U00 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 1 Obtain a copy of LOP
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number 1     Obtain a copy of LOP-RM-02                 Examinee obtains a copy of           ___    ___      ___
-RM-02 Examinee obtains a copy of LOP-RM -02. ___ ___ ___ CUE When the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of LOP
LOP-RM -02.
-RM-02, hand them a copy of LOP
CUE     When the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of LOP-RM-02, hand them a copy of LOP-RM-02.
-RM-02. 2 Determine which rod has drifted or is in an unknown position.
2     Determine which rod has drifted           Examinee determines 38-19 is          ___    ___      ___
Examinee determines 38-19 is in an unknown position.
or is in an unknown position.             in an unknown position.
___ ___ ___ *3 Select 'set parameters' on the rod select display or the status display, whichever is in the control mode.
  *3     Select set parameters on the             Examinee selects set                ___    ___      ___
Examinee selects 'set parameters' o n the rod select display or the status display, whichever is in the control mode. ___ ___ ___ *4 Select 'set/restore position substitution' on the set HCU/rod screen. Examinee selects 'set/restore position substitution' on the set
rod select display or the status           parameters on the rod select display, whichever is in the               display or the status display, control mode.                              whichever is in the control mode.
  *4     Select set/restore position               Examinee selects set/restore        ___    ___      ___
substitution on the set HCU/rod           position substitution on the set screen.                                   HCU/rod screen.
  *5      Select the control rod for which          Examinee selects rod 38-19.          ___    ___      ___
position is to be substituted.
  *6      Enter the desired control rod              Examinee verifies position 48        ___    ___      ___
position using the pop-up                  using the pop-up keypad, and keypad, then press enter on              then presses enter on the the keypad.                                keypad.
  *7      Press accept to change the              Examinee presses accept to          ___    ___      ___
desired rods indicated position.          change rod 38-19 to positon 48
  *8      Acknowledge the popup                      Examinee presses yes to the    ___        ___      ___
message This operation will              popup message This operation modify system data. Are you                will modify system data. Are you sure you want to proceed?                sure you want to proceed?
  *9      The substituted control rod                Examinee verifies that rod 38-        ___    ___      ___
position will appear in white text        19 appears semi-dark grey with on semi-dark gray background              orange border with a white ++
with an orange border if E.1.1.7          for position 48.
was answered YES.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


HCU/rod screen.
US-RM rev U00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number 10     Return to the select screen, if           Examinee returns to the select    ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ *5 Select the control rod for which position is to be substituted.
desired, when all substitutions           screen by pressing return..
Examinee selects rod 38-19. ___ ___ ___ *6 Enter the desired control rod position using the pop
are completed.
-up keypad, then press 'enter' on the keypad.
11     Inform Unit Supervisor.                   Examinee informs the Unit         ___    ___      ___
Examinee verifies position 48 using the pop
Supervisor that Rod 38-19 position has been substituted.
-up keypad, and then presses 'enter' on the keypad. ___ ___ ___ *7 Press 'accept' to change the desired rods indicated position. Examinee presses 'accept' to change rod 38
TERMINATING CUE Acknowledge the report as Unit Supervisor. The JPM is complete.
-19 to positon 48
___ ___ ___ *8 Acknowledge the popup message "This operation will modify system data. Are you sure you want to proceed?"
Examinee presses 'yes' to the popup message "This operation will modify system data. Are you sure you want to proceed?"
___ ___ ___ *9 The substituted control rod position will appear in white text on semi-dark gray background with an orange border if E.1.1.7 was answered YES.
Examinee verifies that rod 38
-19 appears semi
-dark grey with orange border with a white '++'
for position 48.
___ ___ ___
US-RM rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 10 Return to the select screen, if desired, when all substitutions are completed.
Examinee returns to the select screen by pressing 'return'..
___ ___ ___ 11 Inform Unit Supervisor.
Examinee informs the Unit Supervisor that Rod 38
-19 position has been substituted.
___ ___ ___ TERMINATING CUE Acknowledge the report as Unit Supervisor. The JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
US-RM rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
US-RM rev U00 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BSubstitute Control Rod Position IAW LOP
Job
-RM-02 JPM Number: S-RM-02 Revision Number:
 
00 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
47.013 - Perform the Main Control Room actions associated with Rod Control Management System Alarms K/A Number and Importance:
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
201006 Rod Worth Minimizer System A4.06 3.2/3.2 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room selected rod position indication.
 
Suggested Testing Environment:
==Title:==
Simulator Alternate Path:
0BSubstitute Control Rod Position IAW LOP-RM-02 JPM Number: S-RM-02                                 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
 
Yes No Reference(s):
==Title:==
LOP-RM-02, Rod Control Management System on Demand Functions, Revision 23 Actual Testing Environment:
47.013 - Perform the Main Control Room actions associated with Rod Control Management System Alarms K/A Number and Importance: 201006 Rod Worth Minimizer System A4.06 3.2/3.2 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room selected rod position indication.
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): LOP-RM-02, Rod Control Management System on Demand Functions, Revision 23 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 05 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
05 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-RM rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power You are the ATC NSO.
 
US-RM rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power You are the ATC NSO.
Rod 38-19 has lost position indication and it has been determined to be at position 48.
Rod 38-19 has lost position indication and it has been determined to be at position 48.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you Substitute Control Rod Position to position 48 per LOP-RM-02 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you Substitute Control Rod Position to position 48 per LOP
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BEstablish One Loop of Suppression Pool Cooling with Discharge Piping Rupture JPM Number: US-RH-28 Revision Number: U00 Date: 8 / 5 / 2016 Developed By:                    Colin Betken            8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                  Murphy / Rogers            8 / 8 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
-RM-02 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BEstablish One Loop of Suppression Pool Cooling with Discharge Piping Rupture
US-RH rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOP-RH-13                  Rev: 32 Procedure LOR-1PM13J-A302 Rev: 06 Procedure LOA-FLD-001                Rev: 19
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


JPM Number:
US-RH rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)
US-RH-28  Revision Number: U00  Date: 8 / 5 / 2016  Developed By:
Revision 00,     Written for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.
Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
Murphy / Rogers  8 / 8 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:
Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date US-RH rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOP-RH-13  Rev: 32  Procedure LOR-1PM13J-A302  Rev: 06  Procedure LOA-FLD-001  Rev: 19  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date US-RH rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, Written for ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam.


US-RH rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
US-RH rev U00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC151 NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRH28r00.ssf
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRH28r00.ssf
: 3. Have marked up copy of LOP
: 3. Have marked up copy of LOP-RH-13 up step E.1.3.
-RH-13 up step E.1.3.
: 4. Place Div 1 RHR Service Water online per LOP-RH-05.
: 4. Place Div 1 RHR Service Water online per LOP
: 5. Take O/L Bypass for 1E12-F003A, 4A, 6A, 47A, 68A, 73A, 74A to TEST.
-RH-05. 5. Take O/L Bypass for 1E12-F003A, 4A, 6A, 47A, 68A, 73A, 74A to TEST.
: 6. Send Display #23 to Overhead C.
: 6. Send Display #23 to Overhead C.
: 7. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 7. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 8. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 8. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-RH rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power. You are the Balance of Plant NSO.
US-RH rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.
Preparations are being made to perform the LOS
You are the Balance of Plant NSO.
-RI-Q5, RCIC System Pump Operability Test. LOP-RH-13 is complete up to step 1.3 and Div 1 RHR Service Water is online.
Preparations are being made to perform the LOS-RI-Q5, RCIC System Pump Operability Test.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue placing
LOP-RH-13 is complete up to step 1.3 and Div 1 RHR Service Water is online.
'A' RHR Pump in Suppression Pool Cooling Mode at 7200 gpm in preparation for the RCIC Surveillance and to inform him when complete.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue placing A RHR Pump in Suppression Pool Cooling Mode at 7200 gpm in preparation for the RCIC Surveillance and to inform him when complete.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use: UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-RH rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-RH rev U00 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE When the examinee has acknowledged their initiating cue, hand them the marked up copy of LOP
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number CUE     When the examinee has acknowledged their initiating cue, hand them the marked up copy of LOP-RH-13.
-RH-13. 1 Verify CLOSED 1E12-F006A, 1A RHR shutdown Cooling Suction Valve. Examinee verifies CLOSED 1E12-F006A, 1A RHR shutdown Cooling Suction Valve. ___ ___ ___ 2 Verify OPEN the following valves: 1E12-F004A, A RHR Pump Suction Valve.
1     Verify CLOSED 1E12-F006A,                 Examinee verifies CLOSED          ___    ___      ___
1E12-F047A, A RHR Hx Inlet Valve. 1E12-F048A, A RHR H x Bypass Valve. Examinee verifies OPEN the following valves:
1A RHR shutdown Cooling                   1E12-F006A, 1A RHR Suction Valve.                            shutdown Cooling Suction Valve.
1E12-F004A, A RHR Pump Suction Valve.
2     Verify OPEN the following                 Examinee verifies OPEN the        ___    ___      ___
1E12-F047A, A RHR Hx Inlet Valve.
valves:                                   following valves:
1E12-F048A, A RHR Hx Bypass Valve.
* 1E12-F004A, A RHR
___ ___ ___ *3 Start 1E12
* 1E12-F004A, A RHR Pump Suction Valve.                      Pump Suction Valve.
-C002A, A RHR Pump, to establish flow.
* 1E12-F047A, A RHR Hx
Examinee starts 1E12-C002A, A RHR Pump. ___ ___ ___ *4 Throttle OPEN 1E12-F024A, A RHR Test to SP Valve to maintain flow between 150 0 and 7450 gpm, as indicated on 1E12-R603A. Examine throttles OPEN 1E12-F024A to establish approximately 7200 gpm flow.
* 1E12-F047A, A RHR Hx Inlet Valve.                             Inlet Valve.
___ ___ ___ *5 THROTTLE CLOSED 1E12-F048A, A RHR Hx Bypass Stop.
* 1E12-F048A, A RHR Hx
Examinee throttles CLOSED 1E12-F048A, A RHR Hx Bypass Stop.
* 1E12-F048A, A RHR Hx Bypass Valve.                            Bypass Valve.
___ ___ ___ NOTE Alternate path begins while 1E12
  *3     Start 1E12-C002A, A RHR                   Examinee starts 1E12-C002A,      ___    ___      ___
-F048A is being closed.
Pump, to establish flow.                   A RHR Pump.
  *4     Throttle OPEN 1E12-F024A, A               Examine throttles OPEN 1E12-      ___    ___      ___
RHR Test to SP Valve to                   F024A to establish maintain flow between 1500                approximately 7200 gpm flow.
and 7450 gpm, as indicated on 1E12-R603A.
  *5     THROTTLE CLOSED 1E12-       Examinee throttles CLOSED                      ___    ___      ___
F048A, A RHR Hx Bypass Stop. 1E12-F048A, A RHR Hx Bypass Stop.
NOTE Alternate path begins while 1E12-F048A is being closed.
NOTE The examinee may secure A RHR Pump prior to any report from the field due to abnormal RHR Pump parameters.
NOTE The examinee may secure A RHR Pump prior to any report from the field due to abnormal RHR Pump parameters.
NOTE Steps 65 through 98 may be performed in any order.
NOTE Steps 65 through 98 may be performed in any order.
65 Dispatch an operator to investigate 1A RHR for abnormalities.
65     Dispatch an operator to                    Examinee dispatches an            ___    ___      ___
Examinee dispatches an
investigate 1A RHR for                    operator to investigate 1A RHR abnormalities.                            for abnormalities.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


operator to investigate 1A RHR for abnormalities.
US-RH rev U00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number CUE     As the operator dispatched to investigate the 1A RHR Pump, report that, the A RHR corner room has 6 inches of water on the floor and is slowly rising and sump pumps are running and water is spraying from the discharge of A RHR Pump.
___ ___ ___
CUE     The report from the field, prior to 1E12-F004A being CLOSED, if asked, will be, A RHR corner room water level continues to rise.
US-RH rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
NOTE If the examinee closes the 1E12-F004A prior to securing 1A RHR Pump, it will cause the pump to trip. This meets the critical task in Step 6.
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE As the operator dispatched to investigate the 1A RHR Pump, report that, "the A RHR corner room has 6 inches of water on the floor and is slowly rising and sump pumps are running and water is spraying from the discharge of 'A' RHR Pump."
  *76     SHUTDOWN pumps feeding                     Examinee secures 1A RHR           ___     ___     ___
CUE The report from the field, prior to 1E12-F004A being CLOSED, if asked, will be, "A RHR corner room water level continues to rise."
flood                                      Pump.
NOTE If the examinee closes the 1E12
87     Refer to LGA-002, Secondary               Examinee informs Unit              ___    ___      ___
-F004A prior to securing 1A RHR Pump, it will cause the pump to trip. This meets the critical task in 'Step 6.'
Containment Control.                       Supervisor to refer to LGA-002.
*76 SHUTDOWN pumps feeding flood  Examinee secures 1A RHR Pump. ___ ___ ___ 87 Refer to LGA
CUE     As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report.
-002, Secondary Containment Control.
Examinee informs Unit Supervisor to refer to LGA-002. ___ ___ ___ CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report.
NOTE Examinee may close additional valves and/or secure RHR Service Water Pumps if they deem necessary.
NOTE Examinee may close additional valves and/or secure RHR Service Water Pumps if they deem necessary.
*98 CLOSE valves in affected system feeding flood or suspected of feeding flood to restrict flow.
  *98     CLOSE valves in affected                   Examinee CLOSES 1E12-              ___    ___      ___
Examinee CLOSES 1E12-F004A. ___ ___ ___ CUE If the examinee asks the operator in the field the status of the rupture after 'step 8
system feeding flood or                   F004A.
' has been completed, report that, "water in A RHR corner room has stopped rising and you don't see water draining from the pipe anymore."
suspected of feeding flood to restrict flow.
10 9 Inform the Unit Supervisor that the source of the water has been isolated.
CUE     If the examinee asks the operator in the field the status of the rupture after step 8 has been completed, report that, water in A RHR corner room has stopped rising and you dont see water draining from the pipe anymore.
Examinee reports that the source of water has been isolated. ___ ___ ___ Terminating CUE Acknowledge the report. JPM is complete.
109      Inform the Unit Supervisor that            Examinee reports that the          ___    ___      ___
the source of the water has               source of water has been been isolated.                             isolated.
Terminating CUE Acknowledge the report. JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
US-RH rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
US-RH rev U00 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BEstablish One Loop of Suppression Pool Cooling with Discharge Piping Rupture JPM Number:
Job
S-RH-28 Revision Number:
 
00 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
416.00 - Evaluate plant conditions and control water level in secondary containment by operation of sumps
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
, K/A Number and Importance:
 
295036 - Secondary Containment High Sump/Area Water Level - EA1.02 - (3.5/3.6) - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to Secondary Containment High Sump/Area Water Level: Affected Systems so as to isolate damaged portions.
==Title:==
Suggested Testing Environment:
0BEstablish One Loop of Suppression Pool Cooling with Discharge Piping Rupture JPM Number: S-RH-28                                 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
Simulator Alternate Path:
 
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
==Title:==
Yes No Reference(s):
416.00 - Evaluate plant conditions and control water level in secondary containment by operation of sumps, K/A Number and Importance: 295036 - Secondary Containment High Sump/Area Water Level
LOP-RH-13, Suppression Pool Cooling Operation Rev 032; LOR-1PM13J-A302 , Rev 006; LOA-FLD-00 1, Flooding, Rev 019 Actual Testing Environment:
- EA1.02 - (3.5/3.6) - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to Secondary Containment High Sump/Area Water Level: Affected Systems so as to isolate damaged portions.
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): LOP-RH-13, Suppression Pool Cooling Operation Rev 032; LOR-1PM13J-A302, Rev 006; LOA-FLD-001, Flooding, Rev 019 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 17 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
17 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                       Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-RH rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.
 
US-RH rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.
You are the Balance of Plant NSO.
You are the Balance of Plant NSO.
Preparations are being made to perform the LOS
Preparations are being made to perform the LOS-RI-Q5, RCIC System Pump Operability Test.
-RI-Q5, RCIC System Pump Operability Test.
LOP-RH-13 is complete up to step 1.3 and Div 1 RHR Service Water is online.
LOP-RH-13 is complete up to step 1.3 and Div 1 RHR Service Water is online.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue placing 'A' RHR Pump in Suppression Pool Cooling Mode at 7200 gpm in preparation for the RCIC Surveillance and to inform him when complete.  
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue placing A RHR Pump in Suppression Pool Cooling Mode at 7200 gpm in preparation for the RCIC Surveillance and to inform him when complete.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BRespond to an Uncoupled Control Rod JPM Number: US-NR-12 Revision Number: U00 Date: 8 / 2 / 2016 Developed By:                      Colin Betken          8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                  Findley / Joswiak          8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BRespond to an Uncoupled Control Rod


JPM Number:
US-NR rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
US-NR-12 Revision Number: U00  Date: 8 / 2 / 2016
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOP-RM-01                  Rev: 43 Procedure LOA-RD-101                Rev: 20 Procedure                            Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


Developed By:
US-NR rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)
Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
Revision 00,     New JPM written for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.
Findley / Joswiak  8 / 6 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:  Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date US-NR rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOP-RM-01  Rev: 43  Procedure LOA-RD-101  Rev: 20  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date US-NR rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, New JPM written for ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam.


US-NR rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
US-NR rev U00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 334 Password 3343 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 334 Password 3343 NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SNR12r00.ssf
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SNR12r00.ssf
: 3. Place Simulator in 'Run.'
: 3. Place Simulator in Run.
: 4. Mark up Rod Sequence so rod 26
: 4. Mark up Rod Sequence so rod 26-11 is the next rod to withdraw to positon 48.
-11 is the next rod to withdraw to positon 48.
: 5. Provide a copy of LOP-RM-01 pages 1-22 and 2831-302, complete through E.1.
: 5. Provide a copy of LOP
-RM-01 pages 1-22 and 2831-302, complete through E.1.
: 6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 7. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 7. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-NR rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is performing a startup. Currently in Mode 2 at 4% Reactor Power per LGP-1-1. You are an extra NSO and currently pulling Control rods per the approved Rod sequence using continuous withdrawal.
US-NR rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is performing a startup. Currently in Mode 2 at 4% Reactor Power per LGP-1-1.
LOP-RM-01 E.1 is complete.
You are an extra NSO and currently pulling Control rods per the approved Rod sequence using continuous withdrawal. LOP-RM-01 E.1 is complete.
 
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue to pull rods IAW LOP-RM-01 and the approved sequence until you reach 10% Reactor Power.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue to pull rods IAW LOP
-RM-01 and the approved sequence until you reach 10% Reactor Power.
 
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
US-NR rev U00 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number CUE      When the examinee acknowledges their initiating cue, hand them a copy of LOP-RM-01.
NOTE Step 1 through 4 may be performed in any order.
1      Verify Rod Selected is in                  Examinee verifies that rod 26-        ___    ___      ___
accordance with the Rod                    11 follows the approved rod Sequence.                                  sequence.
2      Verify the following switch                Examinee verify the following positions at panel 1H13-P603:              switch positions at panel 1H13-P603:
3      CRD drive flow trip circuit                Examinee places CRD drive              ___    ___      ___
bypass switch is in the bypass            flow trip circuit bypass switch is position.                                  in the bypass position.
4      CRD drive flow trip circuit test          Examinee verifies CRD drive            ___    ___      ___
switch is in the normal position.          flow trip circuit test switch is in the normal position.
  *5      Simultaneously depress and                Examinee simultaneously                ___    ___      ___
hold both continuous withdraw              depresses and holds both and withdraw push-button.                  continuous withdraw and Selected rod will continuously            withdraw push-button.
withdraw until one (1) push-button is released.
6      Check control rod withdraw                Examinee checks control rod            ___    ___      ___
sequence begins:                          withdraw sequence begins:
o Rod insert indication                    o Rod insert indication appears on the rod select                  appears on the rod select display or status display.                display or status display.
o Rod withdraw indication                  o Rod withdraw indication appears on the rod select                  appears on the rod select display or status display.                display or status display.
o Control rod continuous                  o Control rod continuous motion is indicated on                    motion is indicated on the rod select display or                  the rod select display or status display.                            status display.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


US-NR rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-NR rev U00 Comment SAT   UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number 7     Observe changes in nuclear                 Examinee observes changes in       ___    ___      ___
JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE When the examinee acknowledges their initiating cue, hand them a copy of LOP
instrumentation indications.              nuclear instrumentation indications.
-RM-01. NOTE Step 1 through 4 may be performed in any order.
8     When either push-button is                 When the examinee releases        ___    ___      ___
1 Verify Rod Selected is in accordance with the Rod Sequence. Examinee verifies that rod 26-11 follows the approved rod sequence. ___ ___ ___ 2 Verify the following switch positions at panel 1H13-P603: Examinee verify the following switch positions at panel 1H13
released, rod settle indication is         either pushbutton they observe lit for approximately 2 seconds.           rod settle indication.
-
9     New rod position will be                   Examinee determines rod is        ___    ___      ___
P603:    3 CRD drive flow trip circuit bypass switch is in the bypass position. Examinee place s CRD drive flow trip circuit bypass switch is in the bypass position.
indicated on the rod select               uncoupled due to over-travel display, status display and core           indication.
___ ___ ___ 4 CRD drive flow trip circuit test switch is in the normal position.
map display.
Examinee verifies CRD drive flow trip circuit test switch is in the normal position.
10     Inform Unit Supervisor of                 Examinee informs Unit              ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ *5 Simultaneously depress and hold both continuous withdraw and withdraw push
uncoupled control rod.                     Supervisor of uncoupled control rod.
-button. Selected rod will continuously withdraw until one (1) push
NOTE Alternate path begins here.
-
CUE     As Unit Supervisor Acknowledge the report.
button is released.
11     Check CTP - > LPSP (10%                   Examinee determines CTP is <      ___    ___      ___
Examinee simultaneously depresses and hold s both continuous withdraw and withdraw push-button. ___ ___ ___ 6 Check control rod withdraw sequence begins:
RTP).                                     LPSP (10% RTP).
o Rod insert indication appears on the rod select display or status display.
o RTP per QNE approved                         .
o Rod withdraw indication appears on the rod select display or status display.
heat balance.
o Control rod continuous motion is indicated on the rod select display or status display.
Examinee checks control rod withdraw sequence begins:
o Rod insert indication appears on the rod select display or status display.
o Rod withdraw indication appears on the rod select display or status display. o Control rod continuous motion is indicated on the rod select display or status display.
___ ___ ___
US-NR rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 7 Observe changes in nuclear instrumentation indications.
Examinee observes changes in nuclear instrumentation indications.
___ ___ ___ 8 When either push
-button is released, rod settle indication is lit for approximately 2 seconds.
When the examinee releases either pushbutton they observe rod settle indication.
___ ___ ___ 9 New rod position will be indicated on the rod select display, status display and core map display.
Examinee determines rod is uncoupled due to over
-travel indication.
___ ___ ___ 10 Inform Unit Supervisor of uncoupled control rod.
Examinee informs Unit Supervisor of uncoupled control rod. ___ ___ ___ NOTE Alternate path begins here.
CUE As Unit Supervisor Acknowledge the report.
11 Check CTP - > LPSP (10% RTP). o RTP per QNE approved heat balance.
o LPSP indication per rod select or status display.
o LPSP indication per rod select or status display.
Examinee determines CTP is <
NOTE The next step can be marked N/A if the rod is already selected.
LPSP (10% RTP).
  *12     SELECT uncoupled control rod.             Examinee selects uncoupled         ___    ___      ___
. ___ ___ ___ NOTE The next step can be marked N/A if the rod is already selected.
control rod.
*12 SELECT uncoupled control rod.
13     Verify insert block indication not         Examinee verifies insert block    ___    ___      ___
Examinee selects uncoupled control rod. ___ ___ ___ 13 Verify insert block indication not present on rod select or status display. Examinee verifies insert block indication is present. ___ ___ ___
present on rod select or status           indication is present.
US-NR rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
display.
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *14 If required, REMOVE insert block as follows:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
o BYPASS control rod from RWM. o PLACE the RWM Select switch to BYPASS.
 
o If RWM is bypassed, REFER to T.S. 3.3.2.1 Examinee places RWM Select switch to BYPASS OR Bypasses RWM. ___ ___ ___ CUE If Examinee attempts to B ypass the individual rod from the RWM inform the examinee that the Unit Supervisor directs using the RWM Select Switch.
US-NR rev U00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number
15 Inform Unit Supervisor to refer to Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 Examinee reports to Unit Supervisor to refer to Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 ___ ___ ___ CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report.
  *14     If required, REMOVE insert block           Examinee places RWM Select          ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt as follows:                               switch to BYPASS OR Bypasses                                  Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt RWM.                                                          Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt o BYPASS control rod from RWM.
*16 Insert uncoupled control rod to position 00.
o PLACE the RWM Select switch to BYPASS.
Place Verify CRD drive flow trip circuit bypass Switch in to BYPASS. Second verifier required.
o If RWM is bypassed, REFER to T.S. 3.3.2.1 CUE     If Examinee attempts to Bypass the individual rod from the RWM inform the examinee                       Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt that the Unit Supervisor directs using the RWM Select Switch.                                             Formatted Table Formatted: Left 15     Inform Unit Supervisor to refer to         Examinee reports to Unit            ___    ___      ___
Examinee inserts uncoupled control rod to position 00.
Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt Tech Spec 3.3.2.1                         Supervisor to refer to Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 CUE     As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report.                                                               Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt
___ ___ ___ CUE If the examinee requests a second verifier inform them that a second verifier is standing by. CUE Follow up any second verification with, "the component you identified is in the position you described."
  *16     Insert uncoupled control rod to            Examinee inserts uncoupled          ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt position 00.                              control rod to position 00.
1718 If required, PLACE the RWM Select switch to RUN.
* Place Verify CRD drive flow trip circuit bypass Switch into BYPASS.
Examinee places RWM Select Switch to RUN.
* Second verifier required.
___ ___ ___ 1819 Inform Unit Supervisor that rod is fully inserted and INOP.
CUE     If the examinee requests a second verifier inform them that a second verifier is standing                 Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt by.
Examinee informs Unit Supervisor that the rod is fully inserted and INOP.
CUE     Follow up any second verification with, the component you identified is in the position                 Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt you described.
___ ___ ___ TERMINATING CUE As Unit supervisor acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee the JPM is complete.
1718     If required, PLACE the RWM                Examinee places RWM Select          ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt Select switch to RUN.                     Switch to RUN.
Formatted:
1819     Inform Unit Supervisor that rod is         Examinee informs Unit                ___    ___      ___      Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt fully inserted and INOP.                   Supervisor that the rod is fully inserted and INOP.
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
TERMINATING CUE                                                       Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt As Unit supervisor acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee the JPM is complete.
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
 
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted TableFormatted:
US-NR rev U00 JPM Stop Time:
LeftFormatted:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
 
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
US-NR rev U00 JPM  
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
Font: 11.5 ptFormatted:
Font: 11.5 pt US-NR rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM Stop Time:
US-NR rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BRespond to an Uncoupled Control Rod JPM Number:
Job
S-NR-12 Revision Number:
 
00 Task Number and Title: 47.007 - Perform a Control Rod Coupling Check K/A Number and Importance:
==Title:==
201003 Control Rod and Drive Mechanism - A2.02 3.7/3.8 - Ability to predict the impacts of the control rod and drive mechanism; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Uncoupled Rod Suggested Testing Environment:
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
Simulator Alternate Path:
 
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
==Title:==
Yes No Reference(s):
0BRespond to an Uncoupled Control Rod JPM Number: S-NR-12                                 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
LOP-RM-01, Rod Control Management System, Revision 43; LOA
 
-RD-101, Control Rod Drive Abnormal, Revision 20 Actual Testing Environment:
==Title:==
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
47.007 - Perform a Control Rod Coupling Check K/A Number and Importance: 201003 Control Rod and Drive Mechanism - A2.02 3.7/3.8 -
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
Ability to predict the impacts of the control rod and drive mechanism; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Uncoupled Rod Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): LOP-RM-01, Rod Control Management System, Revision 43; LOA-RD-101, Control Rod Drive Abnormal, Revision 20 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-NR rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is performing a startup. Currently in Mode 2 at 4% Reactor Power per LGP-1-1. You are an extra NSO and currently pulling Control rods per the approved Rod sequence using continuous withdrawal. LOP
 
-RM-01 E.1 is complete.
US-NR rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is performing a startup. Currently in Mode 2 at 4% Reactor Power per LGP-1-1.
You are an extra NSO and currently pulling Control rods per the approved Rod sequence using continuous withdrawal. LOP-RM-01 E.1 is complete.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue to pull rods IAW LOP-RM-01 and the approved sequence until you reach 10% Reactor Power.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BManually Initiate SBGT in response to irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage JPM Number: US-VG-01 Revision Number: U01 Date: 07 / 27 / 2016 Developed By:                      Colin Betken          8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                Findley / Jozwiak          8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue to pull rods IAW LOP
US-VG rev U01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
-RM-01 and the approved sequence until you reach 10%
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
Reactor Power.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LGA-VG-101                Rev: 003 Procedure LOA-FH-001                Rev: 005 Procedure                            Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 2 of 9


SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-VG rev U01 Revision Record (Summary)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BManually Initiate SBGT in response to irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage JPM Number:
Revision 00,     New JPM written for 2010 NRC Annual Exam. Take from ILT 09-1 NRC Exam.
US-VG-01  Revision Number: U01  Date: 07 / 27 / 2016 Developed By:
Revision 01,     Revised for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 3 of 9
Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
Findley / Jozwiak  8 / 6 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:  Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:  Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date US-VG rev U01 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 2 of 9  JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LGA-VG-101  Rev: 003  Procedure LOA-FH-001  Rev: 005  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date US-VG rev U01  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 3 of 9 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, New JPM written for 2010 NRC Annual Exam. Take from ILT 09
-1 NRC Exam. Revision 01, Revised for ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam


US-VG rev U01 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 4 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
US-VG rev U01 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 (100% Power) NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 (100% Power)
NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario SVG01r01.ssf.
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario SVG01r01.ssf.
: 3. Acknowledge Annunciators.
: 3. Acknowledge Annunciators.
: 4. Have a copy of LOA
: 4. Have a copy of LOA-FH-001 and LGA-VG-101.
-FH-001 and LGA
: 5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
-VG-101. 5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 4 of 9


US-VG rev U01 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 5 of 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the U
US-VG rev U01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the U-1 assist NSO. A dropped fuel bundle during fuel shuffles has caused increased radiation conditions in the Secondary Containment. LGA-002 has been entered. U-2 SBGT system is OOS.
-1 assist NSO. A dropped fuel bundle during fuel shuffles has caused increased radiation conditions in the Secondary Containment. LGA
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to perform LOA-FH-001, irradiated fuel damage.
-002 has been entered. U
-2 SBGT system is OOS. INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to perform LOA
-FH-001, irradiated fuel damage.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 5 of 9
US-VG rev U01 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number CUE      When the examinee acknowledges his initiating cue hand them a copy of LOA-FH-001 1      Check VR and FC Exhaust Duct Examinee Discovers rad levels                    ___    ___      ___
Radiation LESS THAN 10 mr/hr are >10mr/hr CUE      If requested, Unit 2 VR and VQ have isolated.
2      VERIFY Reactor Building                    Examinee verifies VR isolation    ___    ___      ___
Ventilation System isolated                Dampers are closed.
3      VERIFY Primary Containment                Examinee verifies Primary          ___    ___      ___
Ventilation and Purge System              Containment Vent and Purge isolated.                                  System isolated.
4      VERIFY Standby Gas                        Examinee determines SBGT          ___    ___      ___
Treatment System started.                  system failed to start and Notifies Unit Supervisor (May attempt to initiate via arm and depress Pushbutton, this will not work)
CUE      Unit supervisor directs examinee to start U-1 SBGT IAW LGA-VG-101 and inform him when it is running. When the student demonstrates where to locate a copy of LGA-VG-101, hand them the copy provided.
NOTE Examinee may take required action per HU-AA-104-101 and take manual action for a failed automatic action that did not occur without referencing a procedure.
CUE      If requested at any time, both WRGMs operating properly.
  *5      Verify 1VG001 U1 SBGT Inlet                Examinee OPENS 1VG001 U1          ___    ___      ___
Isol. Vlv., open.                          SBGT Inlet Isol. Vlv., open.
  *6      Verify U1 SBGT Primary Fan,                Examinee STARTS U1 SBGT            ___    ___      ___
1VG01C, on.                                Primary Fan, 1VG01C, on.
  *7      Verify 1VG003, U1 SBGT Dsch.              Examinee verifies 1VG003, U1      ___    ___      ___
Vlv. Open.                                SBGT Dsch. Vlv. Open.
  *8      Verify U1 SBGT Elec Heating                Verifies U1 SBGT Elec Heating      ___    ___      ___
Coil, 1VG01A, on.                          Coil, 1VG01A, on.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 9
US-VG rev U01 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number 9      Verify U1 SBGT Cooling Fan,                Verifies U1 SBGT Cooling Fan,    ___    ___      ___
1VG02C, off.                              1VG02C, off.
10      VERIFY SBGT flow 3,600 to                  Verifies SBGT flow 3,600 to      ___    ___      ___
4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Outlet                4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Outlet Flow, 1FR-VG009.                          Flow, 1FR-VG009.
11      VERIFY SBGT flow 3,600 to                  Verifies SBGT flow 3,600 to      ___    ___      ___
4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Inlet                4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Inlet Flow, 1FI-VG003.                          Flow, 1FI-VG003.
12      Inform Unit Supervisor that                Examinee informs Unit            ___    ___      ___
SBGT is running.                          Supervisor that SBGT is running.
TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report. JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 9


US-VG rev U01 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-VG rev U01 JPM  
Page 6 of 9  JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE When the examinee acknowledges his initiating cue hand them a copy of LOA
-FH-001 1 Check VR and FC Exhaust Duct Radiation LESS THAN 10 mr/hr Examinee Discovers rad levels are >10mr/hr
___ ___ ___ CUE If requested, Unit 2 VR and VQ have isolated. 2 VERIFY Reactor Building Ventilation System isolated Examinee verifies VR isolation Dampers are closed.
___ ___ ___ 3 VERIFY Primary Containment Ventilation and Purge System isolated. Examinee verifies Primary Containment Vent and Purge System isolated. ___ ___ ___ 4 VERIFY Standby Gas Treatment System started.
(May attempt to initiate via arm and depress Pushbutton, this will not work)
Examinee determines SBGT system failed to start and Notifies Unit Supervisor
___ ___ ___ CUE Unit supervisor directs examinee to start U
-1 SBGT IAW LGA
-VG-101 and inform him when it is running.
When the student demonstrates where to locate a copy of LGA-VG-101, hand them the copy provided. NOTE Examinee may take required action per HU
-AA-104-101 and take manual action for a failed automatic action that did not occur without referencing a procedure.
CUE If requested at any time, both WRGM's operating properly.
*5 Verify 1VG001 U1 SBGT Inlet Isol. Vlv., open.
Examinee OPENS 1VG001 U1 SBGT Inlet Isol. Vlv., open.
___ ___ ___ *6 Verify U1 SBGT Primary Fan, 1VG01C, on.
Examinee STARTS U1 SBGT Primary Fan, 1VG01C, on.
___ ___ ___ *7 Verify 1VG003, U1 SBGT Dsch. Vlv. Open.
Examinee verifies 1VG003, U1 SBGT Dsch. Vlv. Open.
___ ___ ___ *8 Verify U1 SBGT Elec Heating Coil, 1VG01A, on.
Verifies U1 SBGT Elec Heating Coil, 1VG01A, on.
___ ___ ___
US-VG rev U01  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 7 of 9 STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 9 Verify U1 SBGT Cooling Fan, 1VG02C, off.
Verifies U1 SBGT Cooling Fan, 1VG02C, off.
___ ___ ___ 10 VERIFY SBGT flow 3,600 to 4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Outlet Flow, 1FR-VG009. Verifies SBGT flow 3,600 to 4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Outlet Flow, 1FR-VG009. ___ ___ ___ 11 VERIFY SBGT flow 3,600 to 4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Inlet Flow, 1FI-VG003. Verifies SBGT flow 3,600 to 4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Inlet Flow, 1FI-VG003. ___ ___ ___ 12 Inform Unit Supervisor that SBGT is running.
Examinee informs Unit Supervisor that SBGT is running. ___ ___ ___  TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report. JPM is complete. JPM Stop Time:
US-VG rev U01  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 8 of 9 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BManually Initiate SBGT in response to irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage JPM Number:
Job
S-VG-01 Revision Number:
 
01 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
415.000 - Evaluate plant conditions and control secondary containment by operation of the following ventilation systems - VG K/A Number and Importance:261000 SBGT A2.12 - 3.2/3.4,Ability to predict the impacts of the following on Standby Gas Treatment System; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High Fuel Pool Vent Rad Suggested Testing Environment:
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
Simulator Alternate Path:
 
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
==Title:==
Yes No Reference(s):
0BManually Initiate SBGT in response to irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage JPM Number: S-VG-01                                 Revision Number: 01 Task Number and
LGA-VG-101, Secondary Containment Pressure Control Revision 3, LOA
 
-FH-001Irradiated Fuel Assembly damage / Removal Rack Insert Revision 5 Actual Testing Environment:
==Title:==
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
415.000 - Evaluate plant conditions and control secondary containment by operation of the following ventilation systems - VG K/A Number and Importance:261000 SBGT A2.12 - 3.2/3.4,Ability to predict the impacts of the following on Standby Gas Treatment System; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 12 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  
High Fuel Pool Vent Rad Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): LGA-VG-101, Secondary Containment Pressure Control Revision 3, LOA-FH-001Irradiated Fuel Assembly damage / Removal Rack Insert Revision 5 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 12 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                     Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-VG rev U01  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 9 of 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the U
Page 8 of 9
-1 assist NSO. A dropped fuel bundle during fuel shuffles has caused increased radiation conditions in the Secondary Containment. LGA
 
-002 has been entered. U
US-VG rev U01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the U-1 assist NSO. A dropped fuel bundle during fuel shuffles has caused increased radiation conditions in the Secondary Containment. LGA-002 has been entered. U-2 SBGT system is OOS.
-2 SBGT system is OOS. INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to perform LOA
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to perform LOA-FH-001, irradiated fuel damage.
-FH-001, irradiated fuel damage.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 9 of 9
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) c Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure
 
  '1 A' DG Fast Start Loading With High Cooling Temperature JPM Number: S-DG-12a Revision Number:
c Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure 1A DG Fast Start Loading With High Cooling Temperature JPM Number: S-DG-12a Revision Number: 02 Date: 07/28/2016 Developed By:                     Colin Betken           8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor               Date Validated By:                 Polega / Quinn             8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor           Date Reviewed By:                       Mark Smith             8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative         Date Approved By:                       Dan Moren             8 /17/ 2016 Training Department           Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
02 Date: 07/28/2016 Developed By:
 
Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016   Instructor Date Validated By:
S-DG-12a - rev 02 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Polega / Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016   SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:
Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016   Operations Representative Date Approved By:
Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016   Training Department Date S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________     1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________     2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
________     3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________     4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________     5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________     6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________     7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________     8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________     9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOS-DG-M2                     Rev: 095 Procedure 1PM01J-B206                   Rev: 005 Procedure                               Rev:
Procedure LOS-DG-M2 Rev: 095 Procedure 1PM01J-B206 Rev: 005 Procedure Rev:   ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________     10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________     11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________     12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
________     13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SME / Instructor                             Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Revision Record (Summary)
 
Revision 00, This JPM was developed NEW for the NRC Annual Exam.
S-DG-12a - rev 02 Revision Record (Summary)
JPM modifies bank JPM S
Revision 00,     This JPM was developed NEW for the NRC Annual Exam. JPM modifies bank JPM S-DG-11, Rev. 00, by the use of a new alternate path.
-DG-11, Rev. 00, by the use of a new alternate path.
Revision 01,     Revised Alternate Path of JPM and replaced performing LOS-DG-M2 with actions of LOR-1PM01J-B206 for DG shutdown.
Revision 01, Revised Alternate Path of JPM and replaced performing LOS
Revision 02,     Revised Alternate Path of JPM and replaced R-point description.
-DG-M2 with actions of LOR
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
-1PM01J-B206 for DG shutdown.
 
Revision 02, Revised Alternate Path of JPM and replaced R
S-DG-12a - rev 02 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
-point description.
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator t o IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Verify ACB 1421 is CLOSED and ACB 1425 is OPEN
: 2. Verify ACB 1421 is CLOSED and ACB 1425 is OPEN
: 3. Verify 1A DG is RUNNING per LOS
: 3. Verify 1A DG is RUNNING per LOS-DG-M2 Att. 1A step 3.2
-DG-M2 Att. 1A step 3.2 4. Verify 1A DG Speed Droop is set at 50.
: 4. Verify 1A DG Speed Droop is set at 50.
: 5. Load and run Smart Scenario: SDG12ar02.ssf
: 5. Load and run Smart Scenario: SDG12ar02.ssf
: 6. Provide a marked up copy of LOS
: 6. Provide a marked up copy of LOS-DG-M2 up to Step 3.2 Attachment 1A FAST, for the Examinee
-DG-M2 up to Step 3.2 Attachment 1A FAST, for the Examinee 7. Silence, acknowledge and reset annunciators. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 7. Silence, acknowledge and reset annunciators. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 8. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 8. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S-DG-12a - rev 02 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Assist NSO,
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Assist NSO, - LOS-DG-M2 is in progress and complete up to and including Step 3.1 of ATTACHMENT 1A-FAST. - An Equipment Operator supporting this test.
    -   LOS-DG-M2 is in progress and complete up to and including Step 3.1 of ATTACHMENT 1A-FAST.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to load the 1A DG IAW LOS
    -   An Equipment Operator supporting this test.
-DG-M2. Inform the Unit Supervisor when 1A DG is fully loaded.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to load the 1A DG IAW LOS-DG-M2. Inform the Unit Supervisor when 1A DG is fully loaded.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S-DG-12a - rev 02 JPM Start Time:
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                  ELEMENT                                STANDARD Number NOTE        All steps of this JPM are to be completed at control room panel 1PM01J unless otherwise noted.
CUE        If SAT 142 Low Load Alarm comes in inform the examinee that another NSO will address the alarm.
: 1.        Verify 1A DG Frequency                Examinee verifies 1A DG          ___    ___      ___
59.8 to 60.2 Hz on 1SI-                Frequency 59.8 to 60.2 Hz on DG0028                                1SI-DG0028
: 2.            Wipe Motor Operated Examinee wipes Motor              ___    ___      ___
Potentiometer, using the          Operated Potentiometer, using 1A Diesel Gen Terminal            the 1A Diesel Gen Terminal Volt Volt Adjust control switch        Adjust control switch as to do the following as            described.
read on 1EI-DG027, 1A Diesel Gen Volts:
* Lower Diesel Generator volts to approximately 3900 volts.
* Raise Diesel Generator volts to approximately 4500 volts.
* Lower Diesel Generator volts to approximately 4050 to 4300 volts.
              *o  Repeat at least 2 more                                                                        Formatted: Indent: Left: 0", Hanging: 0.21", Bulleted +
Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops:
times.                                                                                        0.21", Left + Not at 1" CUE        Once the motor operated potentiometer has been wiped one time, inform the                          Formatted Table examinee that the motor operated potentiometer has been wiped two more times.                      Formatted: Left
    *3.      Place Synchroscope Select              Examinee places Synchroscope      ___    ___      ___
Switch to ON                          Select Switch to ON for breaker 1423
    *4.      Adjust DG Speed with 1A                Examinee adjusts DG Speed        ___    ___      ___
DG Governor Adjust switch              with 1A DG Governor Adjust until synchroscope rotates at          switch until synchroscope approximately 1-2 rpm in the          rotates at approximately 1-2 FAST (clockwise) direction.            rpm in the FAST (clockwise) direction.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S-DG-12a - rev 02 Comment SAT   UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number CUE       If the examinee does not meet the approximately 1-2 rpm band within 5 minutes, inform the examinee that the synchroscope has a 55 second rotation frequency.
JPM Start Time:  STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE All steps of this JPM are to be completed at control room panel 1PM01J unless otherwise noted.
NOTE       If the DG Output Breaker fails to close when it is closed due to voltage being too high, then the following step would be marked unsat
CUE If SAT 142 Low Load Alarm comes in inform the examinee that another NSO will address the alarm.
    *5.       Adjust BOP/Division 2                 Examinee adjusts BOP/Division       ___    ___      ___
: 1. Verify 1 A DG Frequency 59.8 to 60.2 Hz on 1 SI-DG0028 Examinee verifies 1A DG Frequency 59.8 to 60.2 Hz on 1SI-DG0028  ___ ___ ___ 2. Wipe Motor Operated Potentiometer, using the 1A Diesel Gen Terminal Volt Adjust control switch to do the following as read on 1EI-DG027 , 1A Diesel Gen Volts:
Incoming Volts with 1A                2 Incoming Volts with 1A Diesel Diesel Gen Terminal Volts              Gen Terminal Volts Adjust Adjust switch until it is              switch until it is slightly above slightly above BOP/Division            BOP/Division II Running Volts.
Lower Diesel Generator volts to approximately 3900 volts.
II Running Volts.
Raise Diesel Generator volts to approximately 4500 volts.
    *6.       When synchroscope is at the           Examinee closes ACB 1423            ___    ___      ___
Lower Diesel Generator volts to approximately 4050 to 4300 volts.
11 oclock position, close             when synchroscope is at 11 ACB 1423, 1A Diesel Gen to             oclock by HOLDING the Bus 142 by holding the                 Control Switch to CLOSE.
o Repeat at least 2 more times. Examinee wipes Motor Operated Potentiometer, using the 1A Diesel Gen Terminal Volt Adjust control switch as described.
Control Switch to CLOSE.
___ ___ ___ CUE On ce the motor operated potentiometer has been wiped one time, inform the examinee that the motor operated potentiometer has been wiped two more times. *3. Place Synchroscope Select Switch to ON Examinee places Synchroscope Select Switch to ON for breaker 1423 ___ ___ ___ *4. Adjust DG Speed with 1A DG Governor Adjust switch until synchroscope rotates at approximately 1
: 7.       Raise DG Load to 1000 kW               Examinee raises DG Load to          ___    ___      ___
-2 rpm in the FAST (clockwise) direction.
to 1300 kW and 350 KVAR
Examinee adjusts DG Speed with 1A DG Governor Adjust switch until synchroscope rotates at approximately 1
* 1000 KW to 1300 KW and to 750 KVAR, MAINTAIN for
-2 rpm in the FAST (clockwise) direction.
* 350 KVAR to 750 KVAR two (2) minutes.
___ ___ ___ Formatted:
then waits for two minutes before continuing while maintaining DG parameters.
Indent: Left:  0", Hanging:  0.21", Bulleted +Level: 1 + Aligned at:  0.25" + Indent at:  0.5", Tab stops: 0.21", Left + Not at  1"Formatted TableFormatted:
NOTE       ALTERNATE PATH BEGINS HERE. Successful completion of the JPM will be when 1A DG is shutdown.
Left S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Sim Op       Monitor 1JI-DG022 1A Diesel Gen Kilowatt meter. When load reaches 1750-2000 kw verify 1A DG Trouble Alarm comes in.
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE If the examinee does not meet the approximately 1
NOTE       Annunciator 1PM01J-B206 will alarm with R point R1007 for 1A DG Trouble / DC Power.
-2 rpm band within 5 minutes, inform the examinee that the synchroscope has a 55 second rotation frequency.
CUE       As EO, when asked to determine cause of the 1A DG Trouble Alarm, report that the 1A DG Cooling Water temperature is currently 200&deg;F and slowly rising. If requested you are unable to determine cause of the rising Cooling Water temperature.
NOTE If the DG Output Breaker fails to close when it is closed due to voltage being too high, then the following step would be marked unsat
: 8.       Determine the cause for the           Examinee determines 1A DG           ___    ___      ___
*5. Adjust BOP/Division 2 Incoming Volts with 1A Diesel Gen Terminal Volts Adjust switch until it is slightly above BOP/Division II Running Volts.
annunciator.                          Trouble Alarm is cause by high cooling water temperature.
Examinee adjusts BOP/Division 2 Incoming Volts with 1A Diesel Gen Terminal Volts Adjust switch until it is slightly above BOP/Division II Running Volts.
CUE       If Examinee reports to the Unit Supervisor the 1A DG Trouble Alarm, acknowledge report and tell the Examinee to follow-up with the appropriate LOR and to notify you when LOR actions are complete.
___ ___ ___ *6. When synchroscope is at the 11 o'clock position, close ACB 1423, 1A Diesel Gen to Bus 142 by holding the Control Switch to CLOSE.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Examinee closes ACB 142 3 when synchroscope is at 11 o'clock by HOLDING the Control Switch to CLOSE. ___ ___ ___ 7. Raise DG Load to 1000 kW to 1300 kW and 350 KVAR to 750 KVAR, MAINTAIN for two (2) minutes.
Examinee raises DG Load to 1000 KW to 1300 KW and  350 KVAR to 750 KVAR then waits for two minutes before continuing while maintaining DG parameters. ___ ___ ___ NOTE ALTERNATE PATH BEGINS HERE. Successful completion of the JPM will be when 1A DG is shutdown.
Sim Op Monitor 1JI
-DG022 1A Diesel Gen Kilowatt meter. When load reaches 1750
-2000 kw verify 1A DG Trouble Alarm comes in.
NOTE Annunciator 1PM01J
-B206 will alarm with R point R1007 for 1A DG Trouble / DC Power. CUE As EO, when asked to determine cause of the 1A DG Trouble Alarm, report that the 1A DG Cooling Water temperature is currently 200&deg;F and slowly rising. If requested you are unable to determine cause of the rising Cooling Water temperature.
: 8. Determine the cause for the annunciator.
Examinee determines 1A DG Trouble Alarm is cause by high cooling water temperature.
___ ___ ___  CUE If Examinee reports to the Unit Supervisor the 1A DG Trouble Alarm, acknowledge report and tell the Examinee to follow
-up with the appropriate LOR and to notify you when LOR actions are complete.


S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S-DG-12a - rev 02 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number Note       Examinee may perform the following steps and then follow up with procedure.
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number Note Examinee may perform the following steps and then follow up with procedure.
: 9.       If the 1A Diesel Generator             Examinee determines that there    ___    ___      ___
: 9. If the 1A Diesel Generator operation is required for a LOCA or Loss of Power, then EVALUATE the diesel generator for continued ope ration. Examinee determines that there is currently no LOCA or Loss of power and that continued operation is not required.
operation is required for a           is currently no LOCA or Loss of LOCA or Loss of Power,                power and that continued then EVALUATE the diesel              operation is not required.
___ ___ ___ CUE If required, as the Unit Supervisor inform the Examinee that continued operation of the 1A DG is not required.
generator for continued operation.
: 10. REDUCE load on the affected diesel generator to:
CUE       If required, as the Unit Supervisor inform the Examinee that continued operation of the 1A DG is not required.
  <500 KW <500 KVAR Examinee reduces load on the 1A DG to:  <500 KW  <500 KVAR ___ ___ ___ *11. OPEN ACB 1423.
: 10.       REDUCE load on the                     Examinee reduces load on the      ___    ___      ___
Examinee OPENS ACB 1423.
affected diesel generator to:          1A DG to:
___ ___ ___ *12. SHUTDOWN the 1A DG as follows: If NO ECCS signal is present, then PLACE DG C/S to NAT.
              * <500 KW                             * <500 KW
Examinee secure the 1A DG by placing the 1A DG C/S to NAT.
              * <500 KVAR                            * <500 KVAR
___ ___ ___ NOTE In the next step the Examinee may determine that there was no failure of the strainer based on previous cues provided by the EO and 1PM01J
  *11.       OPEN ACB 1423.                         Examinee OPENS ACB 1423.         ___     ___     ___
-B306 not illumintaedilluminated. If the Examinee determines there is no strainer failure the next step may be N/A'ed.
  *12.       SHUTDOWN the 1A DG as                 Examinee secure the 1A DG by      ___    ___      ___
: 13. If alarm is due to Strainer Failure, then manually backwash Diesel Generator Cooling Water Strainer per LOP-DG-04. Examinee dispatched EO to investigate possible strainer failure. ___ ___ ___ CUE If required, as EO sent to inspect the 1A DG Strainer report that you will investigate.
follows:                               placing the 1A DG C/S to NAT.
1413. REFER to Tech Spec. 3.8.1 and 3.8.2.
* If NO ECCS signal is present, then PLACE DG C/S to NAT.
Examinee notifies the Unit Supervisor to refer to Tech Spec 3.8.1 and 3.8.2.
NOTE       In the next step the Examinee may determine that there was no failure of the strainer based on previous cues provided by the EO and 1PM01J-B306 not illumintaedilluminated. If the Examinee determines there is no strainer failure the next step may be N/Aed.
___ ___ ___ CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge report.
: 13.       If alarm is due to Strainer           Examinee dispatched EO to        ___    ___      ___
1513. Notify the Unit Supervisor the 1A DG is secured.
Failure, then manually                 investigate possible strainer backwash Diesel Generator             failure.
Examinee informs the Unit Supervisor the 1A DG has been secured. ___ ___ ___
Cooling Water Strainer per LOP-DG-04.
S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CUE       If required, as EO sent to inspect the 1A DG Strainer report that you will investigate.
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge report. JPM is complete.
1413.       REFER to Tech Spec. 3.8.1       Examinee notifies the Unit        ___ ___                ___
and 3.8.2.                     Supervisor to refer to Tech Spec 3.8.1 and 3.8.2.
CUE       As Unit Supervisor acknowledge report.
1513.       Notify the Unit Supervisor   Examinee informs the Unit                  ___    ___      ___
the 1A DG is secured.       Supervisor the 1A DG has been secured.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
 
S-DG-12a - rev 02 Comment SAT  UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge report. JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
S-DG-12a - rev 02 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
'1A' DG Fast Start Loading With High Cooling Water Temperature JPM Number:
Job
S-DG-12a Revision Number:
 
02 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
11.007 Given Unit Supervisor authorization, perform the Main Control Room actions for a Diesel Generator Operability Test, IAW station procedures.
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
K/A Number and Importance:
 
264000 A4.04 3.7/3.7 Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: manual start, loading, and stopping of emergency diesel generator Suggested Testing Environment:
==Title:==
Simulator Alternate Path:
1A DG Fast Start Loading With High Cooling Water Temperature JPM Number: S-DG-12a                                 Revision Number: 02 Task Number and
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
 
Yes No Reference(s):
==Title:==
LOS-DG-M2, 1A(2A) Diesel Generator Operability Test, Rev. 95 LOR-1PM01J-B206, 1A Diesel Generator Trouble, Rev. 5 Actual Testing Environment:
11.007 Given Unit Supervisor authorization, perform the Main Control Room actions for a Diesel Generator Operability Test, IAW station procedures.
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
K/A Number and Importance: 264000 A4.04 3.7/3.7 Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: manual start, loading, and stopping of emergency diesel generator Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical:     Yes     No Reference(s): LOS-DG-M2, 1A(2A) Diesel Generator Operability Test, Rev. 95 LOR-1PM01J-B206, 1A Diesel Generator Trouble, Rev. 5 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 130                                             minutes Actual Time Used:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
130 minutes Actual Time Used:
minutes EVALUATION  
minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory       Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print)
S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Evaluator's Signature:  Date:
S-DG-12a - rev 0 2  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Assist NSO, - LOS-DG-M2 is in progress and complete up to and including Step 3.1 of ATTACHMENT 1A-FAST. - An Equipment Operator supporting this test.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to load the 1A DG IAW LOS
-DG-M2. Inform the Unit Supervisor when 1A DG is fully loaded.


S-DG-12a - rev 02 Evaluators Signature:                                                  Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BStartup RCIC for Surveillance Testing with high Turbine Exhaust Pressure and Failure to Isolate


JPM Number:
S-DG-12a - rev 02 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Assist NSO,
US-RI-14  Revision Number: U00  Date: 8 / 2 / 2016 Developed By:
  -  LOS-DG-M2 is in progress and complete up to and including Step 3.1 of ATTACHMENT 1A-FAST.
Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
  - An Equipment Operator supporting this test.
Findley/Quinn  8 / 6 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to load the 1A DG IAW LOS-DG-M2. Inform the Unit Supervisor when 1A DG is fully loaded.
Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date US-RI rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOS-RI-Q3  Rev: 49  Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-D401 Rev: 03  Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-D504 Rev: 04  Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-B409 Rev: 03  Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-B509 Rev: 03  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, th en revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date US-RI rev U00  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, Developed for ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam


US-RI rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BStartup RCIC for Surveillance Testing with high Turbine Exhaust Pressure and Failure to Isolate JPM Number: US-RI-14 Revision Number: U00 Date: 8 / 2 / 2016 Developed By:                      Colin Betken          8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                      Findley/Quinn          8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
 
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRI14rev00.ssf 3. Verify 'A' RHR on Suppression pool cooling.
US-RI rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
: 4. Have a copy of LOS
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
-RI-Q3 marked up to step 5 of attachment 1A.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOS-RI-Q3                  Rev: 49 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-D401 Rev: 03 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-D504 Rev: 04 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-B409 Rev: 03 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-B509 Rev: 03
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
US-RI rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00,      Developed for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
 
US-RI rev U00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRI14rev00.ssf
: 3. Verify A RHR on Suppression pool cooling.
: 4. Have a copy of LOS-RI-Q3 marked up to step 5 of attachment 1A.
: 5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 6. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-RI rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power. You are the Assist NSO. LOS-RI-Q3, RCIC System Pump Operability and Valve In
US-RI rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.
-service Test is in progress at step 5 of Attachment 1A. INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you to complete LOS
You are the Assist NSO.
-RI-Q3 starting at Step 5 of Attachment 1A and inform them when complete up to step 6. Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
LOS-RI-Q3, RCIC System Pump Operability and Valve In-service Test is in progress at step 5 of Attachment 1A.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you to complete LOS-RI-Q3 starting at Step 5 of Attachment 1A and inform them when complete up to step 6.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the  
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
 
candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-RI rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-RI rev U00 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE Hand the Examinee the marked up copy of LOS
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number CUE     Hand the Examinee the marked up copy of LOS-RI-Q3 1     PERFORM the following actions PERFORM the following actions to Start the RCIC System:     to Start the RCIC System:
-RI-Q3 1 PERFORM the following actions to Start the RCIC System:
2     Verify 1E51-R600, RCIC Pump               Examinee verifies 1E51-R600,      ___    ___      ___
PERFORM the following actions to Start the RCIC System:
Discharge Flow Controller, in             RCIC Pump Discharge Flow AUTO, with flow setpoint set at           Controller, in AUTO, with flow 600 gpm.                                  setpoint set at 600 gpm.
2 Verify 1E51
3     Start 1E51-C005, Baro Cndsr               Examinee starts 1E51-C005,       ___    ___      ___
-R600, RCIC Pump Discharge Flow Controller, in AUTO, with flow setpoint set at 600 gpm. Examinee verifies 1E51-R600, RCIC Pump Discharge Flow Controller, in AUTO, with flow setpoint set at 600 gpm.
Vacuum Pump.                              Baro Cndsr Vacuum Pump.
___ ___ ___ 3 Start 1E51-C005, Baro Cndsr Vacuum Pump.
4     Fully open 1E51-F022, RCIC                 Examinee fully opens 1E51-        ___    ___      ___
Examinee starts 1E51-C005, Baro Cndsr Vacuum Pump.
Pump Test to CY Upstream                   F022, RCIC Pump Test to CY Valve.                                    Upstream Valve 5     Open 1E51-F045, RCIC                       Examinee opens 1E51-F045,         ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 4 Fully open 1E51
Turbine Steam Supply Valve.                RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Valve.
-F022, RCIC Pump Test to CY Upstream Valve. Examinee fully opens 1E51-F022, RCIC Pump Test to CY Upstream Valve
6     Open 1E51-F059, RCIC Pump                 Examinee opens 1E51-F059,        ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 5 Open 1E51-F045, RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Valve.
Test to CY Downstream Valve,               RCIC Pump Test to CY and observe RCIC pump flow                 Downstream Valve, and on 1E51-R606.                             observes RCIC pump flow on 1E51-R606.
Examinee opens 1E51-F045, RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Valve. ___ ___ ___ 6 Open 1E51-F059, RCIC Pump Test to CY Downstream Valve, and observe RCIC pump flow on 1E51-R606. Examinee open s 1E51-F059, RCIC Pump Test to CY Downstream Valve, and observe s RCIC pump flow on 1E51-R606. ___ ___ ___ 7 Open 1E51-F046, RCIC Lube Oil C oo l ing Water V a lve. Examinee opens 1E51-F046, RCIC Lube Oil Cooling Water Valve. ___ ___ ___ NOTE 30 seconds after 1E51 - F046 begins to open the exhaust disc will rupture. If Annunciators come in prior to the next step, mark the next step N/A
7     Open 1E51-F046, RCIC Lube                 Examinee opens 1E51-F046,         ___    ___      ___
Oil Cooling Water Valve.                  RCIC Lube Oil Cooling Water Valve.
NOTE 30 seconds after 1E51 - F046 begins to open the exhaust disc will rupture. If Annunciators come in prior to the next step, mark the next step N/A SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


US-RI rev U00 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-RI rev U00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number 8     VERIFY the following valves                VERIFY the following valves         ___    ___      ___
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 8 VERIFY the following valves Auto-Close: 1E51-F004, Baro Cndsr Cond Pump Upstrea m Stop 1E51-F025, RCIC Steam Drn Pot Outlet Upstream Stop  1E51-F026, RCIC Steam Drn Pot Outlet Downstream Stop VERIFY the following valves Auto-Close:  1E51-F004, Baro Cndsr Cond Pump Upstrea m Stop 1E51-F025, RCIC Steam Drn Pot Outlet Upstream Stop  1E51-F026, RCIC Steam Drn Pot Outlet Downstream Stop ___ ___ ___ 9 Inform Unit Supervisor of isolation signal Examinee informs Unit Supervisor of RCIC Isolation signal. ___ ___ ___ CUE As Unit Supervisor Acknowledge the report of the isolation signal.
Auto-Close:                                Auto-Close:
* 1E51-F004, Baro Cndsr
* 1E51-F004, Baro Cndsr Cond Pump Upstream                        Cond Pump Upstream Stop                                      Stop
* 1E51-F025, RCIC Steam
* 1E51-F025, RCIC Steam Drn Pot Outlet Upstream                  Drn Pot Outlet Upstream Stop                                     Stop
* 1E51-F026, RCIC Steam
* 1E51-F026, RCIC Steam Drn Pot Outlet                           Drn Pot Outlet Downstream Stop                          Downstream Stop 9     Inform Unit Supervisor of                 Examinee informs Unit               ___    ___      ___
isolation signal                          Supervisor of RCIC Isolation signal.
CUE     As Unit Supervisor Acknowledge the report of the isolation signal.
NOTE Alternate path begins here. Successful completion of this JPM is the Completing the failed automatic isolation manually.
NOTE Alternate path begins here. Successful completion of this JPM is the Completing the failed automatic isolation manually.
NOTE If the Examinee attempts to use the manual isolation pushbutton, it will fail.
NOTE If the Examinee attempts to use the manual isolation pushbutton, it will fail.
NOTE Steps 11 through 15 may be performed in any order. In order to verify every valve the examinee should look at a Div 1 and Div 2 LOR. (Div 1 - LOR-1H13-P601-D401 or , LOR-1H13-P601-D504), (Div 2 - LOR-1H13-P601-B409, LOR-1H13-P601-B509) 10 Verify RCIC Isolation and Turbine Trip with closure of the following valves:
NOTE Steps 11 through 15 may be performed in any order. In order to verify every valve the examinee should look at a Div 1 and Div 2 LOR. (Div 1 - LOR-1H13-P601-D401 or, LOR-1H13-P601-D504), (Div 2 - LOR-1H13-P601-B409, LOR-1H13-P601-B509) 10     Verify RCIC Isolation and                 Examinee verifies RCIC Turbine Trip with closure of the           Isolation and Turbine Trip with following valves:                          closure of the following valves:
Examinee verifies RCIC Isolation and Turbine Trip with closure of the following valves:
   *11     1E51-F360 RCIC Turbine Trip               Examinee either, trips the         ___    ___      ___
   *11 1E51-F360 RCIC Turbine Trip and Throttle Valve.
and Throttle Valve.                        Turbine using the RCIC Trip Pushbutton and verifies the 1E51-F360 is closed, or manually closes 1E51-F360 RCIC Turbine Trip and Throttle Valve.
Examinee either, trips the Turbine using the RCIC Trip Pushbutton and verifies the 1E51-F360 is closed, or manually closes 1E51
  *12     1E51-F008 RCIC Turbine                     Examinee manually closes            ___    ___      ___
-F360 RCIC Turbine Trip and Throttle Valve. ___ ___ ___ *12 1E51-F008 RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Outboard Isolation.
Steam Supply Outboard                     1E51-F008 RCIC Turbine Isolation.                                Steam Supply Outboard Isolation.
Examinee manually closes 1E51-F008 RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Outboard Isolation.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
___ ___ ___
 
US-RI rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-RI rev U00 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *13 1E51-F063, RCIC Steam Supply Line Inboard Isolation Valve. Examinee manually closes 1E51-F063, RCIC Steam Supply Line Inboard Isolation Valve. ___ ___ ___ 14 1E51-F076, RCIC Steam Supply Inboard Isolation Valve Warm-up Bypass.
  *13     1E51-F063, RCIC Steam                     Examinee manually closes        ___    ___      ___
Examinee verifies 1E51-F076, RCIC Steam Supply Inboard Isolation Valve Warm
Supply Line Inboard Isolation             1E51-F063, RCIC Steam Valve.                                    Supply Line Inboard Isolation Valve.
-up Bypass is closed.
14     1E51-F076, RCIC Steam                     Examinee verifies 1E51-F076,     ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 15 1E51-F013 RCIC Pump Injection to Reactor Vessel. Examinee verifies that 1E51-F013 RCIC Pump Injection to Reactor Vessel is closed.
Supply Inboard Isolation Valve            RCIC Steam Supply Inboard Warm-up Bypass.                            Isolation Valve Warm-up Bypass is closed.
___ ___ ___ 16 1E51-F019 RCIC Pump Minimum Flow to Suppression Pool. Examinee verifies 1E51-F019 RCIC Pump Minimum Flow to Suppression Pool is closed.
15     1E51-F013 RCIC Pump                       Examinee verifies that 1E51-    ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 17 Inform Unit Supervisor that RCIC was Manually Isolated.
Injection to Reactor Vessel.               F013 RCIC Pump Injection to Reactor Vessel is closed.
Examinee informs Unit Supervisor that RCIC was Manually Isolated.
16     1E51-F019 RCIC Pump                       Examinee verifies 1E51-F019     ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee that the JPM is complete.
Minimum Flow to Suppression                RCIC Pump Minimum Flow to Pool.                                      Suppression Pool is closed.
17     Inform Unit Supervisor that               Examinee informs Unit            ___    ___      ___
RCIC was Manually Isolated.               Supervisor that RCIC was Manually Isolated.
TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee that the JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
US-RI rev U00  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
US-RI rev U00 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BStartup RCIC for Surveillance Testing with high Turbine Exhaust Pressure and Failure to Isolate JPM Number:
Job
S-RI-14 Revision Number:
 
00 Task Number and Title:
==Title:==
418.000 - Evaluate plant conditions and terminate the release to secondary containment by isolating systems not needed for Fire Fighting or LGA actions K/A Number and Importance:
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
217000 RCIC A2.14 - 3.3/3.4 - Abil ity to predict the impacts of the following on Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System and based on those predictions , use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Rupture Disc Failure: Exhaust Diaphragm.
 
Suggested Testing Environment:
==Title:==
Simulator Alternate Path:
0BStartup RCIC for Surveillance Testing with high Turbine Exhaust Pressure and Failure to Isolate JPM Number: S-RI-14                                 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
 
Yes No Reference(s):
==Title:==
LOS-RI-Q3 rev 049, LOR
418.000 - Evaluate plant conditions and terminate the release to secondary containment by isolating systems not needed for Fire Fighting or LGA actions K/A Number and Importance: 217000 RCIC A2.14 - 3.3/3.4 - Ability to predict the impacts of the following on Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System and based on those predictions , use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Rupture Disc Failure: Exhaust Diaphragm.
-1H13-P601-D401 rev 003, LOR
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): LOS-RI-Q3 rev 049, LOR-1H13-P601-D401 rev 003, LOR-1H13-P601-D504 rev 004, LOR-1H13-P601-B409 rev 003, LOR-1H13-P601-B509 rev 003 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
-1H13-P601-D504 rev 004, LOR
-1H13-P601-B409 rev 003, LOR
-1H13-P601-B509 rev 003 Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                     Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-RI rev U00 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.
 
US-RI rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.
You are the Assist NSO.
You are the Assist NSO.
LOS-RI-Q3, RCIC System Pump Operability and Valve In
LOS-RI-Q3, RCIC System Pump Operability and Valve In-service Test is in progress at step 5 of Attachment 1A.
-service Test is in progress at step 5 of Attachment 1A.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you to complete LOS-RI-Q3 starting at Step 5 of Attachment 1A and inform them when complete up to step 6.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you to complete LOS
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
-RI-Q3 starting at Step 5 of Attachment 1A and inform them when complete up to step 6.


SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BStartup HPCS with Over-current Alarm JPM Number: US-HP-06 Revision Number: U03 Date: 07 / 28 / 2016 Developed By:                      Colin Betken          8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                    Findley / Quinn        8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                        Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BStartup HPCS with Over
-current Alarm


JPM Number:
US-HP rev U03 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
US-HP-06  Revision Number: U03  Date: 07 / 28 / 2016
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOS-HP-Q1                  Rev: 070 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-A207 Rev: 01 Procedure                            Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


Developed By:    Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
US-HP rev U03 Revision Record (Summary)
Findley / Quinn  8 / 6 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:
Revision 00,     New JPM written by G.W. Beale for the 2007 NRC Annual Exam.
Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
Revision 01,     Revised JPM with new trigger to clear the HPCS Over-current alarm.
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date US-HP rev U03 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Revision 02,     Added new checklist.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
Revision 03,     Revised for ILT NRC 15-1 Exam.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOS-HP-Q1  Rev: 070  Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-A207  Rev: 01  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. ________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date US-HP rev U03  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, New JPM written by G.W. Beale for the 2007 NRC Annual Exam.
Revision 01, Revised JPM with new trigger to clear the HPCS Over
-current alarm.
Revision 02, Added new checklist.
Revision 03, Revised for ILT NRC 15
-1 Exam.  


US-HP rev U03 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
US-HP rev U03 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Place Ramtek Picture #22 in Monitor #2
: 2. Place Ramtek Picture #22 in Monitor #2
: 3. Mark up Sections A thorough Section D at the beginning of the surveillance
: 3. Mark up Sections A thorough Section D at the beginning of the surveillance
: 4. Prepare a copy of LOS
: 4. Prepare a copy of LOS-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A and mark up Steps A.1 up to and including A.8.
-HP-Q1, Attachment 1 A and mark up Steps A.1 up to and including A.8. 5. Run Smart Scenario
: 5. Run Smart Scenario: SHP06r02.ssf
: SHP06r02.ssf 6. Ensure the performance of this JPM does not interfere with the performance of any other JPMs. 7. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 6. Ensure the performance of this JPM does not interfere with the performance of any other JPMs.
: 7. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 8. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 8. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-HP rev U03 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an assist NSO.
US-HP rev U03 INITIAL CONDITIONS
Unit 1 is at rated conditions.
* You are an assist NSO.
LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS SYSTEM INSERVICE TEST has been completed up to and including Step A.8 of Attachment 1A.
* Unit 1 is at rated conditions.
An operator is standing by to assist you.
* LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS SYSTEM INSERVICE TEST has been completed up to and including Step A.8 of Attachment 1A.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you startup the HPCS pump IAW LOS
* An operator is standing by to assist you.
-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A. Inform the Unit Supervisor when step A.13 is complete.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you startup the HPCS pump IAW LOS-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A.
Fill in the JPM Start Time and provide a marked up copy of LOS
Inform the Unit Supervisor when step A.13 is complete.
-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A (with a marked up Predefine Cover Sheet) to the Examinee when the examinee acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time and provide a marked up copy of LOS-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A (with a marked up Predefine Cover Sheet) to the Examinee when the examinee acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
 
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


US-HP rev U03 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-HP rev U03 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number NOTE: Provide a copy of LOS
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number NOTE:           Provide a copy of LOS-HP-Q1 after the examinee has acknowledged the initiating cue.
-HP-Q1 after the examinee has acknowledged the initiating cue.
1     MONITOR HPCS Pump and                     Examinee monitors HPCS          ___    ___      ___
1 MONITOR HPCS Pump and motor bearing temperatures using Plant Process Computer.
motor bearing temperatures                 Pump and motor bearing using Plant Process Computer.             temperatures using Plant
W455 HPCS Pmp Mtr Up Gde Brg L454 HPCS Pmp Mtr Stat Wdg  W456 HPCS Pmp Mtr Lo Gde Brg Examinee monitors HPCS Pump and motor bearing temperatures using Plant Process Computer.
* W455 HPCS Pmp Mtr Up                     Process Computer.
W455 HPCS Pmp Mtr Up Gde Brg  L454 HPCS Pmp Mtr Stat Wdg W456 HPCS Pmp Mtr Lo Gde Brg ___ ___ ___ *2 Start HPCS pump 1E22
Gde Brg
-C001 The Examinee PLACES the Control Switch for HPCS Pump 1E22-C001 to START.
* W455 HPCS Pmp Mtr Up
___ ___ ___ 3 VERIFY 1E22
* L454 HPCS Pmp Mtr Stat                      Gde Brg Wdg
-F012 HPCS Min Flow Vlv OPENS The Examinee VERIFIES the 1E22-F012 Opens
* L454 HPCS Pmp Mtr Stat
___ ___ ___ *4 THROTTLE OPEN 1E22
* W456 HPCS Pmp Mtr Lo                        Wdg Gde Brg
-F023, HPCS Test to SP Vlv, to establish 6300 gpm:
* W456 HPCS Pmp Mtr Lo Gde Brg
The Examinee THROTTLES OPEN 1E22-F023 HPCS Test to SP Vlv, to establish approximately 6300 gpm: ___ ___ ___ NOTE: If the examinee responds to the HPCS Over current alarm the next step may be marked as "N/A".
  *2     Start HPCS pump 1E22-C001                 The Examinee PLACES the         ___    ___      ___
5 VERIFY CLOSED 1E22
Control Switch for HPCS Pump 1E22-C001 to START.
-F012, HPCS Min Flow Vlv.
3     VERIFY 1E22-F012 HPCS Min                 The Examinee VERIFIES the       ___    ___      ___
The Examinee VERIFIES CLOSED 1E22
Flow Vlv OPENS                            1E22-F012 Opens
-F012 HPCS Min Flow Vlv ___ ___ ___ NOTE: Annunicator 1H13
  *4     THROTTLE OPEN 1E22-F023,                   The Examinee THROTTLES          ___    ___      ___
-P601-A207 "HPCS PMP Overcurrent" will alarm and the current on HPCS pump will start to ramp up.
HPCS Test to SP Vlv, to                   OPEN 1E22-F023 HPCS Test establish 6300 gpm:                        to SP Vlv, to establish approximately 6300 gpm:
NOTE: Alternate Path starts here. Successful completion of the JPM is reducing load on HPCS Pump until annunciator clears.
NOTE:           If the examinee responds to the HPCS Over current alarm the next step may be marked as N/A.
5     VERIFY CLOSED 1E22-F012,                   The Examinee VERIFIES          ___    ___      ___
HPCS Min Flow Vlv.                         CLOSED 1E22-F012 HPCS Min Flow Vlv NOTE:           Annunicator 1H13-P601-A207 HPCS PMP Overcurrent will alarm and the current on HPCS pump will start to ramp up.
NOTE:           Alternate Path starts here. Successful completion of the JPM is reducing load on HPCS Pump until annunciator clears.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


US-HP rev U03 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-HP rev U03 Comment SAT  UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number CUE     If examinee announces the alarm to the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge that an alarm has occurred.
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE If examinee announces the alarm to the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge that an alarm has occurred.
  *6     REDUCE Load on HPCS Pump                   Examinee CLOSES 1E22-F023, until the HPCS Pump Over-                 HPCS Test to SP Vlv until alarm Current Alarm clears.                      clears or shut down the HPCS Pump.
*6 REDUCE Load on HPCS Pump until the HPCS Pump Over
NOTE:           If the examinee does not perform this step mark them as N/A.
-Current Alarm clears.
7     If flow is reduced below 1700             Examinee checks 1E22 F012, gpm, then CHECK 1E22-F012,                 HPCS Min Flow Vlv OPENS.
Examinee CLOSES 1E22
HPCS Min Flow Vlv OPENS 8     Inform Unit Supervisor, that               Examinee notifies the Unit HPCS Pump Over-current                     Supervisor that the HPCS pump Alarm is clear.                            Over-current alarm is clear.
-F023, HPCS Test to SP Vlv until alarm clears or shut down the HPCS Pump. NOTE: If the examinee does not perform this step mark them as "N/A".
7 If flow is reduced below 1700 gpm, then CHECK 1E22
-F012, HPCS Min Flow Vlv OPENS Examinee checks 1E22 F012, HPCS Min Flow Vlv OPENS.
8 Inform Unit Supervisor, that HPCS Pump Over
-current Alarm is clear.
Examinee notifies the Unit Supervisor that the HPCS pump Over-current alarm is clear.
TERMINATING CUE As the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee that JPM is complete.
TERMINATING CUE As the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee that JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
US-HP rev U03  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
US-HP rev U03 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BStartup HPCS with Over
Job
-current Alarm JPM Number:
 
S-HP-06 Revision Number:
==Title:==
03 Task Number and Title:
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
61.009 Given Unit Supervisor authorization, perform Control Room actions for the HPCS System In
 
-service test IAW station procedures.
==Title:==
K/A Number and Importance:
0BStartup HPCS with Over-current Alarm JPM Number: S-HP-06                                 Revision Number: 03 Task Number and
209002 A2.01 3.8/3.8 Ability to predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) ; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: System initiation Suggested Testing Environment:
 
Simulator Alternate Path:
==Title:==
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
61.009 Given Unit Supervisor authorization, perform Control Room actions for the HPCS System In-service test IAW station procedures.
Yes No Reference(s):
K/A Number and Importance: 209002 A2.01 3.8/3.8 Ability to predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) ; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: System initiation Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS Inservice test, Revision 70, 1H13-P601-A207, HPCS Pump Motor Overcurrent, Rev 001 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                         Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION  
LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS Inservice test, Revision 70, 1H13-P601-A207, HPCS Pump Motor Overcurrent, Rev 001 Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
10 minutes Actual Time Used:   minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
US-HP rev U03 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an assist NSO.
 
Unit 1 is at rated conditions.
US-HP rev U03 INITIAL CONDITIONS
LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS SYSTEM INSERVICE TEST has been completed up to and including Step A.8 of Attachment 1A.
* You are an assist NSO.
An operator is standing by to assist you.
* Unit 1 is at rated conditions.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you startup the HPCS pump IAW LOS
* LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS SYSTEM INSERVICE TEST has been completed up to and including Step A.8 of Attachment 1A.
-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A. Inform the Unit Supervisor when step A.13 is complete.
* An operator is standing by to assist you.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you startup the HPCS pump IAW LOS-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A.
Inform the Unit Supervisor when step A.13 is complete.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Defeat Isolations on Unit 1 per LGA-VP-01Defeat Isolations per LGA-VP-01 JPM Number: P-VP-04 Revision Number: 0102 Date: 07 / 28 / 2016 Developed By:                    Colin Betken            8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                Messina / Gallick            8 / 1 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                      Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                      Dan Moren              8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date Developed By:
Instructor              Date Validated By:            Messina / Gallick                8 / 1 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Reviewed By:
Operations Representative          Date
P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LGA-VP-01                    Rev: 08 Procedure                              Rev:
Procedure                              Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00,    Converted JPM P-VP-01 Rev. 12 (Unit 2 specific) to a new JPM that was Unit 1 specific. Updated to current template and procedures for ILT 13-1 NRC Exam.
Revision 01,    Revised for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.
Formatted: Space Before: 2 pt, After: 2 pt Revision 02,    Revised to make JPM non-Unit specific.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Defeat Isolations on Unit 1 per LGA-VP-01Defeat Isolations per LGA-VP-01 JPM Number: P-VP-04  Revision Number: 0102  Date: 07 / 28 / 2016


Developed By:  Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 4 of 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
Messina / Gallick  8 / 1 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:    Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date  Developed By:      Instructor Date  Validated By:
Messina / Gallick  8 / 1 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:      Operations Representative Date P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 2 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LGA
-VP-01  Rev: 08  Procedure Rev:  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM. ________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 3 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00, Converted JPM P
-VP-01 Rev. 12 (Unit 2 specific) to a new JPM that was Unit 1 specific. Updated to current template and procedures for ILT 13-1 NRC Exam. Revision 01, Revised for ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam.
Revision 02, Revised to make JPM non
-Unit specific. Formatted:
Space Before:  2 pt, After:  2 pt P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 4 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. No SIM setup required.
: 1. No SIM setup required.
NOTE: This JPM is specific to Unit 1
NOTE: This JPM is specific to Unit 1
: 2. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
: 2. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
(After demonstrating knowledge of location of controlled copy)
(After demonstrating knowledge of location of controlled copy)
: a. One copy of LGA
: a. One copy of LGA-VP-01: Pages 1-4 and, Attachment 1A (Pages 20-22 for Unit 1) or Attachment 2A (Pages 38-40 for Unit 2)
-VP-01: Pages 1
: b. One laser pointer.
-4 and , Attachment 1A (Pages 20
-22 for Unit 1) or Attachment 2A (Pages 38
-40 for Unit 2
) b. One laser pointer.
: 3. The following material is to be obtained by the examinee:
: 3. The following material is to be obtained by the examinee:
: a. Main LGA Support Locker key
: a. Main LGA Support Locker key
: 4. The following material may be identified by the examinee but NOT removed from its normal storage location:
: 4. The following material may be identified by the examinee but NOT removed from its normal storage location:
: a. Unit __1 LGA-VP-01 equipment bag containing the following:
: a. Unit __1 LGA-VP-01 equipment bag containing the following:
4 Red jumpe rs  4 Blue jumpers 1 Flat blade screwdriver Electrical tape
* 4 Red jumpers
: b. Flashlights/lanterns
* 4 Blue jumpers
* 1 Flat blade screwdriver
* Electrical tape
: b. Flashlights/lanterns SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 5 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO.
* You are an extra NSO.
Unit __1 is experiencing an ATWS.
* Unit __1 is experiencing an ATWS.
Reactor water level was intentionally lowered to  
* Reactor water level was intentionally lowered to -60 inches for power control.
-60 inches for power control.
* There is no evidence of a leak in the primary containment.
There is no evidence of a leak in the primary containment.
* Drywell temperature is 135&#xba;F and rising 2&#xba;F/min.
Drywell temperature is 135&#xba;F and rising 2&#xba;F/min.
* __1A VP loop, fan and chiller and five area coolers were running prior to the isolation.
__1A VP loop, fan and chiller and five area coolers were running prior to the isolation.
* __1B VP chill water pump is OOS.
__1B VP chill water pump is OOS.
* The SAT is supplying all AC buses.
The SAT is supplying all AC buses.
* All support systems are operating as expected.
All support systems are operating as expected.
* Radiological conditions are at or below normal levels.
Radiological conditions are at or below normal levels.
* You have a plant radio.
You have a plant radio.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor directs you to defeat U-__1 VP isolation signals per LGA-VP-01.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor directs you to defeat U
Notify the Control Room when the isolation signals are defeated.
-__1 VP isolation signals per LGA
Information For Evaluators Use:
-VP-01. Notify the Control Room when the isolation signals are defeated.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 6 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 6 of 10 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP   ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 1. Obtain copy of LGA
Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT                                 STANDARD               SAT Number
-VP-01 Examinee identifies where copy of LGA-VP-01 can be obtained.
: 1.       Obtain copy of LGA-VP-01                 Examinee identifies where copy   ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ CUE: After examinee identifies where copy of LGA
of LGA-VP-01 can be obtained.
-VP-01 can be obtained, provide examinee with copy of LGA-VP-01. 2. Obtain Main LGA Support Locker key.
CUE:       After examinee identifies where copy of LGA-VP-01 can be obtained, provide examinee with copy of LGA-VP-01.
Examinee obtains Main LGA Support Locker key or may have a copy of the key.
: 2.       Obtain Main LGA Support                 Examinee obtains Main LGA Locker key.                              Support Locker key or may have a copy of the key.
: 3. Obtain Unit
: 3.       Obtain Unit __1 LGA-VP-01               Examinee identifies Unit __1      ___    ___      ___
__1 LGA-VP-01 equipment bag from Main LGA Support Locker.
equipment bag from Main LGA             LGA-VP-01 equipment bag Support Locker.                          within the Main LGA Support Locker.
Examinee identifies Unit
CUE:       You have the equipment that you have identified.
__1 LGA-VP-01 equipment bag within the Main LGA Support Locker. ___ ___ ___ CUE: You have the equipment that you have identified.
Note       Sequence is not required for Numbers 4 through 19 inclusive.
Note Sequence is not required for Numbers 4 through 19 inclusive.
  *4.       Install blue jumper in AEER              Examinee locates AEER panel      ___    ___      ___
*4. Install blue jumper in AEER panel __1PA13J Terminal Board CC Point 51 to Point 52 Examinee locates AEER panel  
panel __1PA13J Terminal                 __1PA13J and installs blue Board CC Point 51 to Point 52           jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 51 to Point 52.
CUE:        The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.
: 5.      Sign and enter date and time            The Examinee signs and enters    ___    ___      ___
jumper was installed on                  date and time jumper was LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.              installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
  *6.      LIFT lead in AEER panel                  Examinee locates and lifts lead  ___    ___      ___
__1PA13J from Terminal                  in AEER panel __1PA13J from Board CC Point 53                        Terminal Board CC Point 53 CUE:        The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.
: 7.      Sign and enter date and time            The Examinee signs and enters    ___    ___      ___
lead was lifted on LGA-VP-01            date and time jumper was Attachment __1A.                        installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


__1PA13J and installs blue jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 51 to Point 52.
P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 7 of 10 Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT                                  STANDARD              SAT Number
___ ___ ___ CUE: The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.
  *8.      Install blue jumper in AEER              Examinee locates AEER panel      ___    ___      ___
: 5. Sign and enter date and time jumper was installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment
panel __1PA13J Terminal                  __1PA13J and installs blue Board CC Point 43 to Point 44            jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 43 to Point 44.
__1 A. The Examinee signs and enters date and time jumper was installed on LGA
CUE:       The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.
-VP-01 Attachment
: 9.       Sign and enter date and time            The Examinee signs and enters    ___    ___      ___
__1 A. ___ ___ ___ *6. LIFT lead in AEER panel  
jumper was installed on                  date and time jumper was LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.              installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
*10.       LIFT lead in AEER panel                  Examinee locates and lifts lead  ___    ___      ___
__1PA13J from Terminal                  in AEER panel __1PA13J from Board CC Point 45                        Terminal Board CC Point 45 CUE:        The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.
: 11.      Sign and enter date and time            The Examinee signs and enters     ___    ___      ___
lead was lifted on LGA-VP-01            date and time jumper was Attachment __1A.                        installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
*12.      Install blue jumper in AEER              Examinee locates AEER panel      ___    ___      ___
panel __1PA14J Terminal                  __1PA14J and installs blue Board CC Point 51 to Point 52            jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 51 to Point 52.
CUE:        The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.
: 13.       Sign and enter date and time            The Examinee signs and enters    ___     ___       ___
jumper was installed on                  date and time jumper was LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.              installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
*14.       LIFT lead in AEER panel                 Examinee locates and lifts lead  ___    ___      ___
__1PA14J from Terminal                  in AEER panel __1PA14J from Board CC Point 53                        Terminal Board CC Point 53 CUE:        The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


__1PA13J from Terminal Board CC Point 53 Examinee locates and lifts lead in AEER panel
P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 8 of 10 Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT                                  STANDARD              SAT Number
__1PA13J from Terminal Board CC Point 53
: 15.      Sign and enter date and time            The Examinee signs and enters    ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ CUE: The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.
lead was lifted on LGA-VP-01            date and time jumper was Attachment __1A.                        installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
: 7. Sign and enter date and time lead was lifted on LGA
*16.      Install blue jumper in AEER              Examinee locates AEER panel      ___    ___      ___
-VP-01 Attachment
panel __1PA14J Terminal                  __1PA14J and installs blue Board CC Point 43 to Point 44            jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 43 to Point 44.
__1 A. The Examinee signs and enters date and time jumper was installed on LGA
CUE:        The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.
-VP-01 Attachment
: 17.      Sign and enter date and time            The Examinee signs and enters    ___    ___      ___
__1 A. ___ ___ ___
jumper was installed on                  date and time jumper was LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.              installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 7 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
*18.      LIFT lead in AEER panel                  Examinee locates and lifts lead   ___    ___      ___
STEP  ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *8. Install blue jumper in AEER panel __1PA13J Terminal Board CC Point 43 to Point 44 Examinee locates AEER panel
__1PA14J from Terminal                  in AEER panel __1PA14J from Board CC Point 45                        Terminal Board CC Point 45 CUE:       The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.
: 19.       Sign and enter date and time             The Examinee signs and enters    ___    ___      ___
lead was lifted on LGA-VP-01             date and time jumper was Attachment __1A.                        installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
: 20.      Inform control room.                     Examinee informs control room    ___     ___       ___
of completion of LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.
CUE:        Acknowledge report.
TERMINATING CUE:
This completes this JPM.
JPM Stop Time:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


__1PA13J and installs blue jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 43 to Point 44.
Page 9 of 10 JPM
___ ___ ___ CUE: The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.
: 9. Sign and enter date and time jumper was installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. The Examinee signs and enters date and time jumper was installed on LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. ___ ___ ___ *10. LIFT lead in AEER panel


__1PA13J from Terminal Board CC Point 45 Examinee locates and lifts lead in AEER panel
==SUMMARY==
__1PA13J from Terminal Board CC Point 45 ___ ___ ___ CUE: The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.
: 11. Sign and enter date and time lead was lifted on LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. The Examinee signs and enters date and time jumper was installed on LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. ___ ___ ___ *12. Install blue jumper in AEER panel __1PA14J Terminal Board CC Point 51 to Point 52 Examinee locates AEER panel


__1PA14J and installs blue jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 51 to Point 52.
Operators Name:
___ ___ ___ CUE: The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.
Job
: 13. Sign and enter date and time jumper was installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. The Examinee signs and enters date and time jumper was installed on LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. ___ ___ ___ *14. LIFT lead in AEER panel


__1PA14J from Terminal Board CC Point 53 Examinee locates and lifts lead in AEER panel
==Title:==
__1PA14J from Terminal Board CC Point 53
EO          RO          SRO              FS            STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
___ ___ ___ CUE: The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.


P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 8 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
==Title:==
STEP  ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 15. Sign and enter date and time lead was lifted on LGA
Defeat Isolations on Unit 1 per LGA-VP-01 JPM Number: P-VP-04                                                      Revision Number: 021 Task Number and
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. The Examinee signs and enters date and time jumper was installed on LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. ___ ___ ___ *16. Install blue jumper in AEER panel __1PA14J Terminal Board CC Point 43 to Point 44 Examinee locates AEER panel


__1PA14J and installs blue jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 43 to Point 44.
==Title:==
___ ___ ___ CUE: The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.
401.000, Given a LGA in progress, evaluate plant conditions, locate and perform the following procedures including installation/removal of a jumper/lead/relay boot, IAW the listed procedures: LGA-VP-01 Revision 8 K/A Number and Importance: 295012, High Drywell Temperature, AA1.02, 3.8/3.8, Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to High Drywell Temperature: Drywell cooling system Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only:              Yes        No    Time Critical:      Yes    No Reference(s):
: 17. Sign and enter date and time jumper was installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment
LGA-VP-01, Rev. 08, Primary Containment Temperature Reduction Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator            Control Room            In-Plant      Other Testing Method:           Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                        Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION
__1 A. The Examinee signs and enters date and time jumper was installed on LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. ___ ___ ___ *18. LIFT lead in AEER panel
 
__1PA14J from Terminal Board CC Point 45 Examinee locates and lifts lead in AEER panel
__1PA14J from Terminal Board CC Point 45 ___ ___ ___ CUE: The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.
: 19. Sign and enter date and time lead was lifted on LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. The Examinee signs and enters date and time jumper was installed on LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. ___ ___ ___ 20. Inform control room.
Examinee informs control room of completion of LGA
-VP-01 Attachment
__1 A. ___ ___ ___ CUE: Acknowledge report.
TERMINATING CUE:
This completes this JPM.
JPM Stop Time:
Page 9 of 10  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                      Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:        Satisfactory                              Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                              (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


Operator's Name:        Job Title:  EO  RO  SRO  FS  STA/IA  SRO Cert JPM Title:  Defeat Isolations on Unit 1 per LGA-VP-01 JPM Number: P-VP-04      Revision Number: 021 Task Number and Title: 401.000, Given a LGA in progress, evaluate plant conditions, locate and perform the following procedures including installation/removal of a jumper/lead/relay boot, IAW the listed procedures:  LGA
Page 10 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS
-VP-01 Revision 8 K/A Number and Importance:
* You are an extra NSO.
295012, High Drywell Temperature, AA1.02, 3.8/3.8, Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to High Drywell Temperature: Drywell cooling system Suggested Testing Environment:
* Unit __1 is experiencing an ATWS.
In-Plant Alternate Path:
* Reactor water level was intentionally lowered to -60 inches for power control.
Yes  No SRO Only:  Yes  No Time Critical:
* There is no evidence of a leak in the primary containment.
Yes  No Reference(s):
* Drywell temperature is 135&#xba;F and rising 2&#xba;F/min.
LGA-VP-01, Rev. 08, Primary Containment Temperature Reduction Actual Testing Environment:
* __1A VP loop, fan and chiller and five area coolers were running prior to the isolation.
Simulator  Control Room In-Plant  Other Testing Method:
* __1B VP chill water pump is OOS.
Simulate  Perform Estimated Time to Complete:  15 minutes Actual Time Used:  minutes EVALUATION
* The SAT is supplying all AC buses.
 
* All support systems are operating as expected.
==SUMMARY==
* Radiological conditions are at or below normal levels.
:
* You have a plant radio.
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor directs you to defeat U-__1 VP isolation signals per LGA-VP-01.
Yes  No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Notify the Control Room when the isolation signals are defeated.
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                  Evaluator's Name:  (Print) Evaluator's Signature:  Date:
Page 10 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO.
Unit __1 is experiencing an ATWS.
Reactor water level was intentionally lowered to  
-60 inches for power control.
There is no evidence of a leak in the primary containment.
Drywell temperature is 135&#xba;F and rising 2&#xba;F/min.
__1A VP loop, fan and chiller and five area coolers were running prior to the isolation.
__1B VP chill water pump is OOS.
The SAT is supplying all AC buses.
All support systems are operating as expected. Radiological conditions are at or below normal levels.
You have a plant radio.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor directs you to defeat U
-__1 VP isolation signals per LGA
-VP-01. Notify the Control Room when the isolation signals are defeated.
 
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BPerform in
-plant actions to lineup CY to B LPCI


JPM Number:
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BPerform in-plant actions to lineup CY to B LPCI JPM Number: UP-CY-02 Revision Number: U14 Date: 7 / 31 / 2016 Developed By:                      Colin Betken          8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                Messina / Gallick          8 / 1 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                          Mark Smith          8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                        Dan Moren            8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UP-CY-02 Revision Number: U14 Date: 7 / 31 / 2016


Developed By:  Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
UP-CY rev U14 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Messina / Gallick  8 / 1 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:  Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date UP-CY rev U14 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
________     1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________     2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________     3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
________     4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________     5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________     6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________     7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________     8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________     9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
Procedure LGA-CY-01                 Rev: 09 Procedure                           Rev:
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure                           Rev:
Procedure LGA-CY-01 Rev: 09 Procedure Rev:   Procedure Rev:   ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________     10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________     11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________     12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
________     13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date       SME / Instructor Date UP-CY rev U14  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Revision Record (Summary)
SME / Instructor                               Date SME / Instructor                               Date SME / Instructor                               Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
Revision 05, Revised task numbers to reflect current task numbers Revised K/A numbers to reflect NUREG 1021 Rev 8 Revised format to meet NTAFT JLOR03 Rev 1


Made JPM specific to Unit 2.
UP-CY rev U14 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 06,           Made OPEN 2E12
Revision 05,          Revised task numbers to reflect current task numbers Revised K/A numbers to reflect NUREG 1021 Rev 8 Revised format to meet NTAFT JLOR03 Rev 1 Made JPM specific to Unit 2.
-F388B a critical step.
Revision 06,         Made OPEN 2E12-F388B a critical step.
Revision 07, Revised Task number to correspond to current Operations Task Matrix.
Revision 07,         Revised Task number to correspond to current Operations Task Matrix.
Revision 08,           Moved Initiating Cue to the Candidate's page.
Revision 08,         Moved Initiating Cue to the Candidate's page.
Revision 10
Revision 10           Revised for procedure and JPM template changes.
Revision 11          New procedure revision required new initiating cue and other changes.
Revision 12          Added new checklist Revision 13          Updated procedure JPM Revision 14          Revised for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


Revised for procedure and JPM template changes.
UP-CY rev U14 Materials
Revision 11 New procedure revision required new initiating cue and other changes.
: 1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
Revision 12            Added new checklist Revision 13            Updated procedure JPM Revision 14 Revised for ILT 15
: a. One copy of LGA-CY-01 (after demonstrating or describing knowledge of location of controlled copy)
-1 NRC Exam
 
UP-CY rev U14 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Materials 1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
: a. One copy of LGA
-CY-01 (after demonstrating or describing knowledge of location of controlled copy)
: b. One laser pointer.
: b. One laser pointer.
: 2. The following material is to be obtained by the examinee:
: 2. The following material is to be obtained by the examinee:
Line 2,586: Line 2,397:
: 4) 1 Nut driver
: 4) 1 Nut driver
: 5) Electrical tape
: 5) Electrical tape
: b. Flashlights/lantern
: b. Flashlights/lantern SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


UP-CY rev U14 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO.
UP-CY rev U14 INITIAL CONDITIONS
An event is in progress on Unit __ which requires RPV Flooding to be performed.
* You are an extra NSO.
RHR "__B" pump motor is shorted out and will NOT run.
* An event is in progress on Unit __ which requires RPV Flooding to be performed.
Condensate Transfer Jockey Pump __CY03P and __________
* RHR "__B" pump motor is shorted out and will NOT run.
Condensate Transfer Pumps __CY01PA, __CY01PB are running and header pressure is ~150 psig.
* Condensate Transfer Jockey Pump __CY03P and __________ Condensate Transfer Pumps __CY01PA, __CY01PB are running and header pressure is ~150 psig.
__CY007 is open The CY tank is full.
* __CY007 is open
RPV pressure is 50 psig. __B LPCI Injection Valve, __E12
* The CY tank is full.
-F042B, is available.
* RPV pressure is 50 psig.
Reactor Building Radiation levels are normal.
* __B LPCI Injection Valve, __E12-F042B, is available.
You have a plant radio.
* Reactor Building Radiation levels are normal.
INITIATING CUE The Unit supervisor has directed you to perform LGA
* You have a plant radio.
-CY-01 starting at Step E.4.c. to use CY as an alternate injection system into the "__B" RHR system.
INITIATING CUE The Unit supervisor has directed you to perform LGA-CY-01 starting at Step E.4.c. to use CY as an alternate injection system into the "__B" RHR system.
You are to notify the Control Room when the when Alternate RPV injection through
You are to notify the Control Room when the when Alternate RPV injection through __B RHR LPCI Injection Valve is available.
__B RHR LPCI Injection Valve is available.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


UP-CY rev U14 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UP-CY rev U14 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 1 Obtain copy of LGA
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number 1     Obtain copy of LGA-CY-01                   Examinee demonstrates or           ___    ___      ___
-CY-01 Examinee demonstrates or describes where copy of LGA-CY-01 can be obtained.
describes where copy of LGA-CY-01 can be obtained.
___ ___ ___ CUE After examinee demonstrates or describes where copy of LGA
CUE     After examinee demonstrates or describes where copy of LGA-CY-01 can be obtained, provide examinee with copy of LGA-CY-01.
-CY-01 can be obtained, provide examinee with copy of LGA
NOTE             The only equipment required to perform this JPM is the locked valve key.
-CY-01. NOTE The only equipment required to perform this JPM is the locked valve key. Elements 2 & 3 should be graded SAT as long as that type of key is obtained. 2 Obtain Main LGA Support Locker key.
Elements 2 & 3 should be graded SAT as long as that type of key is obtained.
Examinee obtains Main LGA Support Locker key or may have a copy of the key.
2     Obtain Main LGA Support                   Examinee obtains Main LGA         ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ 3 Obtain Unit
Locker key.                                Support Locker key or may have a copy of the key.
__ LGA-CY-01 equipment bag from Main LGA Support Locker and flashlights/lanterns.
3     Obtain Unit __ LGA-CY-01                   Examinee identifies Unit __        ___    ___
Examinee identifies Unit
equipment bag from Main LGA               LGA-CY-01 equipment bag and Support Locker and                        flashlights/lanterns within the flashlights/lanterns.                      Main LGA Support Locker.
__
CUE     You have the equipment that you have identified.
LGA-CY-01 equipment bag and flashlights/lanterns within the Main LGA Support Locker.
NOTE:           __E12-F3838B is located at U__ RB 740
___ ___ ___ CUE You have the equipment that you have identified.
  *4     OPEN __E12-F388B, B RHR                    Examinee locates and opens        ___    ___      ___
NOTE: __E12-F3838B is located at U__ RB 740'
UPSTRM FILL VALVE.                        __E12- F388B, B RHR UPSTRM FILL VALVE.
*4 OPEN __E12-F388B, B RHR UPSTRM FILL VALVE.
CUE      The valve you indicated is in the position you described.
Examinee locates and opens  
NOTE:            __E12-F063B is located at U__ RB 740
  *5      UNLOCK and OPEN                            Examinee locates, unlocks, and     ___    ___      ___
__E12-F063B, B RHR Dwnst                  opens __E12-F063B, B RHR Fill Valve                                Dwnst Fill Valve.
CUE      The lock is unlocked.
The valve you indicated is in the position you described.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


__E12- F388B, B RHR UPSTRM FILL VALVE.
UP-CY rev U14 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                    ELEMENT                                  STANDARD Number 6      Examinee fills out Attachment              Examinee signs, dates and          ___    ___      ___
___ ___ ___ CUE The valve you indicated is in the position you described.
__A for actions performed.                enters the current time on Attachment __A for __E12-F063B.
NOTE: __E12-F063B is located at U__ RB 740'
7      Inform the control room that              Examinee informs the control        ___     ___     ___
*5 UNLOCK and OPEN
injection is available through            room that injection is available
__B RHR LPCI Injection Valve.              through __B RHR LPCI Injection Valve.
TERMINATING CUE Acknowledge the Report. The JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


__E12-F063B, B RHR Dwnst Fill Valve Examinee locates, unlocks, and opens __E12-F063B, B RHR Dwnst Fill Valve.
UP-CY rev U14 JPM
___ ___ ___ CUE The lock is unlocked.
 
The valve you indicated is in the position you described.
==SUMMARY==
 
Operators Name:                                                Emp. ID#: ____________
Job
 
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO          FS        STA/IA        SRO Cert JPM


UP-CY rev U14  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
==Title:==
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number 6 Examinee fills out Attachment
0BPerform in-plant actions to lineup CY to B LPCI JPM Number: P-CY-02                                  Revision Number: 14 Task Number and
__A for actions performed.
Examinee signs, dates and enters the current time on Attachment
__A for __E12-F063B. ___ ___ ___ 7 Inform the control room that injection is available through


__B RHR LPCI Injection Valve.
==Title:==
Examinee inform s the control room that injection is available through __B RHR LPCI Injection Valve. ___ ___ ___ TERMINATING CUE Acknowledge the Report. The JPM is complete.
429.000 Evaluate Plant Conditions and flood the RPV K/A Number and Importance: 295031 EA1.08 3.8/3.9 Alternate Injection Systems Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only:              Yes        No    Time Critical: Yes        No Reference(s): LGA-CY-01, Use of Cycled Condensate System in Emergency Operations, Rev 09 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant    Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                        Actual Time Used:             minutes EVALUATION
JPM Stop Time:
UP-CY rev U14  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes              No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)


Operator's Name:  Emp. ID#: ____________  Job Title:  EO  RO  SRO    FS    STA/IA    SRO Cert JPM Title:
UP-CY rev U14 INITIAL CONDITIONS
0BPerform in
* You are an extra NSO.
-plant actions to lineup CY to B LPCI JPM Number:
* An event is in progress on Unit __ which requires RPV Flooding to be performed.
P-CY-02 Revision Number:
* RHR "__B" pump motor is shorted out and will NOT run.
14 Task Number and Title:
* Condensate Transfer Jockey Pump __CY03P and __________ Condensate Transfer Pumps __CY01PA, __CY01PB are running and header pressure is ~150 psig.
429.000 Evaluate Plant Conditions and flood the RPV K/A Number and Importance:
* __CY007 is open
295031 EA1.08  3.8/3.9 Alternate Injection Systems Suggested Testing Environment:
* The CY tank is full.
Plant Alternate Path:
* RPV pressure is 50 psig.
Yes  No SRO Only:  Yes  No Time Critical:
* __B LPCI Injection Valve, __E12-F042B, is available.
Yes  No Reference(s):
* Reactor Building Radiation levels are normal.
LGA-CY-01, Use of Cycled Condensate System in Emergency Operations, Rev 09  Actual Testing Environment:
* You have a plant radio.
Simulator  Control Room In-Plant  Other Testing Method:
INITIATING CUE The Unit supervisor has directed you to perform LGA-CY-01 starting at Step E.4.c. to use CY as an alternate injection system into the "__B" RHR system.
Simulate  Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
You are to notify the Control Room when the when Alternate RPV injection through __B RHR LPCI Injection Valve is available.
10 minutes Actual Time Used:  minutes EVALUATION
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


==SUMMARY==
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BRemove fuses for a stuck open SRV per LOA-SRV-1(2)01 JPM Number: UP-NB-01 Revision Number: U12 Date: 07 / 27 / 2016 Developed By:                     Colin Betken            8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor              Date Validated By:                 Messina / Gallick          8 / 1 / 2016 SME or Instructor            Date Reviewed By:                       Mark Smith            8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative          Date Approved By:                         Dan Moren          8 /17/ 2016 Training Department          Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Yes  No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
UP-CY rev U14  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO.
An event is in progress on Unit __ which requires RPV Flooding to be performed.
RHR "__B" pump motor is shorted out and will NOT run.
Condensate Transfer Jockey Pump __CY03P and  __________ Condensate Transfer Pumps __CY01PA, __CY01PB are running and header pressure is ~150 psig.
__CY007 is open  The CY tank is full.
RPV pressure is 50 psig.
__B LPCI Injection Valve, __E12
-F042B, is available.
Reactor Building Radiation levels are normal.
You have a plant radio.
INITIATING CUE The Unit supervisor has directed you to perform LGA
-CY-01 starting at Step E.4.c.
to use CY as an alternate injection system into the "__B" RHR system.
You are to notify the Control Room when the when Alternate RPV injection through
__B RHR LPCI Injection Valve is available.


SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UP-NB rev U12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BRemove fuses for a stuck open SRV per LOA-SRV-1(2)01 JPM Number:
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.
UP-NB-01  Revision Number: U12  Date: 07 / 27 / 2016
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________    9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOA-SRV-101                Rev: 008 Procedure LOA-SRV-201                Rev: 007 Procedure                            Rev:
________    10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    11. Verify performance time is accurate
________    12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


Developed By:
UP-NB rev U12 Revision Record (Summary)
Colin Betken  8 / 9 / 2016  Instructor Date  Validated By:
Revision 08,     Reformatted, revised to new procedure LOA-SRV-101 Revision 09,     Changed from F to K SRV. Made the JPM so it could be performed on either Unit. Updated task to Operations task list number.
Messina / Gallick  8 / 1 / 2016  SME or Instructor Date  Reviewed By:
Revision 10,     Revised for procedure and JPM template changes Revision 11,     Added new checklist. Changed cue to state where in LOA-SRV-1(2)01 to start.
Mark Smith  8 /17/ 2016  Operations Representative Date  Approved By:  Dan Moren  8 /17/ 2016  Training Department Date UP-NB rev U12 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Revision 12,     Revised for new format and ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below. ________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section
________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________ 3. Performance location specified. (in
-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.
________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure LOA-SRV-101  Rev: 008  Procedure LOA-SRV-201  Rev: 007  Procedure Rev:  ________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate
________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date        SME / Instructor Date UP-NB rev U12  SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 08
, Reformatted, revised to new procedure LOA
-SRV-101 Revision 09, Changed from F to K SRV. Made the JPM so it could be performed on either Unit. Updated task to Operations task list number.
Revision 10, Revised for procedure and JPM template changes Revision 11, Added new checklist. Changed cue to state where in LOA
-SRV-1(2)01 to start. Revision 12, Revised for new format and ILT 15
-1 NRC Exam.


UP-NB rev U12 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
UP-NB rev U12 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. No Sim Setup required.
: 1. No Sim Setup required.
NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.  
NOTE:     It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. The following material is required to be provided to the examinee:
: 2. The following material is required to be provided to the examinee:
One copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01 One laser pointer
* One copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01
: 3. The following material may be identified by the examinee but NOT removed from it's normal storage location Fuse Pullers
* One laser pointer
: 3. The following material may be identified by the examinee but NOT removed from its normal storage location
* Fuse Pullers
: 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 5. This completes the setup for this JPM.
: 5. This completes the setup for this JPM.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


UP-NB rev U12 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS
UP-NB rev U12 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. Unit       is operating at 80% power.
: 1.       Unit   is operating at 80% power.
: 2. The Control Room has just received positive indication that the "K" SRV  
: 2.       The Control Room has just received positive indication that the "K" SRV     (__ B21-F013K) has spuriously opened.
    (__ B21-F013K) has spuriously opened.
: 3.       You have a plant radio.
: 3. You have a plant radio.
INITIATING CUE The Unit __ NSO has just called you on the radio and requested that you remove the "K" SRV control fuses in accordance with LOA-SRV- 01, STUCK OPEN SAFETY RELIEF VALVE, beginning at Step 9.
INITIATING CUE The Unit __ NSO has just called you on the radio and requested that you remove the "K" SR V control fuses in accordance with LOA
You are to inform the Unit NSO when fuses are pulled.
-SRV-   01, STUCK OPEN SAFETY RELIEF VALVE, beginning at Step 9. You are to inform the Unit NSO when fuses are pulled.
 
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluator's Use:
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section


UP-NB rev U12 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UP-NB rev U12 JPM Start Time:
JPM Start Time:   STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number CUE When the Examinee demonstrates where to obtain a copy of LOA
Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number CUE     When the Examinee demonstrates where to obtain a copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01 hand them a copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01.
-SRV-1(2)01 hand them a copy of LOA
NOTE:           Examinee may identify the need for obtaining fuse pullers ahead of time. If they reply any of the following, tell them that they now have a set of fuse pullers.
-SRV-1(2)01. NOTE: Examinee may identify the need for obtaining fuse pullers ahead of time. If they reply any of the following, tell them that they now have a set of fuse pullers. -EO storage locker (Swgr rooms)
                                    -EO storage locker (Swgr rooms)
-LGA Locker.
                                                -LGA Locker.
NOTE: Panel 1(2)H13
NOTE:           Panel 1(2)H13-P628 & 1(2)H13-P645 are located in the Division 1 AEER.
-P628 & 1(2)H13
The order that the Panels are done is not important.
-P645 are located in the Division 1 AEER. The order that the Panels are done is not important.
1     Obtain Copy of LOA-SRV-                   Examinee obtains demonstrates ___          ___      ___
1 Obtain Copy of LOA
1(2)01                                     where to obtain a copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01 2     Proceeds to 1(2)H13-P628.                 Examinee correctly identifies       ___    ___      ___
-SRV-1(2)01 Examinee obtains demonstrates where to obtain a copy of LOA
panel 1(2)H13-P628 3     REFER to Table 1 to IDENTIFY               Examinee refers to Table 1 to       ___    ___      ___
-SRV-1(2)01 ___ ___ ___ 2 Proceeds to 1(2)H13
fuses associated with stuck                identify fuses F43 and F44 for K open SRV.                                  SRV
-P628. Examinee correctly identifies panel 1(2)H13
  *4     Remove fuses.                             Examinee removes fuse F43           ___    ___      ___
-P628 ___ ___ ___ 3 REFER to Table 1 to IDENTIFY fuses associated with stuck open SRV. Examinee refers to Table 1 to identify fuses F43 and F44 for K SRV ___ ___ ___ *4 Remove fuses.
(TB FF, fuse 9).
Examinee removes fuse F43 (TB FF, fuse 9).
CUE     The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.
___ ___ ___ CUE The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.
  *5     Remove fuses.                             Examinee removes fuse F44           ___    ___      ___
*5 Remove fuses.
(TB FF, fuse 10).
Examinee removes fuse F44 (TB FF, fuse 10).
CUE     The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.
___ ___ ___ CUE The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.
6     Proceeds to 1(2)H13-P645.                 Examinee correctly identifies       ___    ___      ___
6 Proceeds to 1(2)H13
panel 1(2)H13-P645.
-P645. Examinee correctly identifies panel 1(2)H13
7     REFER to Table 1 to IDENTIFY               Examinee refers to Table 1 to fuses associated with stuck                identify fuses F63B and F64B open SRV.
-P645. ___ ___ ___ 7 REFER to Table 1 to IDENTIFY fuses associated with stuck open SRV. Examinee refers to Table 1 to identify fuses F63B and F64B for K SRV UP-NB rev U12  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
for K SRV SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Comment Number *8 Remove fuses.
 
Examinee removes fuse F63B (TB DD, 11 from right).
UP-NB rev U12 Comment SAT    UNSAT STEP                   ELEMENT                                 STANDARD Number
CUE The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.
  *8     Remove fuses.                             Examinee removes fuse F63B (TB DD, 11 from right).
*9 Remove fuses.
CUE     The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.
Examinee removes fuse F64B (TB DD, 12 from right.)
  *9     Remove fuses.                             Examinee removes fuse F64B (TB DD, 12 from right.)
CUE The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.
CUE     The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.
10 Examinee reports to Unit NSO Examinee reports that the fuses for 1(2)B21
10     Examinee reports to Unit NSO               Examinee reports that the fuses   ___    ___      ___
-F013K have been removed. ___ ___ ___ CUE Acknowledge the report. The JPM is complete.
for 1(2)B21-F013K have been removed.
CUE     Acknowledge the report. The JPM is complete.
JPM Stop Time:
JPM Stop Time:
UP-NB rev U12  SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM  
 
UP-NB rev U12 JPM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==


Operator's Name:   Emp. ID#: ____________ Job Title: EO   RO SRO   FS   STA/IA   SRO Cert JPM Title:
Operators Name:                                                 Emp. ID#: ____________
0BRemove fuses for a stuck open SRV per LOA
Job
-SRV-1(2)01 JPM Number:
 
P-NB-01 Revision Number:
==Title:==
12 Task Number and Title:
EO       RO     SRO           FS       STA/IA         SRO Cert JPM
 
==Title:==
0BRemove fuses for a stuck open SRV per LOA-SRV-1(2)01 JPM Number: P-NB-01                                 Revision Number: 12 Task Number and
 
==Title:==
70.005 Provided initial conditions, perform actions for a Stuck Open SRV IAW station procedures.
70.005 Provided initial conditions, perform actions for a Stuck Open SRV IAW station procedures.
K/A Number and Importance:
K/A Number and Importance: 223001, 2.1.30, 3.9/3.4 Ability to locate and operate components
223001, 2.1.30, 3.9/3.4 Ability to locate and operate components / including local controls Suggested Testing Environment:
/ including local controls Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path:     Yes       No SRO Only:               Yes         No   Time Critical: Yes       No Reference(s): LOA-SRV-101, Unit 1 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve, Revision 8, LOA-SRV-201, Unit 2 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve, Revision 7 Actual Testing Environment:             Simulator             Control Room           In-Plant     Other Testing Method:           Simulate             Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 1500                                            minutes Actual Time Used:
Plant Alternate Path:
Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical:
Yes No Reference(s):
LOA-SRV-101, Unit 1 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve, Revision 8, LOA-SRV-201, Unit 2 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve, Revision 7 Actual Testing Environment:
Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method:
Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete:
15 00 minutes Actual Time Used:
minutes EVALUATION  
minutes EVALUATION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                     Yes               No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                     Satisfactory     Unsatisfactory Comments:
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?
Evaluators Name:                                                             (Print)
Yes No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:
Evaluators Signature:                                                       Date:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:                         Evaluator's Name:   (Print) Evaluator's Signature:   Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
UP-NB rev U12 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section INITIAL CONDITIONS
 
: 1. Unit       is operating at 80% power.
UP-NB rev U12 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 2. The Control Room has just received positive indication that the "K" SRV  
: 1. Unit     is operating at 80% power.
    (__ B21-F013K) has spuriously opened.
: 2. The Control Room has just received positive indication that the "K" SRV   (__ B21-F013K) has spuriously opened.
: 3. You have a plant radio.
: 3. You have a plant radio.
INITIATING CUE The Unit __ NSO has just called you on the radio and requested that you remove the "K" SRV control fuses in accordance with LOA
INITIATING CUE The Unit __ NSO has just called you on the radio and requested that you remove the "K" SRV control fuses in accordance with LOA-SRV- 01, STUCK OPEN SAFETY RELIEF VALVE, beginning at Step 9.
-SRV-   01, STUCK OPEN SAFETY RELIEF VALVE , beginning at Step 9. You are to inform the Unit NSO when fuses are pulled.}}
You are to inform the Unit NSO when fuses are pulled.
SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section}}

Latest revision as of 19:09, 4 February 2020

2016 LaSalle County Station Initial License Examination Administered JPMs
ML17095A914
Person / Time
Site: LaSalle  Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 11/16/2016
From: Chuck Zoia
NRC/RGN-III/DRS/OLB
To:
Exelon Generation Co
Shared Package
ML15274A405 List:
References
Download: ML17095A914 (196)


Text

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Interpret Core Thermal Limits JPM Number: A-RO-06 Revision Number: 04 Date: 8 / 3 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Polega / Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOP-CX-01 Rev: 18 Procedure LOS-AA-S101 Rev: 93 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, New JPM.

Revision 01, Updated for PowerPlex III, Tech. Specs. and Procedure changes (LOP-CX-01 Rev. 5)

Revision 02, Updated for current revisions of referenced procedures Revision 03, Updated for current JPM template and current revisions of procedures.

Updated Initiating Cue based on current terminology. Updated OD-20 information based on current printouts.

Revision 04, Revised for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam and current OD-20 format.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Any rated power IC can be used for this JPM.

Materials

1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
  • One copy of Core Performance Log - Long Edit (OD20) printout when directed by CUE.

The printout should have MFLPD value greater than 1 (outside thermal limits).

2. The following material may be located and utilized by the examinee:
  • LOP-CX-01, On Demand Functions of the Plant Process Computer; Section E.3, OD-20 (Long Edit), Core Power Distribution Calculation
  • LOS-AA-S101, Unit 1 Shiftly Surveillance SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • You are the Unit 1 NSO.
  • Unit 1 is at rated conditions and stable.

INITIATING CUE Using the Plant Process Computer, demand a Core Power Distribution Calculation for the current plant conditions..

Review the results and Review the results and iinform the Unit Supervisor of acceptability.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number NOTE: The examinee may obtain LOP-CX-01 to perform the next step.

  • 1. Demands Core Power Examinee ___ ___ ___

Distribution Calculation.

  • Select Operator Demandable from the PPC Main Menu.
  • Select CMS Functions from the Operator Demandable menu.
  • Select Run Case (OD-20) from the 3D Monicore Interface.
  • CHECK that the OD 20 data has printed on the NSO printer.

CUE After examinee has completed Step 1, give him/her the preprinted OD-20 Core Performance Log - Long Edit.

NOTE: The examinee may obtain LOS-AA-S101 to perform the next step.

  • 2. Reviews the Core Performance Examinee reviews data and ___ ___ ___

Log. identifies the MFLPD is greater than 1.000 for location 33-44-4.

3. Inform Unit Supervisor MFLPD Examinee informs Unit ___ ___ ___

is outside the limits. Supervisor that MFLPD is outside the limits for location 33-44-4.

CUE As Unit Supervisor, acknowledge information This JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Interpret Core Thermal Limits JPM Number: A-RO-06 Revision Number: 04 Task Number and

Title:

Task Number 656.010: Perform the NSO Shiftly Surveillance K/A Number and Importance: Generic 2.1.19, Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status. RO 3.9 -- SRO 3.8 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOP-CX-01, Rev. 18; LOS-AA-S101, Rev. 93 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 PAGE 1 LaSalle-1 Cycle 17 SEQUENCE NO 14 CORE PARAMETERS 3DM V6.59.03/P11E10 X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 CALCULATED POWER MWT 3535.9 PERIODIC LOG X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 PRINTED POWER MWE 1174.7 AUTOMATIC CASE ID FMLD1130708080003 FLOW MLB/HR 102.795 CALC RESULTS RESTART FMLD1130708070002 FPAPDR 0.720 LPRM SHAPE - FULL CORE SUBC BTU/LB 19.82 Keff 1.0015 PR PSIa 1016.48 XE WORTH % -2.36 LOAD LINE

SUMMARY

CORE MWD/sT 25697.1 XE/RATED 1.057 CORE POWER 99.7%

CYCLE MWD/sT 11023.1 AVE VF 0.437 CORE FLOW 94.7%

MCPR 1.815 LOAD LINE 103.3%

ALTERNATE INPUT : LS1_BASE_DLO_OPTB_TCVIS.INP CORRECTION FACTORS: MFLCPR= 1.001 MFLPD= 0.999 MAPRAT= 1.000 OPTION: ARTS 2 LOOPS ON MANUAL FLOW MCPRLIM= 1.520 MOST LIMITING LOCATIONS (NON-SYMMETRIC)

MFLCPR LOC MFLPD LOC MAPRAT LOC PCMARG LOC 0.839 33-44 1.002 33 4 0.647 11 5 -0.40 11 8 0.835 39-46 0.715 39 4 0.644 9 6 -0.48 33 8 0.834 21-16 0.711 35 4 0.644 13 8 -0.52 13 8 0.827 43-26 0.703 23 4 0.642 29 6 -0.58 31 9 0.827 27-20 0.701 43 4 0.637 9 6 -0.66 23-38-11 0.823 19-36 0.701 21 4 0.636 29 8 -0.68 9 9 0.823 47-24 0.700 33 4 0.635 33 6 -0.69 31 9 0.822 23-46 0.694 27 4 0.632 13 8 -0.70 13 8 0.822 13-38 0.694 37 4 0.632 35 6 -0.70 21-40-11 SEQ. A-2 C=MFLCPR D=MFLPD M=MAPRAT P=PCRAT *=MULTIPLE CORE AVE AXIAL NOTCH REL PW LOC 0.188 25 00 0.340 24 59 02 0.557 23 L 04 0.702 22 55 06 0.805 21 51 08 0.889 20 L 10 0.943 19 47 00

  • 00 12 0.973 18 43 14 1.025 17 L 16 1.112 16 39 00 08 00 18 1.166 15 35 p 20 1.202 14 L 22 1.249 13 31 08 08 24 1.298 12 27 M 26 1.318 11 L 28 1.310 10 23 00 08 00 20 30 1.338 09 19 32 1.335 08 L 34 1.311 07 15 00 00 36 1.304 06 11 38 1.274 05 L 40 1.204 04 07 42 1.074 03 03 00 44 0.779 02 L L L L L L L 46 0.304 01 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 CORE AVERAGE RADIAL POWER DISTRIBUTION RING # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A. REL PW 1.176 1.232 1.079 1.199 1.092 1.252 1.139 0.499 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 PAGE 2 LaSalle-1 Cycle 17 INSTRUMENT READINGS/STATUS SEQUENCE NO 8 CALIBRATED LPRM READINGS X-XXX-XXXX 08:00 CALCULATED X-XXX-XXXX08:00 PRINTED 57D 17.6 23.7 23.6 21.8 CASE ID FMLD1130708080003 C 0.0 33.0 33.5 31.0 LPRM SHAPE - FULL CORE B 23.8 35.9 36.2 34.3 A 16.6 25.3 25.5 25.6 # OF TIPS NOT SCANNED: 13 49D 19.3 0.0 27.2 29.9 27.4 26.1 FAILED SENSORS:

C 25.5 44.9 42.3 46.5 42.4 38.8 NONE B 27.8 55.2 50.3 55.9 50.8 47.1 A 20.6 49.6 39.9 49.1 40.2 42.1 41D 27.0 26.4 32.3 34.7 31.1 27.3 21.7 C 42.3 0.0 46.7 43.0 46.5 42.1 30.7 B 51.0P 49.6 52.9 47.5 53.4 49.7 34.3 A 47.9 38.4 41.2 33.1 42.4 41.3 25.8 SUB RODS NONE 33D 29.0 31.1 35.0 34.9 34.5 30.7 24.1 C 45.6 46.1 43.7 45.9 43.4 47.0 33.7 T = TIP RUN RECOMMENDED B 54.4 53.1 48.5 51.9 46.1 54.8 36.1 C = MFLCPR LOCATION A 50.1* 43.4 35.0 42.2 32.4 48.8 25.5 M = MAPRAT LOCATION D = MFLPD LOCATION 25D 28.0 28.6 34.7 36.2 29.9 33.8C 25.7 P = PCRAT LOCATION C 43.6 44.0 47.3 43.3 41.4 48.7 34.7 * = MULTIPLE LIMIT B 53.2 51.0 53.5 46.1 44.1 47.4 35.7 A 50.6 37.6 40.2 32.0 32.1 39.2 26.5 17D 25.5 28.6 27.4 30.9 26.4 31.4 0.0 C 37.3 44.2 42.8 45.4 39.9 46.0 24.2 B 45.6 52.9 50.7 52.6 45.7 52.0 23.6 A 39.6 46.1 38.9 41.7 34.3 49.4 16.7 09D 25.3 0.0 27.9 26.2 19.4 C 37.3 43.5 43.7 40.9 0.0 B 45.3 53.1 53.0 49.8 27.2 A 39.4 49.3 49.3 45.8 20.2 08 16 24 32 40 48 56 CORE

SUMMARY

INER 1.082 CORE POWER 99.7% CALC SUB FLOW 94.7% DP MEAS PSI 18.194 CORE FLOW 94.7% OPER SUB FLOW -0.9% DP CALC PSI 21.248 LOAD LINE 103.3% FLOW BASIS MEAS FEEDWTR FLOW MLB/HR 15.24 APRM CALIBRATION A B C D E F READING 99.2 99.1 99.3 99.2 99.4 99.2 AGAF 1.005 1.006 1.004 1.005 1.003 1.006 APRM - %CTP -0.5 -0.6 -0.4 -0.5 -0.3 -0.6 TIP RUNS RECOMMENDED STRINGS: NONE DRIVE FLOW MLB/HR 32.00 FEEDWTR TEMP Deg F 423.1 CORE AVG VOID FRACTION 0.437 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 10

{A-RO-06} - rev 04 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • You are the Unit 1 NSO.
  • Unit 1 is at rated conditions and stable.

INITIATING CUE Using the Plant Process Computer, demand a Core Power Distribution Calculation for the current plant conditions.

Review the results and Review the results and iinform the Unit Supervisor of acceptability.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 10 of 10

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Determine Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature JPM Number: A-RO-43 Revision Number: 00 Date: 097 / 2019 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 9 /20/ 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Tutich / Mulka 8 /23/ 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /23/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /23/ 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Polega / Jozwiak 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized forBy:

operator initial Mark Smith or continuing training) 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016

A-RO rev 00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOP-CM-03 Rev: 13 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, JPM written for 15-1 NRC Exam.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 (full power IC) (Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: ARO43r00.ssf (Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)
3. Place Simulator in Run. (Not applicable if using pictures of instruments)
4. Verify Control Room Parameters with key provided.
5. Have a copy of LOP-CM-03.
6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
7. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO

  • Unit 1 is at 100% power
  • No equipment is Out of Service
  • No mixing of the Suppression Pool has occurred recently.

INITIATING CUE Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has ordered you to determine Average Suppression Pool Water Temperature and check Suppression Chamber water temperature Instrumentation per LOP-CM-03 and inform him when complete.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number Locates LOP-CM-03, Suppression 1 Examinee locates a copy of LOP- ___ ___ ___

Chamber Average Water CM-03.

Temperature Determination CUE When the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of LOP-CM-03, hand the examinee a copy of LOP-CM-03.

If Suppression Pool Level is lower 2 Examinee determines suppression ___ ___ ___

than 698.11 (-12), valid pool level is above 698.11 (-12),

Suppression Chamber Average enters section E.1 Water Temperature determination can only be accomplished per Step E.2.

3 E.1.1 RECORD the Bulk average Examinee uses 1UY-CM037 (Div ___ ___ ___

temperature and number of RTDs 1) and 1UY-CM038 (Div 2) at used from the NUMAC Processors 1PM13J to fill out Attachment A 1UY-CM037 (Div 1) and 1UY-CM038 (Div 2) at 1PM13J for each division on Attachment A.

4 E.1.2 RECORD each RTD Examinee records RTD ___ ___ ___

temperature from 1UY-CM037 and temperatures on Attachment A.

38 on panel 1PM13J, for Division 1 and 2 on Attachment A.

5 E.1.2 CHECK that at least one Examinee verifies no Xs displayed ___ ___ ___

point in each of the individual wells on 1UY-CM037 (Div 1) and 1UY-listed on Attachment A are valid CM038 (Div 2) at 1PM13J.

(no X displayed in the window) and therefore operable 6 E.1.3 RECORD the Sup Chamber Examinee records SPDS Supp ___ ___ ___

Water Temp as calculated by the Temp on Attachment A.

process computer from point I.D.

CO18 SPDS Supp Temp on Attachment A.

7 E.1.4 RECORD the values from Examinee obtains computer points ___ ___ ___

following computer points on A944 and A918 and records on Attachment A. Attachment A.

  • A944 SP WTR BULK TEMP Div 1
  • A918 SP WTR BULK TEMP Div 2 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 8 E.1.5 RECORD the values from Examinee records values from ___ ___ ___

temperature recorders 1TR- 1TR-CM037A and 1TR-CM038Aon CM037A and 1TR-CM038A Attachment A.

located at Control Room Panel 1PM13J on Attachment A.

9 E.1.6 AVERAGE the Sup Pool Examinee records value from 1TR- ___ ___ ___

temperatures from 1TR-CM037A CM037A and 1TR-CM038A and and 1TR-CM038A. RECORD on records on Attachment A.

Attachment A.

  • 10 E.1.7 SUBTRACT 2°F from the Examinee subtracts two (2) ___ ___ ___

above calculated average to yield degrees from numbers recorded in Suppression Chamber Average step E.1.6. and determines Water Temperature. Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature 11 E.1.8 If desired, PERFORM a Examinee performs Instrument ___ ___ ___

check of the Suppression check Chamber Water temperature instrumentation as follows:

12 E.1.8.1 CALCULATE and Examinee records the temperature ___ ___ ___

RECORD the Delta Temp between difference between elements for elements for each well on each well on Attachment A.

Attachment A.

  • 13 E.1.8.2 CHECK elements in the Examinee determines determines ___ ___ ___

same well agree within 5°F (Delta element 2 (B) for V well is not Temp less than or equal to 5). within 5°Fall elements are within tolerance.

  • 14 E1.8.3 If the elements of a given Examinee determines that Element ___ ___ ___

well are not within 5°F, CHECK at 1 (A) for V well is within 10°F of least one element in the well is adjacent well.

within 10°F of an adjacent well element.

NOTE Wells D, J, and K are adjacent to the V well. Formatted Table Formatted: Left Formatted: Font: 11 pt SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number

  • 15 If an element(s) does NOT satisfy Examinee declares element 2 (B) ___ ___ ___

either E.1.8.2 or E.1.8.3, for V well INOP.

PERFORM following:

  • DECLARE the element(s) Formatted: Indent: Left: 0", Hanging: 0.05" inoperable.
  • RECORD the inoperable Formatted: Indent: Left: 0", Hanging: 0.11" element(s) in the Unit operators log.
  • INITIATE corrective action. Formatted: Tab stops: 0.72", Left 164 Inform Unit Supervisor of status of Examinee informs the Unit ___ ___ ___

LOP-CM-03. Supervisor that LOP-CM-03 is complete.

CUE When the candidate reports completion of LOP-CM-03 to the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge the report as Unit Supervisor.

TERMINATING CUE:

Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 KEY ATTACHMENT A SUPPRESSION CHAMBER AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE DETERMINATION UNIT 1 STEP DIVISION NUMAC RTDs BULK AVERAGE USED TEMPERATURE E.1.1 1 1(2)UY-CM037 14 ~78oF 2 1(2)UY-CM038 14 ~78oF E.1.2 DIVISION 1 - INDIVIDUAL RTD TEMPERATURES (oF)

Pool Quadrant 1 2 1 2 3 4 4 1(2)TE-CM057: P F V M C E A Element 1(A) 79~77 77~77 79~77 ~78 ~78 79~78 80~78 Element 2(B) 79~77 78~77 65~77 78~78 79~78 79~78 78~78 E.1.8.1 Delta Temp 0~0 ~01 ~014 0~0 1~0 ~0 2~0 E.1.2 DIVISION 2 - INDIVIDUAL RTD TEMPERATURES (oF)

Pool Quadrant 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1(2)TE-CM057: J D K N G R U Element 1(A) ~797 78~77 7~77 ~78 ~7877 ~7877 ~78 Element 2(B) 78~77 78~77 ~77 76~78 ~78 ~78 ~78 E.1.8.1 Delta Temp 1~0 ~0 ~0 ~20 1~0 1~0 ~0 E.1.3 SPDS Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point C018 (For Info Only) ~78oF E.1.4 Div 1 Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point A944 (For Info Only) ~77oF Div 2 Sup Pool Temp from Computer Point A918 (For Info Only) ~77oF E.1.5 Div 1 Average Sup Pool Temp from Recorder 1(2)TR-CM037A ~78oF Div 2 Average Sup Pool Temp from Recorder 1(2)TR-CM038A ~78oF E.1.6 Average the Sup Pool Temp from 1(2)TR-CM037A & 38A ~78oF E.1.7 Correction Factor (See A.2 and Reference G.7) - 2o Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature ~76oF

      • Readings may be rounded.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name:

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Determine Suppression Chamber Average Water Temperature JPM Number: A-RO-43 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

92.012 - Given Unit Supervisor authorization, determine Suppression Chamber average water temperature when normal indication is not available or water level is low, IAW station procedures.

K/A Number and Importance:2.1.20 SRO 4.6; Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOP-CM-03, Suppression Pool Average Water Temperature Determination, Rev 13 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra NSO

  • Unit 1 is at 100% power
  • No equipment is Out of Service
  • No mixing of the Suppression Pool has occurred recently.

INITIATING CUE Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has ordered you to determine Average Suppression Pool Water Temperature and check Suppression Chamber water temperature Instrumentation per LOP-CM-03 and inform him when complete.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform a partial LOS-CM-M1 JPM Number: A-RO-29 Revision Number: 02 Date: 7/18/2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Findley / Jozwiak 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 2 of 12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOS-CM-M1 Rev: 45 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 3 of 12 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, This JPM was developed NEW for the ILT 11-1 NRC Exam.

Revision 01, This JPM was developed NEW for the ILT 11-1 NRC Exam. It was revised prior to administration to use an alternate set of initial conditions.

Revision 02, This JPM was revised for the 15-1 ILT NRC Exam.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 4 of 12 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC 151 (Steps 1 through 5 are not applicable if using pictures)
2. Go to RUN.
3. Load and Run CAEP File: ARO29r02.cae
4. Verify the following commands loaded: (Commands contained in CAEP File JPM ARO29r02.cae)
  • ior g8a65g2p 0.2 (At 1PMJ13J, makes Div 1 WR Suppression Pool Level read 0.2)
  • ior g8a67g2p 0.2 (At 1PMJ13J, makes Div 2 WR Suppression Pool Level read 0.2)
  • ior g8a51g1p 710 (At 1PMJ13J, makes 1LI-CM179 Cntnmt Floodup Level read 710)
5. Verify the following:
  • Simulator is in a steady state condition per Prerequisite B.2.
  • Verify necessary indicators/recorders readings at 1PM13J o 1LR-CM027 Pen #1 (Suppression Pool Level Recorder, Div 2) 0.1 o 1LR-CM028 Pen #1 (Suppression Pool Level Recorder, Div 1) -0.7 o 1LI-CM179 (Containment Floodup Level Indicator) 712 (Override) o 1TR-CM037B Pen #3 (Supp Chamber Air Temp Recorder Div 1) 77.9 o 1TR-CM038B Pen #3 (Supp Chamber Air Temp Recorder Div 2) 77.9 o 1PR-CM029 Pen #1 (DW Pressure Recorder Div 2) 0.1 o 1PR-CM029 Pen #2 (WR DW Pressure Recorder Div 2) 0.0 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #1 (DW Pressure Recorder Div 1) 0.03 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #2 (WR DW Pressure Recorder Div 1) 0.2 o 1PR-CM031 Pen #3 (Emergency Range DW Pressure Recorder) 0.2 o 1RR-CM011 (Drywell Radiation Recorder Div 1) 9 o 1RR-CM017 (Drywell Radiation Recorder Div 2) 6
  • Verify necessary indicators readings at 0PM14J o 1RIT-CM011 (Drywell Radiation Indication Div 1) 7 o 1RIT-CM017 (Drywell Radiation Indication Div 2) 6
6. Provide LOS-CM-M1, Pages 1-38. (All applicable Unit 1 pages)

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 5 of 12 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO.

Unit 1 is at rated power in steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUE Perform the Monthly Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, LOS-CM-M1 A, Steps 3 through 6.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 6 of 12 JPM Start Time:

Comment STEP SAT UNSAT ELEMENT STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1) Number NOTE All steps are from LOS-CM-M1 Attachment 1A unless otherwise noted.

NOTE The out of limit Suppression Pool Water Level readings in Steps 3.1 and 3.2 may be addressed per LIMITATION D.1 (Suppression Pool Water Level)

  • 1. Suppression Pool Water Levels ___ ___ ___

RECORD the following readings accurately recorded from:

(3.1) and CALCULATE the differentials Panel 1PM13J 1LR-CM027 pen #1 Recorder 1LR-CM027 pen #1 1LR-CM028 pen #1 (Div 2).Water Level: ____feet 1LI-CM032 Recorder 1LR-CM028 pen #1 and (Div 1) Water Level: ____feet 1LI-CM192 Panel 1H13-P601 Differential calculated to be greater Indicator 1LI-CM032 (Div 1). than 1.0 feet Water Level: ____feet Indicator 1LI-CM192 (Div 2).

Water Level:____ feet Differential Level of above 4 instruments.

Differential Level:____ feet If an out of limit reading is

2. Entry made in the comments ___ ___ ___

obtained, and cannot be section of Attachment 1A Limitation corrected, the surveillance (D.1) procedure shall be completed Entry made in the unit log noting and the remaining data the deficiency.

recorded. Shift Management (Unit Supervisor

  • An entry shall be made in or Shift Manager) notified that the the comments section of differentials calculated in Step 3.1 Attachment 1A are out of limit.
  • An entry shall be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
  • Shift Manager shall be notified.

CUE ROLE PLAY as Unit NSO: An entry will be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.

NOTE Although the procedures step says Shift Manager, a NSO/ANSO would be expected to notify the Unit Supervisor who would then notify the Shift Manager.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 7 of 12 Comment STEP SAT UNSAT ELEMENT STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1) Number CUE ROLE PLAY as Shift Management: Acknowledge the report of the out of limit reading. Inform the candidate 1LI-CM-032 is inoperable and that you will determine the required conditions per Tech Spec and TRM. If notified as Unit Supervisor, you will notify the Shift Manager. If necessary, direct the candidate to continue the surveillance.

At Panel 1PM13J, COMPARE

  • 3. Containment Floodup Water Level ___ ___ ___

Containment Floodup Water accurately recorded from:

(3.2) Level Indicator, 1LI-CM179 to one of the applicable wide range 1LI-CM179 suppression pool level Differential calculated to be greater instruments. ( 0 = 69911) than 7.5 feet Water Level: ____feet Wide Range Suppression Pool Level Instrument compared with:

(circle one) 1LR-CM027 1LR-CM028 1LI-CM032 1LI-CM192 Differential Level: feet (Allowable Differential: 7.5 feet)

If an out of limit reading is

4. Entry made in the comments ___ ___ ___

obtained, and cannot be section of Attachment 1A Limitation corrected, the surveillance (D.1) procedure shall be completed Entry made in the unit log noting and the remaining data the deficiency.

recorded. Shift Management (Unit Supervisor

  • An entry shall be made in or Shift Manager) notified that the the comments section of differentials calculated in Step 3.1 Attachment 1A are out of limit.
  • An entry shall be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.
  • Shift Manager shall be notified.

CUE ROLE PLAY as Unit NSO: An entry will be made in the unit log noting the deficiency.

NOTE Although the procedures step says Shift Manager, a NSO/ANSO would be expected to notify the Unit Supervisor who would then notify the Shift Manager.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 8 of 12 Comment STEP SAT UNSAT ELEMENT STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1) Number CUE ROLE PLAY as Shift Management: Acknowledge the report of the out of limit reading. Inform the candidate that you will determine the required conditions per Tech Spec and TRM. If notified as Unit Supervisor, you will notify the Shift Manager.

If necessary, direct the candidate to continue the surveillance.

(Supp Chamber Air Temp)

5. Suppression Chamber Air Temps ___ ___ ___

RECORD the following readings accurately recorded from:

(4.1) and CALCULATE the differentials Recorder 1TR-CM037B Pen #3 1TR-CM037B (Div 1). Air Temperature: ___°F and 1TR-CM038B Recorder 1TR-CM038B Pen #3 Differential calculated to be less (Div 2). Air Temperature: ___°F than 10 °F Differential Temperature: ___°F (Narrow Range Drywell Pressure)

6. Narrow Range Drywell Pressures ___ ___ ___

At Panel 1PM13J, RECORD the accurately recorded from:

(5.1) following readings and CALCULATE the differentials for 1PR-CM029 Function 4a, Narrow Range and Pressure. 1PR-CM031 Recorder 1PR-CM029 pen #1 Differential calculated to be less (Div 2).Drywell Pressure: ___psig than 0.3 psig Recorder 1PR-CM031 pen #1 (Div 1).Drywell Pressure: ___psig Differential Pressure: ____psig SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 9 of 12 Comment STEP SAT UNSAT ELEMENT STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1) Number (Wide Range Drywell Pressure)

7. Wide Range Drywell Pressures ___ ___ ___

RECORD the following readings accurately recorded from:

(5.2) and CALCULATE the differentials for Function 4b, Wide Range 1PR-CM029 Pressure 1PR-CM031 Panel 1PM13J 1PI-CM029 Recorder 1PR-CM029 pen #2 and (Div 2). DW Pressure: ___psig 1PI-CM031 Recorder 1PR-CM031 pen #2 Differential of 4 instruments (Div 1).DW Pressure: ___ psig calculated to be less than 5 psig Panel 1H13-P601 Indicator 1PI-CM029 (Div 2).

Drywell Pressure: ___psig Indicator 1PI-CM031 (Div 1).

Drywell Pressure: ___psig Differential Pressure of above 4 instruments.

Differential Pressure: psig At Panel 1PM13J, COMPARE

8. Emergency Range DW Pressure ___ ___ ___

Drywell Pressure Emergency accurately recorded from:

(5.3) Range indication recorder, 1PR-CM031 pen #3, to one of the 1PR-CM031 pen #3 applicable Wide Range Drywell Differential calculated to be less Pressure instruments. than 5 psig Drywell Pressure: ___psig Differential Pressure: ___psig Wide Range Drywell Pressure instrument compared with: (circle one) 1PR-CM029, Pen 2 1PR-CM031, Pen 2 1PI-CM029 1PI-CM031 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 10 of 12 Comment STEP SAT UNSAT ELEMENT STANDARD (LOS-CM-M1) Number RECORD the following readings

9. Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation ___ ___ ___

and CALCULATE the Ratios.

readings accurately recorded from:

(6.1) Recorder 1RR-CM011 on 1PM13J (Div 1). Drywell Gross 1RR-CM011 Gamma Radiation:____ R/hr and Recorder 1RR-CM017 on 1RR-CM017 1PM13J (Div 2).Drywell Gross Ratio of Radiation readings Gamma Radiation:____ R/hr calculated to be less than 5 R/hr CALCULATE Ratio of Radiation readings.

High Value Low Value RECORD the following readings

10. Drywell Gross Gamma Radiation ___ ___ ___

and CALCULATE the Ratios.

readings accurately recorded from:

(6.2) Indicator 1RIT-CM011 on 0PM14J (Div 1).Drywell Gross 1RIT-CM011 Gamma Radiation:____ R/hr and Indicator 1RIT-CM017 on 1RIT-CM017 0PM14J (Div 2).Drywell Gross Ratio of Radiation readings Gamma Radiation: ____R/hr calculated to be less than 5 R/hr CALCULATE Ratio of Radiation readings.

High Value Low Value TERMINATING CUE:

This Inform the candidate the completes this JPM.JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO-29 Rev. 02 Page 11 of 12 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name:

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Perform a partial LOS-CM-M1 JPM Number: A-RO-29 Revision Number: 02 Task Number and

Title:

92.020 Perform the Monthly Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.44 4.2/4.4 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

LOS-CM-M1 Monthly Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, Rev. 45 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 25 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

Page 12 of 12 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO.

Unit 1 is at rated power in steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUE Perform the Monthly Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation Channel Check, LOS-CM-M1 A, Steps 3 through 6.

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Calculate Stay Time and Determine if Dose Extension is required JPM Number: A-RO-44 Revision Number: 00 Date: 07 / 19 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Polega/Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure RP-AA-203 Rev: 03 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, New for 15-1 ILT NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 Materials

1. The following material may be located and utilized by the examinee
  • RP-AA-203 - Exposure Control and Authorization
  • A calculator SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Balance of Plant.

  • Unit 1 is 100% reactor power
  • Operator A is required to support FIN team during the repair of 1C11-F453B in the B RWCU Pump Room and will be needed for 45 minutes to complete the repair.
  • This is a NON EMERGENCY situation.
  • Operator As current annual Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is 1920 mrem and he has not received any dose extensions this year.
  • The highest dose rate in B RWCU Pump Room is 160 mrem/hr, which is near the valve.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to calculate Operator As current Stay Time and if a dose extension is required to prevent exceeding LaSalle administrative limits per RP-AA-203 and report when complete.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

Stay Time = Dose Limit / Dose rate = 80 mrem / 160 mrem/hr = 0.5 hrs x 60 min. = 30 minutes Per RP-AA-203 Operator As Annual administrative TEDE is 2000 mrem/yr 160 mrem/hr x (45 min. / 60 min.) = 120 mrem 1920 mrem + 120 mrem = 2040 mrem UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number NOTE Steps 1 through 4 may be performed in any order.

NOTE If the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of RP-AA-203, provide them with a copy of the procedure. If the examinee does not need the procedure, step 1 is marked N/A.

If the examinee demonstrates where to find a calculator, provide them with one.

1 Locate a copy of RP-AA-203 Examinee demonstrates where ___ ___ ___

to find a copy of RP-AA-203.

  • 2 Determine the annual Examinee determines limit is ___ ___ ___

administrative TEDE limit. 2000 mrem/yr.

  • 3 Determine if annual TEDE Examinee determines annual ___ ___ ___

administrative limit will be TEDE will be exceeded and a exceeded and if a dose dose extension will be required.

extension is required.

  • 4 Calculate Stay Time. Examinee determines Stay ___ ___ ___

Time is 30 minutes.

5 Inform Unit Supervisor. The examinee reports that ___ ___ ___

Operator As Stay Time is 30 minutes and a dose extension will be required to the Unit Supervisor.

Terminating Cue As Unit supervisor acknowledge the report. The JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

A-RO-44 JPM Number: Calculate Stay Time and Determine if Dose Extension is required Revision Number:00 Task Number and

Title:

755.020 - During the performance of tasks, apply administrative requirements of roles and responsibilities of Shift Personnel, IAW Station Procedures.

K/A Number and Importance: 2.3.4 - (3.2) Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): RP-AA-203, Exposure Control and Authorization, Revision 3 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-RO rev 00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Balance of Plant.

  • Unit 1 is 100% reactor power
  • Operator A is required to support FIN team during the repair of 1C11-F453B in the B RWCU Pump Room and will be needed for 45 minutes to complete the repair.
  • This is a NON EMERGENCY situation.
  • Operator As current annual Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) is 1920 mrem and he has not received any dose extensions this year.
  • The highest dose rate in B RWCU Pump Room is 160 mrem/hr, which is near the valve.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to calculate Operator As current Stay Time and if a dose extension is required to prevent exceeding LaSalle administrative limits per RP-AA-203 and report when complete.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Complete a Short Duration Timeclock Sheet JPM Number: A-SRO-19 Revision Number: 02 Date: 07/18/2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 /16/ 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Martin / Hawkins 7 / 3 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure OP-AA-108-104 Rev: 01 Procedure LIS-WS-301 Rev: 07 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00 New JPM Revision 01 Updated for ILT Class 13-01 Cert Exam. Revised to include the latest JPM template and procedure revisions.

Revision 02 Updated for ILT Class 15-1 NRC Exam. Revised for ODCM Revision.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 4 of 10 SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
  • A Blank copy of IM Surveillance LIS-WS-301, Unit 1 Service Water Effluent Radiation Monitor Functional Test with work order cover sheet
  • A Blank Copy of the Short Duration Time clock sheet, Attachment 1 of OP-AA-108-104 Rev 1.
  • OP-AA-108-104 Rev 1. This will be given to the student when he locates the procedure.
  • CY-LA-170-301 Rev 8.(ODCM). This will be given to the student when he locates the procedure.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • Unit 1 is near rated conditions.
  • You are the Unit Supervisor.
  • The computer system is down due to a server problem.
  • An Instrument Maintenance worker is ready to start LIS-WS-301 (which is on the schedule).

INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager orders you to fill out a Short Duration Timeclock sheet for this surveillance and authorize the surveillance.

Inform the Shift Manger when the Short Duration time clock sheet is ready for the NSO.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 6 of 10 JPM Start Time:

Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT Number CUE When the examinee acknowledges their initiating cue, provide them with a copy of the LIS-WS-301 with work order cover sheet and the short duration timeclock log.

Note Examinee may NOT use the computer (computer is down in the initial conditions).

CUE If the examinee describes where they would get a copy ofExaminee may obtain a copy of OP-AA-108-104, provide them with a copy.

CUE Examinee may obtain a copy of CY-LA-170-301 (ODCM). Formatted: Font: Bold

1. Review details of Details of surveillances ___ ___ ___

surveillances interface with interface with plant, provided on plant provided on Attachment Attachment B, is reviewed.

B.

2. Refers to the ODCM section Refers to the ODCM section ___ ___ ___

12.2.1. for the timeclock: 12.2.1 for the timeclock.

  • 3. Completes the Short Duration Records the Short Duration ___ ___ ___

Timeclock sheet: Timeclock as continued release Required Actions 12.2.1 B.1, for 30 days provided grab E.1 and E.2 samples are taken every 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />.

  • 4. Records the information on the Records the above timeclock ___ ___ ___

Short Duration Timeclock information.

sheet.

  • 5. AUTHORIZE start of Time of authorization entered ___ ___ ___

surveillance. and initialed and dated.

6. Inform Shift Manager Short Shift Manager notified. ___ ___ ___

Duration Timeclock sheet is completed for surveillance.

TERMINATING CUE:

Acknowledge information. The JPM is considered complete at this time.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-19 Rev. 02 Page 7 of 10 JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 10 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name:

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Complete a Short Duration Timeclock Sheet JPM Number: A-SRO-19 Revision Number: 02 Task Number and

Title:

725.010 (SRO-Only), Given the proper procedure, a personal computer with network access, and a filled-out surveillance package, prepare a surveillance including the following: review, authorize, prepare short duration timeclock tracking sheet, and determine availability requirements IAW station procedures K/A Number and Importance: 2.1.18 SRO 3.8, Ability to make accurate, clear, and concise logs, records, status boards and reports Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator or Classroom Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

OP-AA-108-104, Rev 1, Technical Specification Compliance LIS-WS-301, Rev 7, Unit 1 Service Water Effluent Radiation Monitor Functional Test Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 10 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 10 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • Unit 1 is near rated conditions.
  • You are the Unit Supervisor.
  • The computer system is down due to a server problem.
  • An Instrument Maintenance worker is ready to start LIS-WS-301 (which is on the schedule).

INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager orders you to fill out a Short Duration Timeclock sheet for this surveillance and authorize the surveillance.

Inform the Shift Manger when the Short Duration time clock sheet is ready for the NSO.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BDetermine allowed EOOS Combinations JPM Number: UA-SRO-13 Revision Number: U01 Date: 07 / 25 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Martin / Hawkins 7/31/2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UA-SRO rev U01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOA-HD-101 Rev: 035 Procedure TRM Appendix I Rev: 016 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 2 of 7

UA-SRO rev U01 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, New JPM Revision 01, Revised for new format and ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 3 of 7

UA-SRO rev U01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra SRO on shift.

Unit 1 was operating at rated power when a loss of feedwater heating occurred. Initial actions to reduce Reactor Power to maintain CD/CB Pump suction pressure are complete.

The loss of feedwater heating is of such a nature that it will not be recovered for at least 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />. The crew entered LOA-HD-101 and is following the procedure. Unit 1 Rx power is currently 80%, and feedwater temperature is 310°F following the initial power reduction.

INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has assigned you to determine the Tech Spec required actions if any.

Inform the Shift Manager when you have completed this task.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 4 of 7

UA-SRO rev U01 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE Examinee may obtain a copy of LOA-HD-101.

1 Reviews LOA-HD-101 for Examinee reviews section B.1 for ___ ___ ___

applicability Loss of Feed Water Heating CUE If asked for an OD-3 or to talk to a QNE, report the QNE has been informed and will contact the shift upon arrival.

2 Plots the temperature on the curve Examinee determines unit 1 is ___ ___ ___

for Rx Power and Temperature. operating in a condition not specified in the COLR (Core Operating Limits Report).

3* Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.1 for Examine determines TS actions ___ ___ ___

APLHGR A.1

  • Restore APLHGR to within limits in 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> 4* Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.2 for Determines TS actions A.1 ___ ___ ___

MCPR

  • Restore MCPR to within limits in 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> 5* Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.3 for Determines TS actions A.1 ___ ___ ___

LHGR

  • Restore LHGR to within limits in 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> 6 Informs the Shift Manager of the Informs the Shift Manager of the ___ ___ ___

TS time clocks due to a non TS time clocks.

allowed combination of Equipment OOS.

CUE Acknowledge the report. JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 7

UA-SRO rev U01 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BDetermine allowed EOOS Combinations JPM Number: A-SRO-13 Revision Number: 01 Task Number and

Title:

201.011 - Given a set of plant conditions, identify and prepare the Technical Specification required actions, IAW Technical Specifications K/A Number and Importance: 2.1.25 - 4.2 -Ability to interpret refernce materials, such as graphs, curves, tables etc.

Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOA-HD-101 rev 035, TRM Appendix I rev 016 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 7

UA-SRO rev U01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an extra SRO on shift.

Unit 1 was operating at rated power when a loss of feedwater heating occurred. Initial actions to reduce Reactor Power to maintain CD/CB Pump suction pressure are complete.

The loss of feedwater heating is of such a nature that it will not be recovered for at least 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />. The crew entered LOA-HD-101 and is following the procedure. Unit 1 Rx power is currently 80%, and feedwater temperature is 310°F following the initial power reduction.

INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has assigned you to determine the Tech Spec required actions if any.

Inform the Shift Manager when you have completed this task.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 7 of 7

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BApply a Protected Path Using the Protect System Barrier Tracker Program JPM Number: UA-SRO-61 Revision Number: U00 Date: 7 / 8 / 2016 Developed By: Adam Vick 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Polega/Tuttich 7 / 8 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UA-SRO rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure OP-LA-108-117-1000 Rev: 3 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UA-SRO rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, New JPM developed for the ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UA-SRO rev U00 SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Login to the Simulator Center Desk computer with a generic login (i.e. LASSTUDENT, GEN_LASEXAM).
2. OPEN the Protected System Barrier Tracker program.
3. VERIFY the program is NOT connected to the OPS database. Failure to do so will result in changes to the official tracking program. Perform as follows:
  • Click on the Setup tab at the bottom of the Excel Spreadsheet.
  • VERIFY the System Directory Path is C:\Users\lasstudent\Desktop\New Protected Program.
  • VERIFY the Directory of Operator Turnover Files is C:\Users\lasstudent\Desktop\New Protected Program\Protected Equipment Position Sheets.
  • VERIFY the Directory to Update Web is C:\Users\lasstudent\Desktop\New Protected Program\Work Management Reporting.
4. The User lasstudent indicated above is a generic account. If the program is placed in another location then the paths should indicate as such. It is vital that the path is NOT K:\OPDGRP\Protected Pathways\New Protected Program\*********
5. VERIFY the computer is setup to print to an acceptable printer to maintain exam security.

This will allow the examinee to print a checklist.

6. VERIFY ONLY the following systems indicate protected when the program is open:
  • Unit 1 - FC
  • Unit 2 - FC SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UA-SRO rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit Supervisor on Unit 1,

- It is a Division 1 Work Week.

- The 0 DG is to be placed OOS for scheduled maintenance on the next shift.

INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to perform the following:

- Generate the 0 DG Protected Paths checklist using the Protected System Barrier Tracker.

- Provide the printed 0 DG Protected Paths checklist to the WEC SRO for protected paths to be placed.

- Review and process the checklist after all protected paths are placed.

When the checklist has been processed and all protected paths are placed, print a Protected System Barrier Report and provide it to the Shift Manager.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UA-SRO rev U00 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number NOTE: Examinee may obtain a copy of OP-LA-108-117-1000 but is NOT REQUIRED.

If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of OP-LA-108-117-1000. If the Examinee does not obtain a copy of the procedure the next step may be N/Aed.

1 OBTAIN a copy of the Examinee demonstrates where ___ ___ ___

procedure. to OBTAIN a copy of OP-LA-108-117-1000.

  • 2 DOUBLE CLICK the Unit 0 - 0 Examinee DOUBLE CLICKS ___ ___ ___

DG in the Sub- the Unit 0 - 0 DG in the Sub-systems/Pathways Protection systems/Pathways Protection Schemes. Schemes.

3 VERIFY the Apply Barriers for Examinee VERIFIES the Apply ___ ___ ___

this Subsystem/Pathway check Barriers for this box is CHECKED. Subsystem/Pathway check box is CHECKED.

NOTE: In the following step the Examinee should enter a reason along the line of 0 DG OOS.

  • 4 ENTER a reason for protections Examinee ENTERS a reason ___ ___ ___

in the Reason for protecting for protections in the Reason equipment box. for protecting equipment box.

  • 5 CLICK the Barrier Changes Examinee CLICKS the Barrier ___ ___ ___

Pending Icon. Changes Pending Icon.

  • 6 CLICK the Printer Icon next to Examinee CLICKS the Printer ___ ___ ___

Click to send to default printer Icon next to Click to send to to generate a checklist. default printer to generate a checklist.

  • 7 PROVIDE the Protected Examinee PROVIDES the ___ ___ ___

Equipment Log checklist to Protected Equipment Log operator for protected paths to checklist to operator for be placed. protected paths to be placed.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UA-SRO rev U00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number NOTE: After the Examinee gives the Equipment Operator a Protected Equipment Log checklist provide the Examinee with a completed checklist to be entered into the Protected System Barrier Tracker program.

CUE When the examinee prints a checklist, inform them that the checklist number matches the computer checklist number.

8 REVIEW the completed Examinee REVIEWS the ___ ___ ___

Protected Equipment Log completed Protected checklist for completeness Equipment Log checklist for completeness.

  • 9 CLICK the Manage Checklists Examinee CLICKS the Manage ___ ___ ___

Icon. Checklists Icon.

  • 10 DOUBLE CLICK the completed Examinee DOUBLE CLICKS ___ ___ ___

checklist in the INPROG the completed checklist in the Checklists box. INPROG Checklists box.

  • 11 ENTER the names of persons Examinee ENTERS the names ___ ___ ___

who completed checklist and of persons who completed then CLICK OK. checklist and then CLICKS OK.

NOTE: The following step requires the Examinee to perform a Unit Log Entry. Provide the Cue below so a log entry is not made.

12 SIGN the bottom of page 1 and Examinee SIGNS the bottom of ___ ___ ___

2 of the Protected Equipment page 1 and 2 of the Protected Log checklist. Equipment Log checklist.

CUE If the Examinee attempts to make a Unit Log Entry for the completed checklist inform him that another SRO has made the log entry.

  • 13 CLICK Protected System Examinee CLICKS Protected ___ ___ ___

Barrier Report tab at the System Barrier Report tab at bottom of the Excel the bottom of the Excel Spreadsheet. Spreadsheet.

  • 14 PRINT the Protected System Examinee PRINTS the ___ ___ ___

Barrier Report. Protected System Barrier Report.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UA-SRO rev U00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number NOTE: Compare the Protected System Barrier Report printed by the Examinee to the KEY for evaluation.

15 PROVIDE the Protected Examinee PROVIDES the ___ ___ ___

System Barrier Report to the Protected System Barrier Shift Manager. Report to the Shift Manager.

CUE JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UA-SRO rev U00 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BApply a Protected Path Using the Protect System Barrier Tracker Program JPM Number: A-SRO-61 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

747.010 During the performance of tasks, apply the administrative requirements of ON-LINE MAINTENANCE, IAW station procedures.

K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.14 3.6/4.3 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): OP-LA-108-117-1000, LaSalle Protected Equipment Program Rev. 3 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UA-SRO rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit Supervisor on Unit 1,

- It is a Division 1 Work Week.

- The 0 DG is to be placed OOS for scheduled maintenance on the next shift.

INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to perform the following:

- Generate the 0 DG Protected Paths checklist using the Protected System Barrier Tracker.

- Provide the printed 0 DG Protected Paths checklist to the WEC SRO for protected paths to be placed.

- Review and process the checklist after all protected paths are placed.

When the checklist has been processed and all protected paths are placed, print a Protected System Barrier Report and provide it to the Shift Manager.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Identify ODCM Requirements for a Spurious Off Gas Isolation JPM Number: A-SRO-53 Revision Number: 00 Date: 07 / 18 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Murphy/Hawkins 7/23/2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure CY-LA-170-301 Rev: 08 Procedure LOA-OG-101 Rev: 19 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00 Developed new for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 4 of 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. No SIM setup required.
2. Evaluator, be prepared to fill in a time for 5 minutes ago on the candidates copy of the Initial Conditions.
3. Be prepared to provide a blank Tech Spec Timeclock sheet.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor today.

  • Unit 1 is 100% power
  • 1A Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is INOP for LIS-OG-104A The following annunciator was received 5 minutes ago, at time:_______
  • 1N62-P600-B207, Off Gas Post Treatment Rad High The NSO has since reported the following:
  • R-Point R1278 OG Post-Trtmt Rad Hi-Hi-Hi is in
  • 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor has its Upscale light illuminated
  • 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is pegged high
  • Off Gas Pre Treat Rad Monitor reads 7.8 x 101^1 mr/hr
  • Actions per LOA-OG-101, Unit 1 Off Gas System Abnormal, are complete through Section B.8, Step 1.1.3
  • 1N62-F057, Off Gas Discharge to Stack, indicates OPEN at 1N62-P601 IMD has been called in to assist in troubleshooting. They suspect a failed instrument.

INITIATING CUE For this situation:

  • Identify the Required Actions if any.
  • Update the Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet if needed.
  • Complete the necessary notifications.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 6 of 10 JPM Start Time:

Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT Number NOTE: Examinee may obtain a copy of LOR-1N62-P600-B207 but is NOT REQUIRED.

If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of LOR-1N62-P600-B207.

NOTE: Examinee may obtain a copy of LOA-OG-101 but is NOT REQUIRED. If the Examinee wants a copy, after they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with a copy of LOA-OG-101. If the Examinee does not obtain a copy of the procedure the next step may be N/Aed.

1. OBTAIN a copy of the Examinee demonstrates where to ___ ___ ___

procedure. OBTAIN a copy of LOA-OG-101.

2. B.8.1.3 - Refer to ODCM Examinee refers to ODCM for ___ ___ ___

12.2.2. guidance.

NOTE: After they demonstrate where to obtain a copy of the procedure provide them with Examinee may obtain a copy of CY-LA-170-301(ODCM).

3. OBTAIN a copy of the Examinee demonstrates where to ___ ___ ___

procedure. OBTAIN a copy of CY-LA-170-301(ODCM).

4. Recognize that the Initial 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor ___ ___ ___

Conditions render that 1B Off declared inoperable Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is inoperable

5. Identify the correct CONDITION Condition B and RA B.1 identified ___ ___ ___

and REQUIRED ACTION:

Condition B: One or more required instrument channels inoperable for reasons other than condition A RA B.1: Enter the Condition referenced in Table R12.2.2-1 for the instrument channel

6. From Table R12.2.2-1 correctly Condition D identified ___ ___ ___

identifies Condition D SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 7 of 10 Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT Number

  • 7. Correctly identifies Required Required Action D.1, D.2 and D.3 ___ ___ ___

Action D.1, D.2 and D.3: identified RA D.1: Obtain grab samples once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> AND RA D.2: Analyze grab samples for noble gas emitters within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of each grab sample AND RA D.3: Restore instrument channel to OPERABLE status within 30 days CUE If the candidate attempts to contact chemistry for required actions, acknowledge the report.

  • 8. Update the Tech Spec Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet ___ ___ ___

Timeclock Sheet. updated CUE If not already addressed, ask the candidate the following question:

What actions, if any, would be necessary if the 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is not returned to service within 30 days?

9. Identify the correct REQUIRED Condition I reporting requirement ___ ___ ___

ACTION for CONDITION I.1: identified.

ODCM Condition Explain in the next Radioactive I Effluent Release Report why the inoperability was not corrected within the time specified IAW Tech Spec 5.6.3.

TERMINATING CUE:

Inform the candidate that the JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-53 Rev. 00 Page 8 of 10 KEY TS/TRM/ System/ Required REQUIRED ACTION Description Completion Expiration ODCM Component Action (or SFDP Tracking Number/3.0.6) Time Date/Time ODCM 1A and 1B D.1 Obtain grab samples Once per 8 12.2.2 OG Post hours Treat Rad Monitor ODCM 1A and 1B D.2 Analyze grab samples for noble within 24 12.2.2 OG Post gas emitters hours of each Treat Rad grab sample Monitor ODCM 1A and 1B D.3 Restore instrument channel to 30 days OG Post OPERABLE status 12.2.2 Treat Rad Monitor SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 10 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name:

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Determine ODCM Compensatory Measures JPM Number: A-SRO-53 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

702.001 - Given an inoperable component, determine ODCM applicability and required actions, IAW station procedures.

K/A Number and Importance: 2.3.11 SRO 4.3; Ability to control radiation releases.

Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

CY-LA-170-301, Rev. 8, Offsite dose Calculation Manual, Part 1 Radiological Effluent Controls; LOA-OG-101, Rev. 19, Offgas System Abnormal Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 10 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor today.

  • Unit 1 is 100% power
  • 1A Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is INOP for LIS-OG-104A The following annunciator was received 5 minutes ago, at time:_______
  • 1N62-P600-B207, Off Gas Post Treatment Rad High The NSO has since reported the following:
  • R-Point R1278 OG Post-Trtmt Rad Hi-Hi-Hi is in
  • 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor has its Upscale light illuminated
  • 1B Off Gas Post Treat Rad Monitor is pegged high
  • Off Gas Pre Treat Rad Monitor reads 7.8 x 101^1 mr/hr
  • Actions per LOA-OG-101, Unit 1 Off Gas System Abnormal, are complete through Section B.8, Step 1.1.3
  • 1N62-F057, Off Gas Discharge to Stack, indicates OPEN at 1N62-P601 IMD has been called in to assist in troubleshooting. They suspect a failed instrument.

INITIATING CUE For this situation:

  • Identify the Required Actions if any.
  • Update the Tech Spec Timeclock Sheet if needed.
  • Complete the necessary notifications.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure JPM Title HereDetermine PARS for an Event JPM Number: XXYYZZXXA-SRO-54 Revision Number: 00##

Date: 7 / 19 / 2016## / ## / 20##

Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Formatted: Tab stops: 3.11", Left Instructor Date Validated By: Murphy / Hawkins 7/23/2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Formatted: Tab stops: 3.1", Left Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Formatted: Tab stops: 3.28", Left Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure EP-AA-111-F-05 Rev: G Procedure EP-AA-111 Rev: 19 Procedure EP-AA-114 Rev: 13 Formatted: No underline Procedure EP-AA-1005 Add 3Rev. 01___ Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.36", No bullets or numbering Formatted: Underline

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST Formatted: Left, Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13",

Right + 5.25", Left + 6", Left SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX NOTE:All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

________ 1.Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified. 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left

________ 2.Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

________ 3.Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other) 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left

________ 4.Initial setup conditions are identified. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

________ 5.Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified. 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left

________ 6.Task standards identified and verified by SME review. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

________ 7.Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left asterisk (*).

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

________ 8.Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision: Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

Procedure Rev: 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left Procedure Rev:

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Procedure Rev:

Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

________ 9.Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict. 5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

________ 10.Verify performance time is accurate Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

________ 11.If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise 5.25", Left + 6", Left the JPM. Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Font: 10 pt

________ 12.When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent Formatted: Font: 10 pt validations, sign and date below:

Formatted: Font: 10 pt Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering SME / Instructor Date Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering SME / Instructor Date Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

SME / Instructor Date 1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, After: 6 pt, Tab stops:

1.25", Right + 1.38", Left + 4.63", Left + 5.13", Right +

5.25", Left + 6", Left SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, {Put reason for writing this JPM under Revision 00, for all subsequent revisions annotate the changes that were made.}New JPM written for 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONSMaterials

1. The following material is required to be provided to the Examinee.
  • EP-AA-111-F-05, EP-AA-111, EP-AA-114, EP-AA-1005 Addendum 3 1.Reset the simulator to IC XX Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets or numbering Formatted: Bullets and Numbering NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2.Do this second {Add steps to describe additional simulator setup steps (e.g., Load Computer Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Aided Exercise ZZZZ or jcae! ZZZZ)}

3.Do this next {Add steps to describe additional panel setup requirements for this JPM (e.g.,

re-align systems; hang tags, hang postings, etc.}

4.When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.

5.This completes the setup for this JPM. Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets or numbering SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an SRO in the Control Room and have been directed to assist the Shift Manager. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and the following plant conditions exist:

- The Shift Manager has just classified FG1.

- All Secondary Containment parameters are normal.

- Plant Computer average wind speed is 12 mph from 270°

- All PCIS isolations have taken place as expected.

- Suppression Pool Temperature is 210°F

- Reactor Pressure is 700 psig

- Drywell Gross Gamma is reading 350 R/HR

- The highest ARM reading 205 R/HR

- SBGT is running

- No release has been reported

- No PAR determination has been made INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to determine PARs for the event.

You are to inform the Shift Manager when your PARs determination is complete INITIAL CONDITIONS

{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., an extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}

INITIATING CUE

{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task clearly. This information should be duplicated on the last page for the student copy.}

This is a Time Critical JPM.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 1*XX Obtain copies of EP-AA-111, EP- Examinee demonstrates where ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt AA-111-F-05. copies EP-AA-111, EP-AA-111-F-05 can be obtained.Type specific Type element of task in this operator action standards in this column.

column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.

CUE Examinee may obtain a copy of EP-AA-111, EP-AA-111-F-05.Type cues to be provided by evaluator in these areas or delete row as applicable.

  • 2XX Enters Page 1 of PAR Examinee enters Page 1 of PAR ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt Flowchart.Type next element of Flowchart.Type specific operator task. action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.
  • 3 Determine if GE declared. Examinee confirms FG1 Has been ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt classified.

NOTE: PAR determination must be completed within 15 minutes of JPM start time.NOTE: Type supplemental information to be provided to evaluation before the applicable element.

  • 4XX Determine if initial PAR.Type Examinee determines this is the ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt element of task in this column. initial PAR.Type specific operator ___ ___ ___

action standards in this column including application of fundamentals, as appropriate.

  • 5 Determine Loss of Primary Examinee determines that these ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt Containment AND ARM reading or are not met. ___ ___ ___

RG1 entered.

  • 6 Determine if Hostile Action in Examinee determines No Hostile ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt progress. Action in progress. ___ ___ ___
  • 7. Determine if PAR being made in Examinee determines PAR being ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt the control room. made from the MCR. Formatted: Font: 11 pt
  • 8. Determines to Evacuate Sub Area Examinee evacuates Sub Area 1 ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt 1 Formatted: Font: 11 pt Formatted: Font: 11 pt SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number

  • 9. Inform the Shift Manager. Examinee informs the Shift ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11 pt Manager that Sub Area 1 needs to Formatted: Font: 11 pt be evacuated. Formatted Table Formatted: Font: 11 pt CUE TERMINATING CUE Formatted: Font: 11 pt Acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee the JPM is complete. Verify that from Formatted: Font: 11 pt time start to time stop is less than 15 minutes.

Formatted: Font: Bold, Underline Formatted: Centered JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name:

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert ________Job

Title:

Formatted: Space Before: 6 pt, Tab stops: 1.38", Right +

1.44", Left EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Determine Par for an EventType JPM title here JPM Number: Type JPM number hereA-SRO-54Revision Number: 00## Formatted: Underline Task Number and

Title:

711.001 - Given postulated E-plan conditions, recommend Offsite Formatted: Underline Protective Actions, IAW station procedures.Type Task Number and Title here K/A Number and Importance: 2.4.44 - (4.4) - Knowledge of emergency plan protective action recommendations. Type System/Evolution #, K/A, and Importance Ratings here.

Suggested Testing Environment: Type suggested testing environment here (e.g., simulator, classroom, mock-up, etc.)Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): EP-AA-111-F-05, Rev G; EP-AA-111, Rev 19; EP-AA-114, Rev 13; EP-AA-1005 Addendum 3, Rev 01; Type procedure reference(s), AND revision number(s) here. Delete blank 'Comments' rows during JPM development, as necessary, to maintain this sheet as a single page.

Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 1000 minutes Actual Time Used: Formatted: Underline minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

A-SRO-54{JPM Number} - rev 00XX INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an SRO in the Control Room and have been directed to assist the Shift Manager. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and the following plant conditions exist:

- The Shift Manager has just classified FG1.

- All Secondary Containment parameters are normal.

- Plant Computer average wind speed is 12 mph from 270°

- All PCIS isolations have taken place as expected.

- Suppression Pool Temperature is 210°F

- Reactor Pressure is 700 psig

- Drywell Gross Gamma is reading 350 R/HR

- The highest ARM reading 205 R/HR

- SBGT is running

- No release has been reported

- No PAR determination has been made INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to determine PARs for the event.

You are to inform the Shift Manager when your PARs determination is complete This is a Time Critical JPM.INITIAL CONDITIONS Formatted: Font: Not Bold

{Put the Initial Conditions here. Include current plant status and the role (by position, e.g., Formatted: Check spelling and grammar extra RO, etc.) in which the examinee will be performing the task. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}

INITIATING CUE Formatted: Font: Not Bold

{Put the initiating cue the evaluator will read to the students here. This should describe the task Formatted: Check spelling and grammar clearly. This information should be duplicated from the evaluator's page.}

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Starting Service Water Pumps to Maintain Fire Header Pressure JPM Number: S-FP-01 Revision Number: 03 Date: 07/27/2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Polega / Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 2 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOA-FP-101 Rev: 0321 Procedure LOP-WS-03 Rev: 009 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 3 of 9 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00 This is a new JPM written for the 07-01 ILT NRC Revision 01 Updated to current template and procedures for ILT 13-1 NRC Exam.

Revision 02 Revised the task number and statement in response to NRC feedback on the ILT 13-1 NRC Exam 45 Day Submittal.

Revision 03 Revised for Procedure Revisions for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 4 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC196.

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. Line up Service Water as follows:
  • The following pumps running:
3. Run the CAEP for this JPM: SFP01r02.cae
  • ior k7b08ib9 false (Disables the A Diesel Fire Pump START switch)
  • ior k7b09ib9 false (Disables the B Diesel Fire Pump START switch)
  • ior k7b22jp9 stop (Trips the 0A Jockey Fire Pump)
  • ior k7b23jp9 stop (Trips the 0B Jockey Fire Pump)
  • imf r1014 (1PMJ10 B101 0A DIESEL FIRE PUMP TROUBLE overridden ON)
  • imf r1019 (1PMJ10 B102 0B DIESEL FIRE PUMP TROUBLE overridden ON)
  • imf r1062 (1PMJ10 B302 0A FIRE JOCKEY PUMP AUTO TRIP overridden ON)
  • imf r1061 (1PMJ10 B303 FIRE DET CONT PANEL TROUBLE overridden ON)
  • imf r1020 (1PMJ10 B401 FIRE PROT HEADER PRESS LO overridden ON)
  • imf r1251 (1PMJ10 B407 FP INTER JOCKEY PUMP RUNNING overridden ON)
  • ior q7b08rr9 off (A Diesel Fire Pump ON light OFF)
  • ior q7b09rr9 off (B Diesel Fire Pump ON light OFF)
  • ior q7b08ma9 on (A Diesel Fire Pump TRIP light ON)
  • ior q7b09ma9 on (B Diesel Fire Pump TRIP light ON)
  • ior q7b08lg9 on (A Diesel Fire Pump OFF light ON)
  • ior q7b09lg9 on (B Diesel Fire Pump OFF light ON)
  • ior g8c99g19 100 (Overrides Fire Header Indication to 100 psig)
  • trg 11 ior g8c99g19 13027 (Overrides the Fire Header Pressure Indication to 13027 psig)
  • trg 12 ior g8c85g14 130 (Overrides the WS Pump Disch Pressure Indication to 130 psig)
  • trg 13 ior g8c86g14 120 (Overrides the WS Header Pressure Indication to 120 psig)
  • trg 14 dmf r1020 (Clears the Fire Header Low Pressure Alarm)
4. Silence, Acknowledge and Reset the annunciators, then acknowledge the Process Computer Alarms.
5. Clear BOTH Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) monitor screens.
6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
7. The following materials will be provided to the examinee:
  • LOA-FP-101, Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal, Attachment A
8. The following materials will be available to the examinee:
9. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 5 of 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO assigned to Unit 1.

A large fire is in progress inside the lake screen house. The fire is on the west side of the ground floor.

Both Diesel Fire Pumps and the Jockey Fire Pumps have tripped due to the fire. The Intermediate Jockey Fire Pump remains running Normal AC power remains available to the Lake Screen House.

All Service Water Pumps are available.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to start additional Service Water pumps to maintain fire header pressure greater than or equal to 125 psig in accordance with LOA-FP-101, Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal, Attachment A.

You are to INFORM the Unit Supervisor when LOA-FP-101 Attachment A is completed up to and including Step 5.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 6 of 9 JPM Start Time:

Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT Number SIMOP Call up the Analog Output Override From Screen 1PM10J-01 for Fire Pump Header Pressure (g8c99g19)

Note Provide a copy of LOA-FP-101 Attachment A after the examinee has acknowledged the initiating cue.

1. If a fire is in progress, GO TO Determines that a fire is in ___ ___ ___

Attachment A Step 3. progress and GOES TO Step 3.

Step 1

  • Determines that an Attachment A Pump at 1PM09J: additional Service Water Step 3 o 1WS01PA Pump must be started and STARTS the pump by taking o 1WS01PB the appropriate control switch to START.

CUE If Candidate asks about Unit 2 WS Pumps, inform the candidate that Unit 2/0 WS Pumps are not available.

SIMOP When the 1WS01PB pump is started, activate Manual Triggers 11, 12, 13,& 14 and verify the following:

trg 11 ior g8c99g19 13027 (Overrides the Fire Header Pressure Indication to 130127 psig) trg 12 ior g8c85g14 130 (Overrides the WS Pump Disch Press Indication to 130 psig) trg 13 ior g8c86g14 120 (Overrides the WS Header Pressure Indication to 120 psig) trg 14 dmf r1020 (Clears the Low Pressure Alarm)

3. VERIFY Service Water PMP
  • VERIFIES that running ___ ___ ___

Attachment A Amps are normal at 1PM10J: Service Water Pump amps Step 4 are < 160 amps.

  • < 160 amps Note The CAUTION before Step 5 warns about operating the Service Water Jockey Pump with a header pressure > 115 psig.
4. If a Service Water Jockey Determines that 0A Service ___ ___ ___

Attachment A Pump is running, SHUT it Water Jockey Pump 0WS02PA Step 5 down per LOP-WS-03 while is running and is required to be continuing with subsequent shutdown.

actions.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-FP-01 Rev. 03 Page 7 of 9 Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT Number CUE Provide the examinee with a copy of LOP-WS-03 when it is identified that the procedure is needed and the examinee has located the procedure in the simulator.

  • 5. On panel 1PM09J, STOP Examinee takes control switch ___ ___ ___

LOP-WS-03 desired pump. 0WS02PA to Stop.

Step E.1 CUE If EO dispatched to verify Service Water Jockey Pump is not spinning backwards, Formatted Table report 0WS02PA shaft is stopped. Formatted: Left

6. INFORM the Unit Supervisor INFORMS the Unit Supervisor ___ ___ ___

when LOA-FP-101 Attachment that LOA-FP-101 Attachment A A is completed up to and is completed up to and including including step 5. step 5.

TERMINATING CUE:

ACKNOWLEDGE report as Unit Supervisor and INFORM the examinee that the JPM is complete.

Record completion time in the block below.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 9 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name:

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Starting Service Water Pumps to Maintain Fire Header Pressure JPM Number: S-FP-01 Revision Number: 03 Task Number and

Title:

125.006 Provided initial conditions, respond to a loss of both 0A and 0B Diesel Fire Pumps IAW station procedures K/A Number and Importance: 286000 Fire Protection Systems, A2.08 RO 3.2/SRO 3.3; Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the Fire Protection; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Failure to actuate when required Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

LOA-FP-101, Rev. 321; Unit 1 Fire protection System Abnormal LOP-WS-03, Rev. 9, Service Water Pump Shutdown Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 9 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are an Extra NSO assigned to Unit 1.

A large fire is in progress inside the lake screen house. The fire is on the west side of the ground floor.

Both Diesel Fire Pumps and the Jockey Fire Pumps have tripped due to the fire. The Intermediate Jockey Fire Pump remains running Normal AC power remains available to the Lake Screen House.

All Service Water Pumps are available.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to start additional Service Water pumps to maintain fire header pressure greater than or equal to 125 psig in accordance with LOA-FP-101, Unit 1 Fire Protection System Abnormal, Attachment A.

You are to INFORM the Unit Supervisor when LOA-FP-101 Attachment A is completed up to and including Step 5.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BSubstitute Control Rod Position IAW LOP-RM-02 JPM Number: US-RM-02 Revision Number: U00 Date: 8 / 2 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Findley / Jozwiak 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RM rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOP-RM-02 Rev: 23 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RM rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, JPM created new for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RM rev U00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRM02rev00.ssf
3. Place Simulator in Run
4. Have a copy of LOP-RM-02 pages 1-11.
5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
6. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RM rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power You are the ATC NSO.

Rod 38-19 has lost position indication and it has been determined to be at position 48.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you Substitute Control Rod Position to position 48 per LOP-RM-02 Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RM rev U00 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 1 Obtain a copy of LOP-RM-02 Examinee obtains a copy of ___ ___ ___

LOP-RM -02.

CUE When the examinee demonstrates where to locate a copy of LOP-RM-02, hand them a copy of LOP-RM-02.

2 Determine which rod has drifted Examinee determines 38-19 is ___ ___ ___

or is in an unknown position. in an unknown position.

  • 3 Select set parameters on the Examinee selects set ___ ___ ___

rod select display or the status parameters on the rod select display, whichever is in the display or the status display, control mode. whichever is in the control mode.

  • 4 Select set/restore position Examinee selects set/restore ___ ___ ___

substitution on the set HCU/rod position substitution on the set screen. HCU/rod screen.

position is to be substituted.

  • 6 Enter the desired control rod Examinee verifies position 48 ___ ___ ___

position using the pop-up using the pop-up keypad, and keypad, then press enter on then presses enter on the the keypad. keypad.

  • 7 Press accept to change the Examinee presses accept to ___ ___ ___

desired rods indicated position. change rod 38-19 to positon 48

  • 8 Acknowledge the popup Examinee presses yes to the ___ ___ ___

message This operation will popup message This operation modify system data. Are you will modify system data. Are you sure you want to proceed? sure you want to proceed?

  • 9 The substituted control rod Examinee verifies that rod 38- ___ ___ ___

position will appear in white text 19 appears semi-dark grey with on semi-dark gray background orange border with a white ++

with an orange border if E.1.1.7 for position 48.

was answered YES.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RM rev U00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 10 Return to the select screen, if Examinee returns to the select ___ ___ ___

desired, when all substitutions screen by pressing return..

are completed.

11 Inform Unit Supervisor. Examinee informs the Unit ___ ___ ___

Supervisor that Rod 38-19 position has been substituted.

TERMINATING CUE Acknowledge the report as Unit Supervisor. The JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RM rev U00 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BSubstitute Control Rod Position IAW LOP-RM-02 JPM Number: S-RM-02 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

47.013 - Perform the Main Control Room actions associated with Rod Control Management System Alarms K/A Number and Importance: 201006 Rod Worth Minimizer System A4.06 3.2/3.2 - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room selected rod position indication.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOP-RM-02, Rod Control Management System on Demand Functions, Revision 23 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 05 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RM rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power You are the ATC NSO.

Rod 38-19 has lost position indication and it has been determined to be at position 48.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you Substitute Control Rod Position to position 48 per LOP-RM-02 SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BEstablish One Loop of Suppression Pool Cooling with Discharge Piping Rupture JPM Number: US-RH-28 Revision Number: U00 Date: 8 / 5 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Murphy / Rogers 8 / 8 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RH rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOP-RH-13 Rev: 32 Procedure LOR-1PM13J-A302 Rev: 06 Procedure LOA-FLD-001 Rev: 19

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RH rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, Written for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RH rev U00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRH28r00.ssf
3. Have marked up copy of LOP-RH-13 up step E.1.3.
4. Place Div 1 RHR Service Water online per LOP-RH-05.
5. Take O/L Bypass for 1E12-F003A, 4A, 6A, 47A, 68A, 73A, 74A to TEST.
6. Send Display #23 to Overhead C.
7. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
8. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RH rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.

You are the Balance of Plant NSO.

Preparations are being made to perform the LOS-RI-Q5, RCIC System Pump Operability Test.

LOP-RH-13 is complete up to step 1.3 and Div 1 RHR Service Water is online.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue placing A RHR Pump in Suppression Pool Cooling Mode at 7200 gpm in preparation for the RCIC Surveillance and to inform him when complete.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RH rev U00 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE When the examinee has acknowledged their initiating cue, hand them the marked up copy of LOP-RH-13.

1 Verify CLOSED 1E12-F006A, Examinee verifies CLOSED ___ ___ ___

1A RHR shutdown Cooling 1E12-F006A, 1A RHR Suction Valve. shutdown Cooling Suction Valve.

2 Verify OPEN the following Examinee verifies OPEN the ___ ___ ___

valves: following valves:

Pump, to establish flow. A RHR Pump.

  • 4 Throttle OPEN 1E12-F024A, A Examine throttles OPEN 1E12- ___ ___ ___

RHR Test to SP Valve to F024A to establish maintain flow between 1500 approximately 7200 gpm flow.

and 7450 gpm, as indicated on 1E12-R603A.

  • 5 THROTTLE CLOSED 1E12- Examinee throttles CLOSED ___ ___ ___

F048A, A RHR Hx Bypass Stop. 1E12-F048A, A RHR Hx Bypass Stop.

NOTE Alternate path begins while 1E12-F048A is being closed.

NOTE The examinee may secure A RHR Pump prior to any report from the field due to abnormal RHR Pump parameters.

NOTE Steps 65 through 98 may be performed in any order.

65 Dispatch an operator to Examinee dispatches an ___ ___ ___

investigate 1A RHR for operator to investigate 1A RHR abnormalities. for abnormalities.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RH rev U00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE As the operator dispatched to investigate the 1A RHR Pump, report that, the A RHR corner room has 6 inches of water on the floor and is slowly rising and sump pumps are running and water is spraying from the discharge of A RHR Pump.

CUE The report from the field, prior to 1E12-F004A being CLOSED, if asked, will be, A RHR corner room water level continues to rise.

NOTE If the examinee closes the 1E12-F004A prior to securing 1A RHR Pump, it will cause the pump to trip. This meets the critical task in Step 6.

  • 76 SHUTDOWN pumps feeding Examinee secures 1A RHR ___ ___ ___

flood Pump.

87 Refer to LGA-002, Secondary Examinee informs Unit ___ ___ ___

Containment Control. Supervisor to refer to LGA-002.

CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report.

NOTE Examinee may close additional valves and/or secure RHR Service Water Pumps if they deem necessary.

  • 98 CLOSE valves in affected Examinee CLOSES 1E12- ___ ___ ___

system feeding flood or F004A.

suspected of feeding flood to restrict flow.

CUE If the examinee asks the operator in the field the status of the rupture after step 8 has been completed, report that, water in A RHR corner room has stopped rising and you dont see water draining from the pipe anymore.

109 Inform the Unit Supervisor that Examinee reports that the ___ ___ ___

the source of the water has source of water has been been isolated. isolated.

Terminating CUE Acknowledge the report. JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RH rev U00 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BEstablish One Loop of Suppression Pool Cooling with Discharge Piping Rupture JPM Number: S-RH-28 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

416.00 - Evaluate plant conditions and control water level in secondary containment by operation of sumps, K/A Number and Importance: 295036 - Secondary Containment High Sump/Area Water Level

- EA1.02 - (3.5/3.6) - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to Secondary Containment High Sump/Area Water Level: Affected Systems so as to isolate damaged portions.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOP-RH-13, Suppression Pool Cooling Operation Rev 032; LOR-1PM13J-A302, Rev 006; LOA-FLD-001, Flooding, Rev 019 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 17 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RH rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.

You are the Balance of Plant NSO.

Preparations are being made to perform the LOS-RI-Q5, RCIC System Pump Operability Test.

LOP-RH-13 is complete up to step 1.3 and Div 1 RHR Service Water is online.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue placing A RHR Pump in Suppression Pool Cooling Mode at 7200 gpm in preparation for the RCIC Surveillance and to inform him when complete.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BRespond to an Uncoupled Control Rod JPM Number: US-NR-12 Revision Number: U00 Date: 8 / 2 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Findley / Joswiak 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-NR rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOP-RM-01 Rev: 43 Procedure LOA-RD-101 Rev: 20 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-NR rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, New JPM written for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-NR rev U00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 334 Password 3343 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SNR12r00.ssf
3. Place Simulator in Run.
4. Mark up Rod Sequence so rod 26-11 is the next rod to withdraw to positon 48.
5. Provide a copy of LOP-RM-01 pages 1-22 and 2831-302, complete through E.1.
6. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
7. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-NR rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is performing a startup. Currently in Mode 2 at 4% Reactor Power per LGP-1-1.

You are an extra NSO and currently pulling Control rods per the approved Rod sequence using continuous withdrawal. LOP-RM-01 E.1 is complete.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue to pull rods IAW LOP-RM-01 and the approved sequence until you reach 10% Reactor Power.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-NR rev U00 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE When the examinee acknowledges their initiating cue, hand them a copy of LOP-RM-01.

NOTE Step 1 through 4 may be performed in any order.

1 Verify Rod Selected is in Examinee verifies that rod 26- ___ ___ ___

accordance with the Rod 11 follows the approved rod Sequence. sequence.

2 Verify the following switch Examinee verify the following positions at panel 1H13-P603: switch positions at panel 1H13-P603:

3 CRD drive flow trip circuit Examinee places CRD drive ___ ___ ___

bypass switch is in the bypass flow trip circuit bypass switch is position. in the bypass position.

4 CRD drive flow trip circuit test Examinee verifies CRD drive ___ ___ ___

switch is in the normal position. flow trip circuit test switch is in the normal position.

  • 5 Simultaneously depress and Examinee simultaneously ___ ___ ___

hold both continuous withdraw depresses and holds both and withdraw push-button. continuous withdraw and Selected rod will continuously withdraw push-button.

withdraw until one (1) push-button is released.

6 Check control rod withdraw Examinee checks control rod ___ ___ ___

sequence begins: withdraw sequence begins:

o Rod insert indication o Rod insert indication appears on the rod select appears on the rod select display or status display. display or status display.

o Rod withdraw indication o Rod withdraw indication appears on the rod select appears on the rod select display or status display. display or status display.

o Control rod continuous o Control rod continuous motion is indicated on motion is indicated on the rod select display or the rod select display or status display. status display.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-NR rev U00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 7 Observe changes in nuclear Examinee observes changes in ___ ___ ___

instrumentation indications. nuclear instrumentation indications.

8 When either push-button is When the examinee releases ___ ___ ___

released, rod settle indication is either pushbutton they observe lit for approximately 2 seconds. rod settle indication.

9 New rod position will be Examinee determines rod is ___ ___ ___

indicated on the rod select uncoupled due to over-travel display, status display and core indication.

map display.

10 Inform Unit Supervisor of Examinee informs Unit ___ ___ ___

uncoupled control rod. Supervisor of uncoupled control rod.

NOTE Alternate path begins here.

CUE As Unit Supervisor Acknowledge the report.

11 Check CTP - > LPSP (10% Examinee determines CTP is < ___ ___ ___

RTP). LPSP (10% RTP).

o RTP per QNE approved .

heat balance.

o LPSP indication per rod select or status display.

NOTE The next step can be marked N/A if the rod is already selected.

  • 12 SELECT uncoupled control rod. Examinee selects uncoupled ___ ___ ___

control rod.

13 Verify insert block indication not Examinee verifies insert block ___ ___ ___

present on rod select or status indication is present.

display.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-NR rev U00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number

  • 14 If required, REMOVE insert block Examinee places RWM Select ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt as follows: switch to BYPASS OR Bypasses Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt RWM. Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt o BYPASS control rod from RWM.

o PLACE the RWM Select switch to BYPASS.

o If RWM is bypassed, REFER to T.S. 3.3.2.1 CUE If Examinee attempts to Bypass the individual rod from the RWM inform the examinee Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt that the Unit Supervisor directs using the RWM Select Switch. Formatted Table Formatted: Left 15 Inform Unit Supervisor to refer to Examinee reports to Unit ___ ___ ___

Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 Supervisor to refer to Tech Spec 3.3.2.1 CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report. Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt

  • 16 Insert uncoupled control rod to Examinee inserts uncoupled ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt position 00. control rod to position 00.
  • Place Verify CRD drive flow trip circuit bypass Switch into BYPASS.
  • Second verifier required.

CUE If the examinee requests a second verifier inform them that a second verifier is standing Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt by.

CUE Follow up any second verification with, the component you identified is in the position Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt you described.

1718 If required, PLACE the RWM Examinee places RWM Select ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt Select switch to RUN. Switch to RUN.

1819 Inform Unit Supervisor that rod is Examinee informs Unit ___ ___ ___ Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt fully inserted and INOP. Supervisor that the rod is fully inserted and INOP.

TERMINATING CUE Formatted: Font: 11.5 pt As Unit supervisor acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee the JPM is complete.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-NR rev U00 JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-NR rev U00 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BRespond to an Uncoupled Control Rod JPM Number: S-NR-12 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

47.007 - Perform a Control Rod Coupling Check K/A Number and Importance: 201003 Control Rod and Drive Mechanism - A2.02 3.7/3.8 -

Ability to predict the impacts of the control rod and drive mechanism; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Uncoupled Rod Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOP-RM-01, Rod Control Management System, Revision 43; LOA-RD-101, Control Rod Drive Abnormal, Revision 20 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-NR rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is performing a startup. Currently in Mode 2 at 4% Reactor Power per LGP-1-1.

You are an extra NSO and currently pulling Control rods per the approved Rod sequence using continuous withdrawal. LOP-RM-01 E.1 is complete.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor orders you to continue to pull rods IAW LOP-RM-01 and the approved sequence until you reach 10% Reactor Power.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BManually Initiate SBGT in response to irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage JPM Number: US-VG-01 Revision Number: U01 Date: 07 / 27 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Findley / Jozwiak 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-VG rev U01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LGA-VG-101 Rev: 003 Procedure LOA-FH-001 Rev: 005 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 2 of 9

US-VG rev U01 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, New JPM written for 2010 NRC Annual Exam. Take from ILT 09-1 NRC Exam.

Revision 01, Revised for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 3 of 9

US-VG rev U01 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 (100% Power)

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. Load and Run Smart Scenario SVG01r01.ssf.
3. Acknowledge Annunciators.
4. Have a copy of LOA-FH-001 and LGA-VG-101.
5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
6. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 4 of 9

US-VG rev U01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the U-1 assist NSO. A dropped fuel bundle during fuel shuffles has caused increased radiation conditions in the Secondary Containment. LGA-002 has been entered. U-2 SBGT system is OOS.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to perform LOA-FH-001, irradiated fuel damage.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 5 of 9

US-VG rev U01 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE When the examinee acknowledges his initiating cue hand them a copy of LOA-FH-001 1 Check VR and FC Exhaust Duct Examinee Discovers rad levels ___ ___ ___

Radiation LESS THAN 10 mr/hr are >10mr/hr CUE If requested, Unit 2 VR and VQ have isolated.

2 VERIFY Reactor Building Examinee verifies VR isolation ___ ___ ___

Ventilation System isolated Dampers are closed.

3 VERIFY Primary Containment Examinee verifies Primary ___ ___ ___

Ventilation and Purge System Containment Vent and Purge isolated. System isolated.

4 VERIFY Standby Gas Examinee determines SBGT ___ ___ ___

Treatment System started. system failed to start and Notifies Unit Supervisor (May attempt to initiate via arm and depress Pushbutton, this will not work)

CUE Unit supervisor directs examinee to start U-1 SBGT IAW LGA-VG-101 and inform him when it is running. When the student demonstrates where to locate a copy of LGA-VG-101, hand them the copy provided.

NOTE Examinee may take required action per HU-AA-104-101 and take manual action for a failed automatic action that did not occur without referencing a procedure.

CUE If requested at any time, both WRGMs operating properly.

  • 5 Verify 1VG001 U1 SBGT Inlet Examinee OPENS 1VG001 U1 ___ ___ ___

Isol. Vlv., open. SBGT Inlet Isol. Vlv., open.

  • 6 Verify U1 SBGT Primary Fan, Examinee STARTS U1 SBGT ___ ___ ___

1VG01C, on. Primary Fan, 1VG01C, on.

  • 7 Verify 1VG003, U1 SBGT Dsch. Examinee verifies 1VG003, U1 ___ ___ ___

Vlv. Open. SBGT Dsch. Vlv. Open.

  • 8 Verify U1 SBGT Elec Heating Verifies U1 SBGT Elec Heating ___ ___ ___

Coil, 1VG01A, on. Coil, 1VG01A, on.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 9

US-VG rev U01 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 9 Verify U1 SBGT Cooling Fan, Verifies U1 SBGT Cooling Fan, ___ ___ ___

1VG02C, off. 1VG02C, off.

10 VERIFY SBGT flow 3,600 to Verifies SBGT flow 3,600 to ___ ___ ___

4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Outlet 4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Outlet Flow, 1FR-VG009. Flow, 1FR-VG009.

11 VERIFY SBGT flow 3,600 to Verifies SBGT flow 3,600 to ___ ___ ___

4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Inlet 4,400 CFM on U1 SBGT Inlet Flow, 1FI-VG003. Flow, 1FI-VG003.

12 Inform Unit Supervisor that Examinee informs Unit ___ ___ ___

SBGT is running. Supervisor that SBGT is running.

TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report. JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 7 of 9

US-VG rev U01 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BManually Initiate SBGT in response to irradiated Fuel Assembly Damage JPM Number: S-VG-01 Revision Number: 01 Task Number and

Title:

415.000 - Evaluate plant conditions and control secondary containment by operation of the following ventilation systems - VG K/A Number and Importance:261000 SBGT A2.12 - 3.2/3.4,Ability to predict the impacts of the following on Standby Gas Treatment System; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:

High Fuel Pool Vent Rad Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LGA-VG-101, Secondary Containment Pressure Control Revision 3, LOA-FH-001Irradiated Fuel Assembly damage / Removal Rack Insert Revision 5 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 12 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 8 of 9

US-VG rev U01 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the U-1 assist NSO. A dropped fuel bundle during fuel shuffles has caused increased radiation conditions in the Secondary Containment. LGA-002 has been entered. U-2 SBGT system is OOS.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to perform LOA-FH-001, irradiated fuel damage.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section Page 9 of 9

c Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure 1A DG Fast Start Loading With High Cooling Temperature JPM Number: S-DG-12a Revision Number: 02 Date: 07/28/2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Polega / Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOS-DG-M2 Rev: 095 Procedure 1PM01J-B206 Rev: 005 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, This JPM was developed NEW for the NRC Annual Exam. JPM modifies bank JPM S-DG-11, Rev. 00, by the use of a new alternate path.

Revision 01, Revised Alternate Path of JPM and replaced performing LOS-DG-M2 with actions of LOR-1PM01J-B206 for DG shutdown.

Revision 02, Revised Alternate Path of JPM and replaced R-point description.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Verify ACB 1421 is CLOSED and ACB 1425 is OPEN
3. Verify 1A DG is RUNNING per LOS-DG-M2 Att. 1A step 3.2
4. Verify 1A DG Speed Droop is set at 50.
5. Load and run Smart Scenario: SDG12ar02.ssf
6. Provide a marked up copy of LOS-DG-M2 up to Step 3.2 Attachment 1A FAST, for the Examinee
7. Silence, acknowledge and reset annunciators. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
8. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Assist NSO,

- LOS-DG-M2 is in progress and complete up to and including Step 3.1 of ATTACHMENT 1A-FAST.

- An Equipment Operator supporting this test.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to load the 1A DG IAW LOS-DG-M2. Inform the Unit Supervisor when 1A DG is fully loaded.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number NOTE All steps of this JPM are to be completed at control room panel 1PM01J unless otherwise noted.

CUE If SAT 142 Low Load Alarm comes in inform the examinee that another NSO will address the alarm.

1. Verify 1A DG Frequency Examinee verifies 1A DG ___ ___ ___

59.8 to 60.2 Hz on 1SI- Frequency 59.8 to 60.2 Hz on DG0028 1SI-DG0028

2. Wipe Motor Operated Examinee wipes Motor ___ ___ ___

Potentiometer, using the Operated Potentiometer, using 1A Diesel Gen Terminal the 1A Diesel Gen Terminal Volt Volt Adjust control switch Adjust control switch as to do the following as described.

read on 1EI-DG027, 1A Diesel Gen Volts:

  • Lower Diesel Generator volts to approximately 3900 volts.
  • Raise Diesel Generator volts to approximately 4500 volts.
  • Lower Diesel Generator volts to approximately 4050 to 4300 volts.
  • o Repeat at least 2 more Formatted: Indent: Left: 0", Hanging: 0.21", Bulleted +

Level: 1 + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent at: 0.5", Tab stops:

times. 0.21", Left + Not at 1" CUE Once the motor operated potentiometer has been wiped one time, inform the Formatted Table examinee that the motor operated potentiometer has been wiped two more times. Formatted: Left

  • 3. Place Synchroscope Select Examinee places Synchroscope ___ ___ ___

Switch to ON Select Switch to ON for breaker 1423

  • 4. Adjust DG Speed with 1A Examinee adjusts DG Speed ___ ___ ___

DG Governor Adjust switch with 1A DG Governor Adjust until synchroscope rotates at switch until synchroscope approximately 1-2 rpm in the rotates at approximately 1-2 FAST (clockwise) direction. rpm in the FAST (clockwise) direction.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE If the examinee does not meet the approximately 1-2 rpm band within 5 minutes, inform the examinee that the synchroscope has a 55 second rotation frequency.

NOTE If the DG Output Breaker fails to close when it is closed due to voltage being too high, then the following step would be marked unsat

  • 5. Adjust BOP/Division 2 Examinee adjusts BOP/Division ___ ___ ___

Incoming Volts with 1A 2 Incoming Volts with 1A Diesel Diesel Gen Terminal Volts Gen Terminal Volts Adjust Adjust switch until it is switch until it is slightly above slightly above BOP/Division BOP/Division II Running Volts.

II Running Volts.

  • 6. When synchroscope is at the Examinee closes ACB 1423 ___ ___ ___

11 oclock position, close when synchroscope is at 11 ACB 1423, 1A Diesel Gen to oclock by HOLDING the Bus 142 by holding the Control Switch to CLOSE.

Control Switch to CLOSE.

7. Raise DG Load to 1000 kW Examinee raises DG Load to ___ ___ ___

to 1300 kW and 350 KVAR

  • 1000 KW to 1300 KW and to 750 KVAR, MAINTAIN for
  • 350 KVAR to 750 KVAR two (2) minutes.

then waits for two minutes before continuing while maintaining DG parameters.

NOTE ALTERNATE PATH BEGINS HERE. Successful completion of the JPM will be when 1A DG is shutdown.

Sim Op Monitor 1JI-DG022 1A Diesel Gen Kilowatt meter. When load reaches 1750-2000 kw verify 1A DG Trouble Alarm comes in.

NOTE Annunciator 1PM01J-B206 will alarm with R point R1007 for 1A DG Trouble / DC Power.

CUE As EO, when asked to determine cause of the 1A DG Trouble Alarm, report that the 1A DG Cooling Water temperature is currently 200°F and slowly rising. If requested you are unable to determine cause of the rising Cooling Water temperature.

8. Determine the cause for the Examinee determines 1A DG ___ ___ ___

annunciator. Trouble Alarm is cause by high cooling water temperature.

CUE If Examinee reports to the Unit Supervisor the 1A DG Trouble Alarm, acknowledge report and tell the Examinee to follow-up with the appropriate LOR and to notify you when LOR actions are complete.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number Note Examinee may perform the following steps and then follow up with procedure.

9. If the 1A Diesel Generator Examinee determines that there ___ ___ ___

operation is required for a is currently no LOCA or Loss of LOCA or Loss of Power, power and that continued then EVALUATE the diesel operation is not required.

generator for continued operation.

CUE If required, as the Unit Supervisor inform the Examinee that continued operation of the 1A DG is not required.

10. REDUCE load on the Examinee reduces load on the ___ ___ ___

affected diesel generator to: 1A DG to:

  • <500 KW * <500 KW
  • <500 KVAR * <500 KVAR
  • 11. OPEN ACB 1423. Examinee OPENS ACB 1423. ___ ___ ___
  • 12. SHUTDOWN the 1A DG as Examinee secure the 1A DG by ___ ___ ___

follows: placing the 1A DG C/S to NAT.

  • If NO ECCS signal is present, then PLACE DG C/S to NAT.

NOTE In the next step the Examinee may determine that there was no failure of the strainer based on previous cues provided by the EO and 1PM01J-B306 not illumintaedilluminated. If the Examinee determines there is no strainer failure the next step may be N/Aed.

13. If alarm is due to Strainer Examinee dispatched EO to ___ ___ ___

Failure, then manually investigate possible strainer backwash Diesel Generator failure.

Cooling Water Strainer per LOP-DG-04.

CUE If required, as EO sent to inspect the 1A DG Strainer report that you will investigate.

1413. REFER to Tech Spec. 3.8.1 Examinee notifies the Unit ___ ___ ___

and 3.8.2. Supervisor to refer to Tech Spec 3.8.1 and 3.8.2.

CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge report.

1513. Notify the Unit Supervisor Examinee informs the Unit ___ ___ ___

the 1A DG is secured. Supervisor the 1A DG has been secured.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge report. JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

1A DG Fast Start Loading With High Cooling Water Temperature JPM Number: S-DG-12a Revision Number: 02 Task Number and

Title:

11.007 Given Unit Supervisor authorization, perform the Main Control Room actions for a Diesel Generator Operability Test, IAW station procedures.

K/A Number and Importance: 264000 A4.04 3.7/3.7 Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: manual start, loading, and stopping of emergency diesel generator Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOS-DG-M2, 1A(2A) Diesel Generator Operability Test, Rev. 95 LOR-1PM01J-B206, 1A Diesel Generator Trouble, Rev. 5 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 130 minutes Actual Time Used:

minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S-DG-12a - rev 02 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Assist NSO,

- LOS-DG-M2 is in progress and complete up to and including Step 3.1 of ATTACHMENT 1A-FAST.

- An Equipment Operator supporting this test.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to load the 1A DG IAW LOS-DG-M2. Inform the Unit Supervisor when 1A DG is fully loaded.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BStartup RCIC for Surveillance Testing with high Turbine Exhaust Pressure and Failure to Isolate JPM Number: US-RI-14 Revision Number: U00 Date: 8 / 2 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Findley/Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RI rev U00 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOS-RI-Q3 Rev: 49 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-D401 Rev: 03 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-D504 Rev: 04 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-B409 Rev: 03 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-B509 Rev: 03

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RI rev U00 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, Developed for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RI rev U00 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Load and Run Smart Scenario: SRI14rev00.ssf
3. Verify A RHR on Suppression pool cooling.
4. Have a copy of LOS-RI-Q3 marked up to step 5 of attachment 1A.
5. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
6. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RI rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.

You are the Assist NSO.

LOS-RI-Q3, RCIC System Pump Operability and Valve In-service Test is in progress at step 5 of Attachment 1A.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you to complete LOS-RI-Q3 starting at Step 5 of Attachment 1A and inform them when complete up to step 6.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-RI rev U00 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE Hand the Examinee the marked up copy of LOS-RI-Q3 1 PERFORM the following actions PERFORM the following actions to Start the RCIC System: to Start the RCIC System:

2 Verify 1E51-R600, RCIC Pump Examinee verifies 1E51-R600, ___ ___ ___

Discharge Flow Controller, in RCIC Pump Discharge Flow AUTO, with flow setpoint set at Controller, in AUTO, with flow 600 gpm. setpoint set at 600 gpm.

3 Start 1E51-C005, Baro Cndsr Examinee starts 1E51-C005, ___ ___ ___

Vacuum Pump. Baro Cndsr Vacuum Pump.

4 Fully open 1E51-F022, RCIC Examinee fully opens 1E51- ___ ___ ___

Pump Test to CY Upstream F022, RCIC Pump Test to CY Valve. Upstream Valve 5 Open 1E51-F045, RCIC Examinee opens 1E51-F045, ___ ___ ___

Turbine Steam Supply Valve. RCIC Turbine Steam Supply Valve.

6 Open 1E51-F059, RCIC Pump Examinee opens 1E51-F059, ___ ___ ___

Test to CY Downstream Valve, RCIC Pump Test to CY and observe RCIC pump flow Downstream Valve, and on 1E51-R606. observes RCIC pump flow on 1E51-R606.

7 Open 1E51-F046, RCIC Lube Examinee opens 1E51-F046, ___ ___ ___

Oil Cooling Water Valve. RCIC Lube Oil Cooling Water Valve.

NOTE 30 seconds after 1E51 - F046 begins to open the exhaust disc will rupture. If Annunciators come in prior to the next step, mark the next step N/A SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RI rev U00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 8 VERIFY the following valves VERIFY the following valves ___ ___ ___

Auto-Close: Auto-Close:

  • 1E51-F004, Baro Cndsr Cond Pump Upstream Cond Pump Upstream Stop Stop
  • 1E51-F025, RCIC Steam Drn Pot Outlet Upstream Drn Pot Outlet Upstream Stop Stop
  • 1E51-F026, RCIC Steam Drn Pot Outlet Drn Pot Outlet Downstream Stop Downstream Stop 9 Inform Unit Supervisor of Examinee informs Unit ___ ___ ___

isolation signal Supervisor of RCIC Isolation signal.

CUE As Unit Supervisor Acknowledge the report of the isolation signal.

NOTE Alternate path begins here. Successful completion of this JPM is the Completing the failed automatic isolation manually.

NOTE If the Examinee attempts to use the manual isolation pushbutton, it will fail.

NOTE Steps 11 through 15 may be performed in any order. In order to verify every valve the examinee should look at a Div 1 and Div 2 LOR. (Div 1 - LOR-1H13-P601-D401 or, LOR-1H13-P601-D504), (Div 2 - LOR-1H13-P601-B409, LOR-1H13-P601-B509) 10 Verify RCIC Isolation and Examinee verifies RCIC Turbine Trip with closure of the Isolation and Turbine Trip with following valves: closure of the following valves:

and Throttle Valve. Turbine using the RCIC Trip Pushbutton and verifies the 1E51-F360 is closed, or manually closes 1E51-F360 RCIC Turbine Trip and Throttle Valve.

Steam Supply Outboard 1E51-F008 RCIC Turbine Isolation. Steam Supply Outboard Isolation.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RI rev U00 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number

Supply Line Inboard Isolation 1E51-F063, RCIC Steam Valve. Supply Line Inboard Isolation Valve.

14 1E51-F076, RCIC Steam Examinee verifies 1E51-F076, ___ ___ ___

Supply Inboard Isolation Valve RCIC Steam Supply Inboard Warm-up Bypass. Isolation Valve Warm-up Bypass is closed.

15 1E51-F013 RCIC Pump Examinee verifies that 1E51- ___ ___ ___

Injection to Reactor Vessel. F013 RCIC Pump Injection to Reactor Vessel is closed.

16 1E51-F019 RCIC Pump Examinee verifies 1E51-F019 ___ ___ ___

Minimum Flow to Suppression RCIC Pump Minimum Flow to Pool. Suppression Pool is closed.

17 Inform Unit Supervisor that Examinee informs Unit ___ ___ ___

RCIC was Manually Isolated. Supervisor that RCIC was Manually Isolated.

TERMINATING CUE As Unit Supervisor acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee that the JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RI rev U00 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BStartup RCIC for Surveillance Testing with high Turbine Exhaust Pressure and Failure to Isolate JPM Number: S-RI-14 Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

418.000 - Evaluate plant conditions and terminate the release to secondary containment by isolating systems not needed for Fire Fighting or LGA actions K/A Number and Importance: 217000 RCIC A2.14 - 3.3/3.4 - Ability to predict the impacts of the following on Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System and based on those predictions , use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Rupture Disc Failure: Exhaust Diaphragm.

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOS-RI-Q3 rev 049, LOR-1H13-P601-D401 rev 003, LOR-1H13-P601-D504 rev 004, LOR-1H13-P601-B409 rev 003, LOR-1H13-P601-B509 rev 003 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-RI rev U00 INITIAL CONDITIONS Unit 1 is at 100% Power.

You are the Assist NSO.

LOS-RI-Q3, RCIC System Pump Operability and Valve In-service Test is in progress at step 5 of Attachment 1A.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has ordered you to complete LOS-RI-Q3 starting at Step 5 of Attachment 1A and inform them when complete up to step 6.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BStartup HPCS with Over-current Alarm JPM Number: US-HP-06 Revision Number: U03 Date: 07 / 28 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Findley / Quinn 8 / 6 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-HP rev U03 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOS-HP-Q1 Rev: 070 Procedure LOR-1H13-P601-A207 Rev: 01 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-HP rev U03 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, New JPM written by G.W. Beale for the 2007 NRC Annual Exam.

Revision 01, Revised JPM with new trigger to clear the HPCS Over-current alarm.

Revision 02, Added new checklist.

Revision 03, Revised for ILT NRC 15-1 Exam.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-HP rev U03 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 151 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Place Ramtek Picture #22 in Monitor #2
3. Mark up Sections A thorough Section D at the beginning of the surveillance
4. Prepare a copy of LOS-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A and mark up Steps A.1 up to and including A.8.
5. Run Smart Scenario: SHP06r02.ssf
6. Ensure the performance of this JPM does not interfere with the performance of any other JPMs.
7. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
8. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-HP rev U03 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • You are an assist NSO.
  • Unit 1 is at rated conditions.
  • LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS SYSTEM INSERVICE TEST has been completed up to and including Step A.8 of Attachment 1A.
  • An operator is standing by to assist you.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you startup the HPCS pump IAW LOS-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A.

Inform the Unit Supervisor when step A.13 is complete.

Fill in the JPM Start Time and provide a marked up copy of LOS-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A (with a marked up Predefine Cover Sheet) to the Examinee when the examinee acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

US-HP rev U03 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number NOTE: Provide a copy of LOS-HP-Q1 after the examinee has acknowledged the initiating cue.

1 MONITOR HPCS Pump and Examinee monitors HPCS ___ ___ ___

motor bearing temperatures Pump and motor bearing using Plant Process Computer. temperatures using Plant

  • W455 HPCS Pmp Mtr Up Process Computer.

Gde Brg

  • W455 HPCS Pmp Mtr Up
  • L454 HPCS Pmp Mtr Stat Gde Brg Wdg
  • L454 HPCS Pmp Mtr Stat
  • W456 HPCS Pmp Mtr Lo Wdg Gde Brg
  • W456 HPCS Pmp Mtr Lo Gde Brg

Control Switch for HPCS Pump 1E22-C001 to START.

3 VERIFY 1E22-F012 HPCS Min The Examinee VERIFIES the ___ ___ ___

Flow Vlv OPENS 1E22-F012 Opens

  • 4 THROTTLE OPEN 1E22-F023, The Examinee THROTTLES ___ ___ ___

HPCS Test to SP Vlv, to OPEN 1E22-F023 HPCS Test establish 6300 gpm: to SP Vlv, to establish approximately 6300 gpm:

NOTE: If the examinee responds to the HPCS Over current alarm the next step may be marked as N/A.

5 VERIFY CLOSED 1E22-F012, The Examinee VERIFIES ___ ___ ___

HPCS Min Flow Vlv. CLOSED 1E22-F012 HPCS Min Flow Vlv NOTE: Annunicator 1H13-P601-A207 HPCS PMP Overcurrent will alarm and the current on HPCS pump will start to ramp up.

NOTE: Alternate Path starts here. Successful completion of the JPM is reducing load on HPCS Pump until annunciator clears.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-HP rev U03 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE If examinee announces the alarm to the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge that an alarm has occurred.

  • 6 REDUCE Load on HPCS Pump Examinee CLOSES 1E22-F023, until the HPCS Pump Over- HPCS Test to SP Vlv until alarm Current Alarm clears. clears or shut down the HPCS Pump.

NOTE: If the examinee does not perform this step mark them as N/A.

7 If flow is reduced below 1700 Examinee checks 1E22 F012, gpm, then CHECK 1E22-F012, HPCS Min Flow Vlv OPENS.

HPCS Min Flow Vlv OPENS 8 Inform Unit Supervisor, that Examinee notifies the Unit HPCS Pump Over-current Supervisor that the HPCS pump Alarm is clear. Over-current alarm is clear.

TERMINATING CUE As the Unit Supervisor, acknowledge the report. Inform the examinee that JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-HP rev U03 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BStartup HPCS with Over-current Alarm JPM Number: S-HP-06 Revision Number: 03 Task Number and

Title:

61.009 Given Unit Supervisor authorization, perform Control Room actions for the HPCS System In-service test IAW station procedures.

K/A Number and Importance: 209002 A2.01 3.8/3.8 Ability to predict the impacts of the following on the HIGH PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM (HPCS) ; and based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: System initiation Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS Inservice test, Revision 70, 1H13-P601-A207, HPCS Pump Motor Overcurrent, Rev 001 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

US-HP rev U03 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • You are an assist NSO.
  • Unit 1 is at rated conditions.
  • LOS-HP-Q1, HPCS SYSTEM INSERVICE TEST has been completed up to and including Step A.8 of Attachment 1A.
  • An operator is standing by to assist you.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you startup the HPCS pump IAW LOS-HP-Q1, Attachment 1A.

Inform the Unit Supervisor when step A.13 is complete.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Defeat Isolations on Unit 1 per LGA-VP-01Defeat Isolations per LGA-VP-01 JPM Number: P-VP-04 Revision Number: 0102 Date: 07 / 28 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Messina / Gallick 8 / 1 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By: Messina / Gallick 8 / 1 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date

P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 2 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LGA-VP-01 Rev: 08 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 3 of 10 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00, Converted JPM P-VP-01 Rev. 12 (Unit 2 specific) to a new JPM that was Unit 1 specific. Updated to current template and procedures for ILT 13-1 NRC Exam.

Revision 01, Revised for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.

Formatted: Space Before: 2 pt, After: 2 pt Revision 02, Revised to make JPM non-Unit specific.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 4 of 10 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. No SIM setup required.

NOTE: This JPM is specific to Unit 1

2. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:

(After demonstrating knowledge of location of controlled copy)

a. One copy of LGA-VP-01: Pages 1-4 and, Attachment 1A (Pages 20-22 for Unit 1) or Attachment 2A (Pages 38-40 for Unit 2)
b. One laser pointer.
3. The following material is to be obtained by the examinee:
a. Main LGA Support Locker key
4. The following material may be identified by the examinee but NOT removed from its normal storage location:
a. Unit __1 LGA-VP-01 equipment bag containing the following:
  • 4 Red jumpers
  • 4 Blue jumpers
  • 1 Flat blade screwdriver
  • Electrical tape
b. Flashlights/lanterns SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 5 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • You are an extra NSO.
  • Unit __1 is experiencing an ATWS.
  • Reactor water level was intentionally lowered to -60 inches for power control.
  • Drywell temperature is 135ºF and rising 2ºF/min.
  • __1A VP loop, fan and chiller and five area coolers were running prior to the isolation.
  • __1B VP chill water pump is OOS.
  • The SAT is supplying all AC buses.
  • All support systems are operating as expected.
  • Radiological conditions are at or below normal levels.
  • You have a plant radio.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor directs you to defeat U-__1 VP isolation signals per LGA-VP-01.

Notify the Control Room when the isolation signals are defeated.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the Candidate had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 6 of 10 JPM Start Time:

Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT Number

1. Obtain copy of LGA-VP-01 Examinee identifies where copy ___ ___ ___

of LGA-VP-01 can be obtained.

CUE: After examinee identifies where copy of LGA-VP-01 can be obtained, provide examinee with copy of LGA-VP-01.

2. Obtain Main LGA Support Examinee obtains Main LGA Locker key. Support Locker key or may have a copy of the key.
3. Obtain Unit __1 LGA-VP-01 Examinee identifies Unit __1 ___ ___ ___

equipment bag from Main LGA LGA-VP-01 equipment bag Support Locker. within the Main LGA Support Locker.

CUE: You have the equipment that you have identified.

Note Sequence is not required for Numbers 4 through 19 inclusive.

  • 4. Install blue jumper in AEER Examinee locates AEER panel ___ ___ ___

panel __1PA13J Terminal __1PA13J and installs blue Board CC Point 51 to Point 52 jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 51 to Point 52.

CUE: The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.

5. Sign and enter date and time The Examinee signs and enters ___ ___ ___

jumper was installed on date and time jumper was LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A. installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

  • 6. LIFT lead in AEER panel Examinee locates and lifts lead ___ ___ ___

__1PA13J from Terminal in AEER panel __1PA13J from Board CC Point 53 Terminal Board CC Point 53 CUE: The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.

7. Sign and enter date and time The Examinee signs and enters ___ ___ ___

lead was lifted on LGA-VP-01 date and time jumper was Attachment __1A. installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 7 of 10 Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT Number

  • 8. Install blue jumper in AEER Examinee locates AEER panel ___ ___ ___

panel __1PA13J Terminal __1PA13J and installs blue Board CC Point 43 to Point 44 jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 43 to Point 44.

CUE: The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.

9. Sign and enter date and time The Examinee signs and enters ___ ___ ___

jumper was installed on date and time jumper was LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A. installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

  • 10. LIFT lead in AEER panel Examinee locates and lifts lead ___ ___ ___

__1PA13J from Terminal in AEER panel __1PA13J from Board CC Point 45 Terminal Board CC Point 45 CUE: The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.

11. Sign and enter date and time The Examinee signs and enters ___ ___ ___

lead was lifted on LGA-VP-01 date and time jumper was Attachment __1A. installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

  • 12. Install blue jumper in AEER Examinee locates AEER panel ___ ___ ___

panel __1PA14J Terminal __1PA14J and installs blue Board CC Point 51 to Point 52 jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 51 to Point 52.

CUE: The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.

13. Sign and enter date and time The Examinee signs and enters ___ ___ ___

jumper was installed on date and time jumper was LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A. installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

  • 14. LIFT lead in AEER panel Examinee locates and lifts lead ___ ___ ___

__1PA14J from Terminal in AEER panel __1PA14J from Board CC Point 53 Terminal Board CC Point 53 CUE: The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

P-VP-04 Rev. 021 Page 8 of 10 Comment UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT Number

15. Sign and enter date and time The Examinee signs and enters ___ ___ ___

lead was lifted on LGA-VP-01 date and time jumper was Attachment __1A. installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

  • 16. Install blue jumper in AEER Examinee locates AEER panel ___ ___ ___

panel __1PA14J Terminal __1PA14J and installs blue Board CC Point 43 to Point 44 jumper from Terminal Board CC Point 43 to Point 44.

CUE: The jumper you indicated is installed as you described.

17. Sign and enter date and time The Examinee signs and enters ___ ___ ___

jumper was installed on date and time jumper was LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A. installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

  • 18. LIFT lead in AEER panel Examinee locates and lifts lead ___ ___ ___

__1PA14J from Terminal in AEER panel __1PA14J from Board CC Point 45 Terminal Board CC Point 45 CUE: The lead you indicated is in the condition you described.

19. Sign and enter date and time The Examinee signs and enters ___ ___ ___

lead was lifted on LGA-VP-01 date and time jumper was Attachment __1A. installed on LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

20. Inform control room. Examinee informs control room ___ ___ ___

of completion of LGA-VP-01 Attachment __1A.

CUE: Acknowledge report.

TERMINATING CUE:

This completes this JPM.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 9 of 10 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name:

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Defeat Isolations on Unit 1 per LGA-VP-01 JPM Number: P-VP-04 Revision Number: 021 Task Number and

Title:

401.000, Given a LGA in progress, evaluate plant conditions, locate and perform the following procedures including installation/removal of a jumper/lead/relay boot, IAW the listed procedures: LGA-VP-01 Revision 8 K/A Number and Importance: 295012, High Drywell Temperature, AA1.02, 3.8/3.8, Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to High Drywell Temperature: Drywell cooling system Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

LGA-VP-01, Rev. 08, Primary Containment Temperature Reduction Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 10 of 10 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • You are an extra NSO.
  • Unit __1 is experiencing an ATWS.
  • Reactor water level was intentionally lowered to -60 inches for power control.
  • Drywell temperature is 135ºF and rising 2ºF/min.
  • __1A VP loop, fan and chiller and five area coolers were running prior to the isolation.
  • __1B VP chill water pump is OOS.
  • The SAT is supplying all AC buses.
  • All support systems are operating as expected.
  • Radiological conditions are at or below normal levels.
  • You have a plant radio.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor directs you to defeat U-__1 VP isolation signals per LGA-VP-01.

Notify the Control Room when the isolation signals are defeated.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BPerform in-plant actions to lineup CY to B LPCI JPM Number: UP-CY-02 Revision Number: U14 Date: 7 / 31 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Messina / Gallick 8 / 1 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UP-CY rev U14 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LGA-CY-01 Rev: 09 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UP-CY rev U14 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 05, Revised task numbers to reflect current task numbers Revised K/A numbers to reflect NUREG 1021 Rev 8 Revised format to meet NTAFT JLOR03 Rev 1 Made JPM specific to Unit 2.

Revision 06, Made OPEN 2E12-F388B a critical step.

Revision 07, Revised Task number to correspond to current Operations Task Matrix.

Revision 08, Moved Initiating Cue to the Candidate's page.

Revision 10 Revised for procedure and JPM template changes.

Revision 11 New procedure revision required new initiating cue and other changes.

Revision 12 Added new checklist Revision 13 Updated procedure JPM Revision 14 Revised for ILT 15-1 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UP-CY rev U14 Materials

1. The following material is required to be provided to examinee:
a. One copy of LGA-CY-01 (after demonstrating or describing knowledge of location of controlled copy)
b. One laser pointer.
2. The following material is to be obtained by the examinee:
a. Main LGA Support Locker key
3. The following material may be identified by the examinee but NOT removed from its normal storage location:
a. Unit __2 LGA-CY-01 equipment bag containing the following:
1) A Locked Valve and Ladder Key
2) 2 Yellow jumpers
3) 1 Green jumper
4) 1 Nut driver
5) Electrical tape
b. Flashlights/lantern SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UP-CY rev U14 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • You are an extra NSO.
  • An event is in progress on Unit __ which requires RPV Flooding to be performed.
  • RHR "__B" pump motor is shorted out and will NOT run.
  • Condensate Transfer Jockey Pump __CY03P and __________ Condensate Transfer Pumps __CY01PA, __CY01PB are running and header pressure is ~150 psig.
  • __CY007 is open
  • The CY tank is full.
  • RPV pressure is 50 psig.
  • __B LPCI Injection Valve, __E12-F042B, is available.
  • Reactor Building Radiation levels are normal.
  • You have a plant radio.

INITIATING CUE The Unit supervisor has directed you to perform LGA-CY-01 starting at Step E.4.c. to use CY as an alternate injection system into the "__B" RHR system.

You are to notify the Control Room when the when Alternate RPV injection through __B RHR LPCI Injection Valve is available.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UP-CY rev U14 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 1 Obtain copy of LGA-CY-01 Examinee demonstrates or ___ ___ ___

describes where copy of LGA-CY-01 can be obtained.

CUE After examinee demonstrates or describes where copy of LGA-CY-01 can be obtained, provide examinee with copy of LGA-CY-01.

NOTE The only equipment required to perform this JPM is the locked valve key.

Elements 2 & 3 should be graded SAT as long as that type of key is obtained.

2 Obtain Main LGA Support Examinee obtains Main LGA ___ ___ ___

Locker key. Support Locker key or may have a copy of the key.

3 Obtain Unit __ LGA-CY-01 Examinee identifies Unit __ ___ ___

equipment bag from Main LGA LGA-CY-01 equipment bag and Support Locker and flashlights/lanterns within the flashlights/lanterns. Main LGA Support Locker.

CUE You have the equipment that you have identified.

NOTE: __E12-F3838B is located at U__ RB 740

  • 4 OPEN __E12-F388B, B RHR Examinee locates and opens ___ ___ ___

UPSTRM FILL VALVE. __E12- F388B, B RHR UPSTRM FILL VALVE.

CUE The valve you indicated is in the position you described.

NOTE: __E12-F063B is located at U__ RB 740

  • 5 UNLOCK and OPEN Examinee locates, unlocks, and ___ ___ ___

__E12-F063B, B RHR Dwnst opens __E12-F063B, B RHR Fill Valve Dwnst Fill Valve.

CUE The lock is unlocked.

The valve you indicated is in the position you described.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UP-CY rev U14 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number 6 Examinee fills out Attachment Examinee signs, dates and ___ ___ ___

__A for actions performed. enters the current time on Attachment __A for __E12-F063B.

7 Inform the control room that Examinee informs the control ___ ___ ___

injection is available through room that injection is available

__B RHR LPCI Injection Valve. through __B RHR LPCI Injection Valve.

TERMINATING CUE Acknowledge the Report. The JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UP-CY rev U14 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BPerform in-plant actions to lineup CY to B LPCI JPM Number: P-CY-02 Revision Number: 14 Task Number and

Title:

429.000 Evaluate Plant Conditions and flood the RPV K/A Number and Importance: 295031 EA1.08 3.8/3.9 Alternate Injection Systems Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LGA-CY-01, Use of Cycled Condensate System in Emergency Operations, Rev 09 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UP-CY rev U14 INITIAL CONDITIONS

  • You are an extra NSO.
  • An event is in progress on Unit __ which requires RPV Flooding to be performed.
  • RHR "__B" pump motor is shorted out and will NOT run.
  • Condensate Transfer Jockey Pump __CY03P and __________ Condensate Transfer Pumps __CY01PA, __CY01PB are running and header pressure is ~150 psig.
  • __CY007 is open
  • The CY tank is full.
  • RPV pressure is 50 psig.
  • __B LPCI Injection Valve, __E12-F042B, is available.
  • Reactor Building Radiation levels are normal.
  • You have a plant radio.

INITIATING CUE The Unit supervisor has directed you to perform LGA-CY-01 starting at Step E.4.c. to use CY as an alternate injection system into the "__B" RHR system.

You are to notify the Control Room when the when Alternate RPV injection through __B RHR LPCI Injection Valve is available.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure U0BRemove fuses for a stuck open SRV per LOA-SRV-1(2)01 JPM Number: UP-NB-01 Revision Number: U12 Date: 07 / 27 / 2016 Developed By: Colin Betken 8 / 9 / 2016 Instructor Date Validated By: Messina / Gallick 8 / 1 / 2016 SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Smith 8 /17/ 2016 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Dan Moren 8 /17/ 2016 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UP-NB rev U12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 and 13 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

________ 9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LOA-SRV-101 Rev: 008 Procedure LOA-SRV-201 Rev: 007 Procedure Rev:

________ 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 11. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UP-NB rev U12 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 08, Reformatted, revised to new procedure LOA-SRV-101 Revision 09, Changed from F to K SRV. Made the JPM so it could be performed on either Unit. Updated task to Operations task list number.

Revision 10, Revised for procedure and JPM template changes Revision 11, Added new checklist. Changed cue to state where in LOA-SRV-1(2)01 to start.

Revision 12, Revised for new format and ILT 15-1 NRC Exam.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UP-NB rev U12 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. No Sim Setup required.

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. The following material is required to be provided to the examinee:
  • One copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01
  • One laser pointer
3. The following material may be identified by the examinee but NOT removed from its normal storage location
  • Fuse Pullers
4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
5. This completes the setup for this JPM.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UP-NB rev U12 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. Unit is operating at 80% power.
2. The Control Room has just received positive indication that the "K" SRV (__ B21-F013K) has spuriously opened.
3. You have a plant radio.

INITIATING CUE The Unit __ NSO has just called you on the radio and requested that you remove the "K" SRV control fuses in accordance with LOA-SRV- 01, STUCK OPEN SAFETY RELIEF VALVE, beginning at Step 9.

You are to inform the Unit NSO when fuses are pulled.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section

UP-NB rev U12 JPM Start Time:

Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number CUE When the Examinee demonstrates where to obtain a copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01 hand them a copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01.

NOTE: Examinee may identify the need for obtaining fuse pullers ahead of time. If they reply any of the following, tell them that they now have a set of fuse pullers.

-EO storage locker (Swgr rooms)

-LGA Locker.

NOTE: Panel 1(2)H13-P628 & 1(2)H13-P645 are located in the Division 1 AEER.

The order that the Panels are done is not important.

1 Obtain Copy of LOA-SRV- Examinee obtains demonstrates ___ ___ ___

1(2)01 where to obtain a copy of LOA-SRV-1(2)01 2 Proceeds to 1(2)H13-P628. Examinee correctly identifies ___ ___ ___

panel 1(2)H13-P628 3 REFER to Table 1 to IDENTIFY Examinee refers to Table 1 to ___ ___ ___

fuses associated with stuck identify fuses F43 and F44 for K open SRV. SRV

  • 4 Remove fuses. Examinee removes fuse F43 ___ ___ ___

(TB FF, fuse 9).

CUE The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.

  • 5 Remove fuses. Examinee removes fuse F44 ___ ___ ___

(TB FF, fuse 10).

CUE The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.

6 Proceeds to 1(2)H13-P645. Examinee correctly identifies ___ ___ ___

panel 1(2)H13-P645.

7 REFER to Table 1 to IDENTIFY Examinee refers to Table 1 to fuses associated with stuck identify fuses F63B and F64B open SRV.

for K SRV SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UP-NB rev U12 Comment SAT UNSAT STEP ELEMENT STANDARD Number

  • 8 Remove fuses. Examinee removes fuse F63B (TB DD, 11 from right).

CUE The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.

  • 9 Remove fuses. Examinee removes fuse F64B (TB DD, 12 from right.)

CUE The fuses you have indicated are in the position you describe.

10 Examinee reports to Unit NSO Examinee reports that the fuses ___ ___ ___

for 1(2)B21-F013K have been removed.

CUE Acknowledge the report. The JPM is complete.

JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UP-NB rev U12 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Emp. ID#: ____________

Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

0BRemove fuses for a stuck open SRV per LOA-SRV-1(2)01 JPM Number: P-NB-01 Revision Number: 12 Task Number and

Title:

70.005 Provided initial conditions, perform actions for a Stuck Open SRV IAW station procedures.

K/A Number and Importance: 223001, 2.1.30, 3.9/3.4 Ability to locate and operate components

/ including local controls Suggested Testing Environment: Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): LOA-SRV-101, Unit 1 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve, Revision 8, LOA-SRV-201, Unit 2 Stuck Open Safety Relief Valve, Revision 7 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 1500 minutes Actual Time Used:

minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

UP-NB rev U12 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. Unit is operating at 80% power.
2. The Control Room has just received positive indication that the "K" SRV (__ B21-F013K) has spuriously opened.
3. You have a plant radio.

INITIATING CUE The Unit __ NSO has just called you on the radio and requested that you remove the "K" SRV control fuses in accordance with LOA-SRV- 01, STUCK OPEN SAFETY RELIEF VALVE, beginning at Step 9.

You are to inform the Unit NSO when fuses are pulled.

SRRS: 3D.100; There are no retention requirements for this section